PJL6223/PJL6233
LCD Projector
User Guide
IMPORTANT: Please read this User Guide to obtain important information on installing
and using your product in a safe manner, as well as registering your product for future
service. Warranty information contained in this User Guide will describe your limited
coverage from ViewSonic Corporation, which is also found on our web site at http://www.
YLHZVRQLFꢀFRPꢁLQꢁ(QJOLVKꢂꢁRUꢁLQꢁVSHFL¿FꢁODQJXDJHVꢁXVLQJꢁWKHꢁ5HJLRQDOꢁVHOHFWLRQꢁER[ꢁLQꢁ
the upper right corner of our website. “Antes de operar su equipo lea cu idadosamente
las instrucciones en este manual”
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Important Safety Instructions
1. Read these instructions.
2. Keep these instructions.
ꢆꢀꢁꢁ +HHGꢁDOOꢁZDUQLQJVꢀ
ꢈꢀꢁꢁ )ROORZꢁDOOꢁLQVWUXFWLRQVꢀ
5. Do not use this unit near water.
ꢋꢀꢁꢁ ꢁ&OHDQꢁZLWKꢁDꢁVRIWꢂꢁGU\ꢁFORWKꢀ
7. Do not block any ventilation openings. Install the unit in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.
ꢊꢀꢁꢁ ꢁ'RꢁQRWꢁLQVWDOOꢁQHDUꢁDQ\ꢁKHDWꢁVRXUFHVꢁVXFKꢁDVꢁUDGLDWRUVꢂꢁKHDWꢁUHJLVWHUVꢂꢁVWRYHVꢂꢁRUꢁRWKHUꢁGHYLFHVꢁꢎLQFOXGLQJꢁ
DPSOL¿HUVꢏꢁWKDWꢁSURGXFHꢁKHDWꢀ
ꢌꢀꢁꢁ ꢁ'RꢁQRWꢁGHIHDWꢁWKHꢁVDIHW\ꢁSXUSRVHꢁRIꢁWKHꢁSRODUL]HGꢁRUꢁJURXQGLQJꢄW\SHꢁSOXJꢀꢁ$ꢁSRODUL]HGꢁSOXJꢁKDVꢁWZRꢁEODGHVꢁZLWKꢁRQHꢁ
wider than the other. A grounding type plug has two blades and a third grounding prong. The wide blade and the
WKLUGꢁSURQJꢁDUHꢁSURYLGHGꢁIRUꢁ\RXUꢁVDIHW\ꢀꢁ,IꢁWKHꢁSURYLGHGꢁSOXJꢁGRHVꢁQRWꢁ¿WꢁLQWRꢁ\RXUꢁRXWOHWꢂꢁFRQVXOWꢁDQꢁHOHFWULFLDQꢁIRUꢁ
replacement of the obsolete outlet.
ꢉꢅꢀꢁꢁ ꢁ3URWHFWꢁWKHꢁSRZHUꢁFRUGꢁIURPꢁEHLQJꢁZDONHGꢁRQꢁRUꢁSLQFKHGꢁSDUWLFXODUO\ꢁDWꢁSOXJVꢀꢁ&RQYHQLHQFHꢁUHFHSWDFOHVꢁDQGꢁ
WKHꢁSRLQWꢁZKHUHꢁWKH\ꢁH[LWꢁIURPꢁWKHꢁXQLWꢀꢁ%HꢁVXUHꢁWKDWꢁWKHꢁSRZHUꢁRXWOHWꢁLVꢁORFDWHGꢁQHDUꢁWKHꢁXQLWꢁVRꢁWKDWꢁLWꢁLVꢁHDVLO\ꢁ
accessible.
ꢉꢉꢀꢁꢁ ꢁ2QO\ꢁXVHꢁDWWDFKPHQWVꢃDFFHVVRULHVꢁVSHFL¿HGꢁE\ꢁWKHꢁPDQXIDFWXUHUꢀ
ꢉꢇꢀꢁꢁ ꢁ8VHꢁRQO\ꢁZLWKꢁWKHꢁFDUWꢂꢁVWDQGꢂꢁWULSRGꢂꢁEUDFNHWꢂꢁRUꢁWDEOHꢁVSHFL¿HGꢁE\ꢁWKHꢁPDQXIDFWXUHUꢂꢁRUꢁVROGꢁZLWKꢁWKHꢁXQLWꢀꢁ
When a cart is used, use caution when moving the cart/unit combination to avoid injury from tipping over.
ꢉꢆꢀꢁꢁ ꢁ8QSOXJꢁWKLVꢁXQLWꢁZKHQꢁXQXVHGꢁIRUꢁORQJꢁSHULRGVꢁRIꢁWLPHꢀ
ꢉꢈꢀꢁꢁ ꢁ5HIHUꢁDOOꢁVHUYLFLQJꢁWRꢁTXDOL¿HGꢁVHUYLFHꢁSHUVRQQHOꢀꢁ6HUYLFLQJꢁLVꢁUHTXLUHGꢁZKHQꢁWKHꢁXQLWꢁKDVꢁEHHQꢁGDPDJHGꢁLQꢁDQ\ꢁ
ZD\ꢂꢁVXFKꢁDVꢑꢁLIꢁWKHꢁSRZHUꢄVXSSO\ꢁFRUGꢁRUꢁSOXJꢁLVꢁGDPDJHGꢂꢁLIꢁOLTXLGꢁLVꢁVSLOOHGꢁRQWRꢁRUꢁREMHFWVꢁIDOOꢁLQWRꢁWKHꢁXQLWꢂꢁLIꢁWKHꢁ
XQLWꢁLVꢁH[SRVHGꢁWRꢁUDLQꢁRUꢁPRLVWXUHꢂꢁRUꢁLIꢁWKHꢁXQLWꢁGRHVꢁQRWꢁRSHUDWHꢁQRUPDOO\ꢁRUꢁKDVꢁEHHQꢁGURSSHGꢀ
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ii
Declaration of RoHS Compliance
7KLVꢁSURGXFWꢁKDVꢁEHHQꢁGHVLJQHGꢁDQGꢁPDQXIDFWXUHGꢁLQꢁFRPSOLDQFHꢁZLWKꢁ'LUHFWLYHꢁꢇꢅꢅꢇꢃꢌꢍꢃ(&ꢁRIꢁWKHꢁ(XURSHDQꢁ
3DUOLDPHQWꢁDQGꢁWKHꢁ&RXQFLOꢁRQꢁUHVWULFWLRQꢁRIꢁWKHꢁXVHꢁRIꢁFHUWDLQꢁKD]DUGRXVꢁVXEVWDQFHVꢁLQꢁHOHFWULFDOꢁDQGꢁHOHFWURQLFꢁ
HTXLSPHQWꢁꢎ5R+6ꢁ'LUHFWLYHꢏꢁDQGꢁLVꢁGHHPHGꢁWRꢁFRPSO\ꢁZLWKꢁWKHꢁPD[LPXPꢁFRQFHQWUDWLRQꢁYDOXHVꢁLVVXHGꢁE\ꢁWKHꢁ(XURSHDQꢁ
Technical Adaptation Committee (TAC) as shown below:
Substance
Proposed Maximum Concentration
Actual Concentration
/HDGꢁꢎ3Eꢏ
ꢅꢀꢉꢐ
ꢅꢀꢉꢐ
ꢅꢀꢅꢉꢐ
ꢅꢀꢉꢐ
ꢅꢀꢉꢐ
ꢅꢀꢉꢐ
ꢒꢁꢅꢀꢉꢐ
ꢒꢁꢅꢀꢉꢐ
ꢒꢁꢅꢀꢅꢉꢐ
ꢒꢁꢅꢀꢉꢐ
ꢒꢁꢅꢀꢉꢐ
ꢒꢁꢅꢀꢉꢐ
Mercury (Hg)
Cadmium (Cd)
ꢋꢓ
+H[DYDOHQWꢁ&KURPLXPꢁꢎ&U
)
Polybrominated biphenyls (PBB)
Polybrominated diphenyl ethers (PBDE)
&HUWDLQꢁFRPSRQHQWVꢁRIꢁSURGXFWVꢁDVꢁVWDWHGꢁDERYHꢁDUHꢁH[HPSWHGꢁXQGHUꢁWKHꢁ$QQH[ꢁRIꢁWKHꢁ5R+6ꢁ'LUHFWLYHVꢁDVꢁQRWHGꢁ
below:
([DPSOHVꢁRIꢁH[HPSWHGꢁFRPSRQHQWVꢁDUHꢑ
ꢉꢀꢁꢁ0HUFXU\ꢁLQꢁFRPSDFWꢁÀXRUHVFHQWꢁODPSVꢁQRWꢁH[FHHGLQJꢁꢍꢁPJꢁSHUꢁODPSꢁDQGꢁLQꢁRWKHUꢁODPSVꢁQRWꢁVSHFL¿FDOO\ꢁPHQWLRQHGꢁLQꢁ
WKHꢁ$QQH[ꢁRIꢁ5R+6ꢁ'LUHFWLYHꢀ
ꢇꢀꢁꢁ/HDGꢁLQꢁJODVVꢁRIꢁFDWKRGHꢁUD\ꢁWXEHVꢂꢁHOHFWURQLFꢁFRPSRQHQWVꢂꢁÀXRUHVFHQWꢁWXEHVꢂꢁDQGꢁHOHFWURQLFꢁFHUDPLFꢁSDUWVꢁꢎHꢀJꢀꢁ
SLH]RHOHFWURQLFꢁGHYLFHVꢏꢀ
ꢆꢀꢁꢁ/HDGꢁLQꢁKLJKꢁWHPSHUDWXUHꢁW\SHꢁVROGHUVꢁꢎLꢀHꢀꢁOHDGꢄEDVHGꢁDOOR\VꢁFRQWDLQLQJꢁꢊꢍꢐꢁE\ꢁZHLJKWꢁRUꢁPRUHꢁOHDGꢏꢀ
ꢈꢀꢁꢁ/HDGꢁDVꢁDQꢁDOORWWLQJꢁHOHPHQWꢁLQꢁVWHHOꢁFRQWDLQLQJꢁXSꢁWRꢁꢅꢀꢆꢍꢐꢁOHDGꢁE\ꢁZHLJKWꢂꢁDOXPLQLXPꢁFRQWDLQLQJꢁXSꢁWRꢁꢅꢀꢈꢐꢁOHDGꢁE\ꢁ
ZHLJKWꢁDQGꢁDVꢁDꢁFRRSHUꢁDOOR\ꢁFRQWDLQLQJꢁXSꢁWRꢁꢈꢐꢁOHDGꢁE\ꢁZHLJKWꢀ
Download from Www.Somanuals.coimii. All Manuals Search And Download.
Copyright Information
®
Copyright © ViewSonic ꢁ&RUSRUDWLRQꢂꢁꢇꢅꢉꢉꢀꢁ$OOꢁULJKWVꢁUHVHUYHGꢀ
Macintosh and Power Macintosh are registered trademarks of Apple Inc.
Microsoft, Windows, Windows NT, and the Windows logo are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the
United States and other countries.
ViewSonic, the three birds logo, OnView, ViewMatch, and ViewMeter are registered trademarks of ViewSonic
Corporation.
VESA is a registered trademark of the Video Electronics Standards Association. DPMS and DDC are trademarks of
VESA.
PS/2, VGA and XGA are registered trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation.
Disclaimer: ViewSonic Corporation shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein;
nor for incidental or consequential damages resulting from furnishing this material, or the performance or use of this
product.
In the interest of continuing product improvement, ViewSonic Corporation reserves the right to change product
VSHFL¿FDWLRQVꢁZLWKRXWꢁQRWLFHꢀꢁ,QIRUPDWLRQꢁLQꢁWKLVꢁGRFXPHQWꢁPD\ꢁFKDQJHꢁZLWKRXWꢁQRWLFHꢀ
No part of this document may be copied, reproduced, or transmitted by any means, for any purpose without prior
written permission from ViewSonic Corporation.
Product Registration
To meet your future needs, and to receive any additional product information as it becomes available, please register your
®
product on the Internet at: www.viewsonic.com. The ViewSonic ꢁ:L]DUGꢁ&'ꢄ520ꢁDOVRꢁSURYLGHVꢁDQꢁRSSRUWXQLW\ꢁIRUꢁ\RXꢁWRꢁ
SULQWꢁWKHꢁUHJLVWUDWLRQꢁIRUPꢂꢁZKLFKꢁ\RXꢁPD\ꢁPDLOꢁRUꢁID[ꢁWRꢁ9LHZ6RQLFꢀ
For Your Records
Product Name:
3-/ꢋꢇꢇꢆꢃ3-/ꢋꢇꢆꢆ
9LHZ6RQLFꢁ/&'ꢁ3URMHFWRU
Model Number:
Document Number:
Serial Number:
Purchase Date:
96ꢉꢆꢌꢅꢌꢁꢎ3-/ꢋꢇꢇꢆꢏꢁꢃꢁ96ꢉꢆꢌꢉꢅꢁꢎ3-/ꢋꢇꢆꢆꢏ
3-/ꢋꢇꢇꢆB3-/ꢋꢇꢆꢆB8*B(1*ꢁ5HYꢀꢁꢉ$ꢁꢅꢆꢄꢅꢆꢄꢉꢉ
BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB
BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB
Product disposal at end of product life
The lamp in this product contains mercury which can be dangerous to you and the environment. Please use care and
dispose of in accordance with local, state or federal laws.
ViewSonic respects the environment and is committed to working and living green. Thank you for being part of Smarter,
Greener Computing. Please visit ViewSonic website to learn more.
86$ꢁ ꢁ&DQDGDꢑꢁKWWSꢑꢃꢃZZZꢀYLHZVRQLFꢀFRPꢃFRPSDQ\ꢃJUHHQꢃUHF\FOHꢄSURJUDPꢃ
(XURSHꢑꢁKWWSꢑꢃꢃZZZꢀYLHZVRQLFHXURSHꢀFRPꢃXNꢃVXSSRUWꢃUHF\FOLQJꢄLQIRUPDWLRQꢃ
7DLZDQꢑꢁKWWSꢑꢃꢃUHF\FOHꢀHSDꢀJRYꢀWZꢃUHF\FOHꢃLQGH[ꢇꢀDVS[
Download from Www.Somanuals.coimv. All Manuals Search And Download.
User Guide
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
User Guide
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Features and Design
This Multimedia Projector is designed with the most advanced technology for portability, durability, and ease of use.
7KLVꢁSURMHFWRUꢁXWLOL]HVꢁEXLOWꢄLQꢁPXOWLPHGLDꢁIHDWXUHVꢂꢁDꢁSDOHWWHꢁRIꢁꢉꢋꢀꢔꢔꢁPLOOLRQꢁFRORUVꢂꢁDQGꢁPDWUL[ꢁOLTXLGꢁFU\VWDOꢁGLVSOD\ꢁ
ꢎ/&'ꢏꢁWHFKQRORJ\ꢀ
Ƈ Compact Design
Ƈ Security Function
ꢁ
7KLVꢁSURMHFWRUꢁLVꢁGHVLJQHGꢁFRPSDFWꢁLQꢁVL]HꢁDQGꢁZHLJKWꢀꢁ
It is easy to carry and installed anywhere you wish to
use.
The Security function helps you to ensure security
of the projector. With the Key lock function, you can
lock the operation on the top control or remote control
ꢎSꢀꢍꢈꢏꢀꢁ3,1ꢁFRGHꢁORFNꢁIXQFWLRQꢁSUHYHQWVꢁXQDXWKRUL]HGꢁ
XVHꢁRIꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢁꢎSSꢀꢉꢌꢂꢁꢍꢈ±ꢍꢍꢏꢀ
Ƈ Simple Computer System Setting
ꢁ
7KHꢁSURMHFWRUꢁKDVꢁWKHꢁ0XOWLꢄVFDQꢁV\VWHPꢁWRꢁFRQIRUPꢁWRꢁ
DOPRVWꢁDOOꢁFRPSXWHUꢁRXWSXWꢁVLJQDOVꢁTXLFNO\ꢁꢎSꢀꢇꢊꢏꢀꢁ8SꢁWRꢁ
WUXGA resolution can be accepted.
Ƈ Helpful Maintenance Functions
ꢁ
/DPSꢁDQGꢁILOWHUꢁPDLQWHQDQFHꢁIXQFWLRQVꢁSURYLGHꢁIRUꢁ
better and proper maintenance of the projector.
Ƈ Useful Functions for Presentations
Ƈ LAN Network Function
ꢁ
ꢄꢁ7KHꢁGLJLWDOꢁ]RRPꢁIXQFWLRQꢁDOORZVꢁ\RXꢁWRꢁIRFXVꢁRQꢁWKHꢁ
FUXFLDOꢁLQIRUPDWLRQꢁGXULQJꢁDꢁSUHVHQWDWLRQꢁꢎSꢀꢆꢍꢏꢀ
ꢁ
7KLVꢁSURMHFWRUꢁLVꢁORDGHGꢁZLWKꢁWKHꢁ:LUHGꢁ/$1ꢁQHWZRUNꢁ
function. You can operate and manage the projector
via network. For details, refer to the User Guide of
³1HWZRUNꢁ6HWꢄXSꢁDQGꢁ2SHUDWLRQꢀ´
ꢁ
ꢄꢁ%ODFNERDUGVꢕꢁFDQꢁEHꢁXVHGꢁDVꢁDꢁSURMHFWLRQꢁVFUHHQꢀ
ꢕ7KHꢁERDUGꢁFRORUꢁLVꢁOLPLWHGꢁWRꢁ*UHHQꢁꢎSSꢀꢆꢇꢂꢁꢆꢌꢏꢀ
Ƈ Auto Setup Function
Ƈ Lamp Control
This function enables Input search, Auto Keystone
correction and Auto PC adjustment by simple pressing
WKHꢁ$872ꢁ6(783ꢁEXWWRQꢁRQꢁWKHꢁWRSꢁFRQWUROꢁꢎSꢀꢈꢈꢏꢀ
Brightness of the projection lamp can be selected
ꢎSSꢀꢇꢍꢂꢁꢍꢆꢏꢀ
Ƈ Direct Off Function
Ƈ Colorboard Function
With the Direct Off function, you can disconnect the
power cord from the wall outlet or turn off the breaker
HYHQꢁGXULQJꢁSURMHFWLRQꢁꢎSꢀꢇꢅꢏꢀ
At the time of simple projection on the colored wall,
you can get the close color image to the color image
projected on a white screen by selecting the similar
color to the wall color from the preset four colors.
Ƈ Logo Function
Ƈ Switchable Interface Terminal
ꢁ
7KHꢁ/RJRꢁIXQFWLRQꢁDOORZVꢁ\RXꢁWRꢁFXVWRPL]HꢁWKHꢁVFUHHQꢁ
ORJRꢁꢎSSꢀꢈꢋꢄꢈꢊꢏꢀꢁ<RXꢁFDQꢁFDSWXUHꢁDQꢁLPDJHꢁIRUꢁWKHꢁ
VFUHHQꢁORJRꢁDQGꢁXVHꢁLWꢁIRUꢁWKHꢁVWDUWLQJꢄXSꢁGLVSOD\ꢁRUꢁ
between presentations.
The projector provides a switchable interface terminal.
You can use the terminal as computer input or monitor
RXWSXWꢁFRQYHQLHQWO\ꢀꢁꢎSꢀꢈꢌꢏ
Ƈ
Power Management
The Power management function reduces power
FRQVXPSWLRQꢁDQGꢁPDLQWDLQVꢁWKHꢁODPSꢁOLIHꢁꢎSꢀꢍꢅꢏꢀ
Ƈ Multilanguage Menu Display
2SHUDWLRQꢁPHQXꢁLVꢁDYDLODEOHꢁLQꢁꢇꢅꢁODQJXDJHVꢖꢁ(QJOLVKꢂꢁ
German, French, Italian, Spanish, Portuguese, Dutch,
Swedish, Finnish, Polish, Hungarian, Romanian,
5XVVLDQꢂꢁ7XUNLVKꢂꢁ.D]DNKꢂꢁ9LHWQDPHVHꢂꢁ&KLQHVHꢂꢁ
.RUHDQꢂꢁ-DSDQHVHꢁDQGꢁ7KDLꢀꢎSꢀꢈꢆꢏ
Ƈ Closed Caption
This is a printed version of the program sound or other
information displayed on the screen. You can turn on
the feature and switch the channels. (p.52)
3Note:
ꢁ ‡ꢁ7KHꢁ2Qꢄ6FUHHQꢁ0HQXꢁDQGꢁILJXUHVꢁLQꢁWKLVꢁPDQXDOꢁPD\ꢁGLIIHUꢁVOLJKWO\ꢁIURPꢁWKHꢁSURGXFWꢀ
ꢁ ‡ꢁ7KHꢁFRQWHQWVꢁRIꢁWKLVꢁPDQXDOꢁDUHꢁVXEMHFWꢁWRꢁFKDQJHꢁZLWKRXWꢁQRWLFHꢀ
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2
Table of Contents
Remote Control Operation
25
Compliance Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i
Important Safety Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . .ii
Declaration of RoHS Compliance . . . . . . . . iii
Copyright Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Product Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Features and Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
To the Owner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
Safety Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
Computer Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
Input Source Selection (RGB: Computer 1/
Computer 2)
27
ꢇꢊ
ꢇꢌ
ꢆꢅ
ꢆꢇ
ꢆꢆ
ꢆꢈ
&RPSXWHUꢁ6\VWHPꢁ6HOHFWLRQꢁ
$XWRꢁ3&ꢁ$GMXVWPHQWꢁ
0DQXDOꢁ3&ꢁ$GMXVWPHQWꢁ
,PDJHꢁ0RGHꢁ6HOHFWLRQꢁꢁ
,PDJHꢁ$GMXVWPHQWꢁ
6FUHHQꢁ6L]Hꢁ$GMXVWPHQWꢁ
$LUꢁ&LUFXODWLRQꢁ
ꢋ
ꢋ
ꢋ
Video Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
,QVWDOOLQJꢁWKHꢁ3URMHFWRUꢁLQꢁ3URSHUꢁ3RVLWLRQꢁ
0RYLQJꢁWKHꢁ3URMHFWRUꢁ
,QSXWꢁ6RXUFHꢁ6HOHFWLRQꢁꢎ9LGHRꢂꢁ6ꢄYLGHRꢏꢁ
ꢆꢋ
Input Source Selection (Component, RGB Scart
ꢇꢉꢄSLQꢏꢁ
9LGHRꢁ6\VWHPꢁ6HOHFWLRQꢁ
,PDJHꢁ0RGHꢁ6HOHFWLRQꢁꢁ
,PDJHꢁ$GMXVWPHQWꢁ
6FUHHQꢁ6L]Hꢁ$GMXVWPHQWꢁ
Compliance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
ꢆꢔ
Contents of package
7
ꢆꢊ
ꢆꢌ
ꢈꢅ
ꢈꢇ
Part Names and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
)URQWꢁ
%DFNꢁ
ꢊ
ꢊ
%RWWRPꢁ
ꢊ
Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
5HDUꢁ7HUPLQDOꢁꢁ
ꢌ
6HWWLQJꢁ
ꢈꢆ
7RSꢁ&RQWUROꢁ
ꢉꢅ
11
12
12
12
12
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58
Remote Control
Remote Control Battery Installation
Remote Control Operating Range
Remote Control Code
Adjustable Foot
,QSXWꢁ6RXUFHꢁ,QIRUPDWLRQꢁ'LVSOD\ꢁ
ꢍꢊ
Maintenance and Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
:$51,1*ꢁLQGLFDWRUꢁ
&OHDQLQJꢁWKHꢁ)LOWHUVꢁ
ꢍꢌ
ꢋꢅ
ꢋꢅ
ꢋꢉ
ꢋꢉ
ꢋꢉ
ꢋꢇ
5HVHWWLQJꢁWKHꢁ)LOWHUꢁ&RXQWHUꢁ
$WWDFKLQJꢁWKHꢁ/HQVꢁ&DSꢁ
&OHDQLQJꢁWKHꢁ3URMHFWLRQꢁ/HQVꢁ
&OHDQLQJꢁWKHꢁ3URMHFWRUꢁ&DELQHWꢁ
/DPSꢁ5HSODFHPHQWꢁ
Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
6HWWLQJꢁXSꢁ
ꢉꢆ
ꢉꢈ
15
&RQQHFWLQJꢁWRꢁDꢁ&RPSXWHUꢁ
Connecting to Video Equipment
Connecting to Component Video and RGB
ꢎ6FDUWꢏꢁ(TXLSPHQWꢁ
Using the Ferrite Core
Connecting the AC Power Cord
Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
ꢉꢋ
17
17
7URXEOHVKRRWLQJꢁ
0HQXꢁ7UHHꢁ
ꢋꢈ
ꢋꢔ
ꢋꢌ
ꢔꢅ
71
ꢔꢇ
ꢔꢆ
ꢔꢈ
75
,QGLFDWRUVꢁDQGꢁ3URMHFWRUꢁ&RQGLWLRQꢁ
&RPSDWLEOHꢁ&RPSXWHUꢁ6SHFLILFDWLRQVꢁ
Technical Specifications
3-ꢁ/LQNꢁ1RWLFHꢁ
&RQILJXUDWLRQVꢁRIꢁ7HUPLQDOVꢁ
'LPHQVLRQVꢁ
Basic Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
7XUQLQJꢁ2QꢁWKHꢁ3URMHFWRUꢁ
7XUQLQJꢁ2IIꢁWKHꢁ3URMHFWRUꢁ
+RZꢁWRꢁ2SHUDWHꢁWKHꢁ2Qꢄ6FUHHQꢁ0HQXꢁ
Menu Bar
=RRPꢁDQGꢁ)RFXVꢁ$GMXVWPHQWꢁ
$XWRꢁ6HWXSꢁ)XQFWLRQꢁ
ꢉꢊ
ꢇꢅ
ꢇꢉ
22
ꢇꢆ
ꢇꢆ
ꢇꢆ
ꢇꢈ
Serial Control Interface
Customer Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
Limited Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78
.H\VWRQHꢁ&RUUHFWLRQꢁ
6RXQGꢁ$GMXVWPHQWꢁ
Trademarks
Each name of corporations or products in this book is either a registered trademark or a trademark of its respective
corporation.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢆ
To the Owner
Before installing and operating this projector, read this
manual thoroughly.
Safety Precaution
This projector provides many convenient features and
functions. Operating the projector properly enables
you to manage those features and maintains it in good
condition for many years to come.
WARNING: Ɣ THIS APPARATUS MUST BE EARTHED.
Ɣ TO REDUCE THE RISK OF FIRE OR
ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT EXPOSE THIS
APPLIANCE TO RAIN OR MOISTURE.
Improper operation may result in not only shortening the
SURGXFWꢄOLIHꢂꢁEXWꢁDOVRꢁPDOIXQFWLRQVꢂꢁILUHꢁKD]DUGꢂꢁRUꢁRWKHUꢁ
accidents.
If your projector seems to operate improperly, read this
manual again, check operations and cable connections
and try the solutions in the “Troubleshooting” section on
SDJHVꢁꢋꢈꢄꢋꢋꢁRIꢁWKLVꢁPDQXDOꢀꢁ,IꢁWKHꢁSUREOHPꢁVWLOOꢁSHUVLVWVꢂꢁ
contact the dealer where you purchased the projector or
the service center.
±ꢁ7KLVꢁSURMHFWRUꢁSURGXFHVꢁLQWHQVHꢁOLJKWꢁIURPꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWLRQꢁ
lens. Do not stare directly into the lens, otherwise eye
damage could result. Be especially careful that children
do not stare directly into the beam.
±ꢁ,QVWDOOꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢁLQꢁDꢁSURSHUꢁSRVLWLRQꢀꢁ2WKHUZLVHꢁLWꢁPD\
ꢁꢁUHVXOWꢁLQꢁILUHꢁKD]DUGꢀ
±ꢁ$OORZLQJꢁWKHꢁSURSHUꢁDPRXQWꢁRIꢁVSDFHꢁRQꢁWKHꢁWRSꢂꢁVLGHVꢂꢁ
and rear of the projector cabinet is critical for proper
air circulation and cooling of the unit. The dimension
shown here indicate the minimum space required.
If the projector is to be built into a compartment or
similarly enclosed, these minimum distances must be
maintained.
CAUTION
RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK
DO NOT OPEN
CAUTION: TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC
SHOCK, DO NOT REMOVE COVER (OR
BACK). NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS
INSIDE EXCEPT LAMP REPLACEMENT.
REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED
SERVICE PERSONNEL.
±ꢁ'RꢁQRWꢁFRYHUꢁWKHꢁYHQWLODWLRQꢁVORWꢁRQꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢀꢁ+HDWꢁ
ꢁꢁEXLOGꢄXSꢁFDQꢁUHGXFHꢁWKHꢁVHUYLFHꢁOLIHꢁRIꢁ\RXUꢁSURMHFWRUꢂꢁDQGꢁ
can also be dangerous.
SIDE and TOP
REAR
0.7’(20cm)
7+,6ꢁ6<0%2/ꢁ,1',&$7(6ꢁ7+$7ꢁ'$1*(5286ꢁ
92/7$*(ꢁ&2167,787,1*ꢁ$ꢁ5,6.ꢁ2)ꢁ(/(&75,&ꢁ
SHOCK IS PRESENT WITHIN THIS UNIT.
1.5’(50cm)
3’(1m)
3’(1m)
7+,6ꢁ6<0%2/ꢁ,1',&$7(6ꢁ7+$7ꢁ7+(5(ꢁ$5(ꢁ
IMPORTANT OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE
INSTRUCTIONS IN THE USER GUIDE WITH THIS
UNIT.
±ꢁ,IꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢁLVꢁXQXVHGꢁIRUꢁDQꢁH[WHQGHGꢁWLPHꢂꢁXQSOXJꢁ
the projector from the power outlet.
±'RꢁQRWꢁSURMHFWꢁWKHꢁVDPHꢁLPDJHꢁIRUꢁDꢁORQJꢁWLPHꢀꢁ7KH
ꢁꢁDIWHULPDJHꢁPD\ꢁUHPDLQꢁRQꢁWKHꢁ/&'ꢁSDQHOVꢁE\ꢁWKH
characteristic of panel.
NOTE FOR CUSTOMERS IN THE US
ꢁ+Jꢁ/$03ꢎ6ꢏꢁ,16,'(ꢁ7+,6ꢁ352'8&7ꢁ&217$,1ꢁ
0(5&85<ꢁ$1'ꢁ0867ꢁ%(ꢁ5(&<&/('ꢁ25ꢁ
',6326('ꢁ2)ꢁ$&&25',1*ꢁ72ꢁ/2&$/ꢂꢁ67$7(ꢁ25ꢁ
)('(5$/ꢁ/$:6ꢀ
CAUTION
DO NOT SET THE PROJECTOR IN GREASY, WET, OR
SMOKY CONDITIONS SUCH AS IN A KITCHEN TO PREVENT
A BREAKDOWN OR A DISASTER. IF THE PROJECTOR
COMES IN CONTACT WITH OIL OR CHEMICALS, IT MAY
BECOME DETERIORATED.
CAUTION
Not for use in a computer room as defined in the Standard
for the Protection of Electronic Computer/Data Processing
Equipment, ANSI/NFPA 75.
READ AND KEEP THIS USER GUIDE FOR LATER
USE.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢈ
Safety Instructions
All the safety and operating instructions should be read
before the product is operated.
Do not install the projector near the ventilation duct of
DLUꢄFRQGLWLRQLQJꢁHTXLSPHQWꢀ
Read all of the instructions given here and retain them
for later use. Unplug this projector from AC power supply
before cleaning. Do not use liquid or aerosol cleaners.
Use a damp cloth for cleaning.
This projector should be operated only from the type
of power source indicated on the marking label. If you
are not sure of the type of power supplied, consult your
DXWKRUL]HGꢁGHDOHUꢁRUꢁORFDOꢁSRZHUꢁFRPSDQ\ꢀ
Follow all warnings and instructions marked on the
projector.
'RꢁQRWꢁRYHUORDGꢁZDOOꢁRXWOHWVꢁDQGꢁH[WHQVLRQꢁFRUGVꢁDVꢁWKLVꢁ
can result in fire or electric shock. Do not allow anything
to rest on the power cord. Do not locate this projector
where the cord may be damaged by persons walking on
it.
For added protection to the projector during a lightning
storm, or when it is left unattended and unused for long
periods of time, unplug it from the wall outlet. This will
prevent damage due to lightning and power line surges.
Do not attempt to service this projector yourself as
RSHQLQJꢁ RUꢁ UHPRYLQJꢁ &RYHUVꢁ PD\ꢁ H[SRVHꢁ \RXꢁ WRꢁ
GDQJHURXVꢁYROWDJHꢁRUꢁRWKHUꢁKD]DUGVꢀꢁ5HIHUꢁDOOꢁVHUYLFLQJꢁ
'RꢁQRWꢁH[SRVHꢁWKLVꢁXQLWꢁWRꢁUDLQꢁRUꢁXVHꢁQHDUꢁZDWHUꢀꢀꢀꢁIRUꢁ to qualified service personnel.
H[DPSOHꢂꢁLQꢁDꢁZHWꢁEDVHPHQWꢂꢁQHDUꢁDꢁVZLPPLQJꢁSRROꢂꢁHWFꢀꢀꢀ
Unplug this projector from wall outlet and refer servicing
to qualified service personnel under the following
conditions:
Do not use attachments not recommended by the
PDQXIDFWXUHUꢁDVꢁWKH\ꢁPD\ꢁFDXVHꢁKD]DUGVꢀ
a. When the power cord or plug is damaged or frayed.
b. If liquid has been spilled into the projector.
Fꢀꢁ,IꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢁKDVꢁEHHQꢁH[SRVHGꢁWRꢁUDLQꢁRUꢁZDWHUꢀ
d. If the projector does not operate normally by following
the operating instructions. Adjust only those controls
that are covered by the operating instructions as
improper adjustment of other controls may result in
GDPDJHꢁDQGꢁZLOOꢁRIWHQꢁUHTXLUHꢁH[WHQVLYHꢁZRUNꢁE\ꢁDꢁ
qualified technician to restore the projector to normal
operation.
Do not place this projector on an unstable cart, stand,
or table. The projector may fall, causing serious injury
to a child or adult, and serious damage to the projector.
Use only with a cart or stand recommended by the
manufacturer, or sold with the projector. Wall or shelf
mounting should follow the manufacturer’s instructions,
and should use a mounting kit approved by the
manufacturers.
An appliance and cart combination
should be moved with care. Quick
VWRSVꢂꢁH[FHVVLYHꢁIRUFHꢂꢁDQGꢁXQHYHQꢁ
surfaces may cause the appliance
and cart combination to overturn.
e. If the projector has been dropped or the cabinet has
been damaged.
Iꢀꢁꢁ:KHQꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢁH[KLELWVꢁDꢁGLVWLQFWꢁFKDQJHꢁLQꢁ
SHUIRUPDQFHꢄWKLVꢁLQGLFDWHVꢁDꢁQHHGꢁIRUꢁVHUYLFHꢀ
When replacement parts are required, be sure the
service technician has used replacement parts specified
by the manufacturer that have the same characteristics
DVꢁWKHꢁRULJLQDOꢁSDUWꢀꢁ8QDXWKRUL]HGꢁVXEVWLWXWLRQVꢁPD\ꢁ
result in fire, electric shock, or injury to persons.
Slots and openings in the back and bottom of the cabinet
are provided for ventilation, to ensure reliable operation of
the equipment and to protect it from overheating.
The openings should never be covered with cloth or other
materials, and the bottom opening should not be blocked
by placing the projector on a bed, sofa, rug, or other
similar surface. This projector should never be placed
near or over a radiator or heat register.
Upon completion of any service or repairs to this
projector, ask the service technician to perform routine
safety checks to determine that the projector is in safe
operating condition.
7KLVꢁSURMHFWRUꢁVKRXOGꢁQRWꢁEHꢁSODFHGꢁLQꢁDꢁEXLOWꢄLQꢁLQVWDOODWLRQꢁ
such as a book case unless proper ventilation is provided.
Never push objects of any kind into this projector through
cabinet slots as they may touch dangerous voltage points
or short out parts that could result in a fire or electric
shock. Never spill liquid of any kind on the projector.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5
Safety Instructions
Air Circulation
Installing the Projector in Proper Position
Openings in the cabinet are provided for ventilation. To
ensure reliable operation of the product and to protect it
from overheating, these openings must not be blocked
or covered.
Install the projector properly. Improper installation may
UHGXFHꢁWKHꢁODPSꢁOLIHꢁDQGꢁFDXVHꢁDꢁILUHꢁKD]DUGꢀ
'RꢁQRWꢁUROOꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢁPRUHꢁWKDQꢁꢇꢅꢁ
degrees from side to side.
CAUTION
'RꢁQRWꢁSLWFKꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢁPRUHꢁWKDQꢁꢆꢅꢁ
+RWꢁDLUꢁLVꢁH[KDXVWHGꢁIURPꢁWKHꢁH[KDXVWꢁYHQWꢀꢁ:KHQꢁXVLQJꢁ
or installing the projector, the following precautions
should be taken.
degrees from above and below.
±ꢁ'RꢁQRWꢁSXWꢁDQ\ꢁIODPPDEOHꢁREMHFWꢁRUꢁVSUD\ꢁFDQꢁQHDUꢁWKHꢁ
SURMHFWRUꢂꢁKRWꢁDLUꢁLVꢁH[KDXVWHGꢁIURPꢁWKHꢁDLUꢁYHQWVꢀ
±ꢁ.HHSꢁWKHꢁH[KDXVWꢁYHQWꢁDWꢁOHDVWꢁꢆ¶ꢁꢎꢉꢁPꢏꢁDZD\ꢁIURPꢁDQ\ꢁ
objects.
±ꢁꢁ'Rꢁ QRWꢁ WRXFKꢁ Dꢁ SHULSKHUDOꢁ SDUWꢁ RIꢁ WKHꢁ H[KDXVWꢁ YHQWꢂꢁ
especially screws and metallic parts. These areas will
become hot while the projector is being used.
±ꢁꢁ'RꢁQRWꢁSXWꢁDQ\WKLQJꢁRQꢁWKHꢁFDELQHWꢀꢁ2EMHFWVꢁSXWꢁRQꢁWKHꢁ
cabinet will not only get damaged but also may cause
ILUHꢁKD]DUGꢁE\ꢁKHDWꢀ
Do not point the projector up to project an
image.
Do not point the projector down to project
an image.
Do not put the projector on either side to
project an image.
Cooling fans are provided to cool down the projector.
The fans’ running speed is changed according to the
temperature inside the projector.
Moving the Projector
When moving the projector, replace the lens cap and
retract adjustable foot to prevent damage to the lens and
cabinet.
:KHQꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢁLVꢁQRWꢁLQꢁXVHꢁIRUꢁDQꢁH[WHQGHGꢁSHULRGꢂꢁ
put it into a suitable case.
Air Intake Vent
CAUTION IN CARRYING OR TRANSPORTING
THE PROJECTOR
±ꢁ'RꢁQRWꢁGURSꢁRUꢁEXPSꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢂꢁRWKHUZLVHꢁGDPDJHVꢁꢁ
or malfunctions may result.
±ꢁꢁ:KHQꢁFDUU\LQJꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢂꢁXVHꢁDꢁVXLWDEOHꢁFDUU\LQJꢁFDVHꢀ
±ꢁ'RꢁQRWꢁWUDQVSRUWꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢁE\ꢁFRXULHUꢁRUꢁDQ\ꢁRWKHUꢁ
transport service in an unsuitable transport case. This
may cause damage to the projector. For information
about transporting the projector by courier or any other
transport service, consult your dealer.
Air Intake Vent
([KDXVWꢁ9HQW
ꢎ+RWꢁDLUꢁH[KDXVWꢏ
±ꢁ'RꢁQRWꢁSXWꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢁLQꢁDꢁFDVHꢁEHIRUHꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢁ
is cooled enough.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢋ
Compliance
AC Power Cord Requirement
The AC Power Cord supplied with this projector meets the requirement for use in the country you purchased it.
AC Power Cord for the United States and Canada:
AC Power Cord used in the United States and Canada is listed by the Underwriters
/DERUDWRULHVꢁꢎ8/ꢏꢁDQGꢁFHUWLILHGꢁE\ꢁWKHꢁ&DQDGLDQꢁ6WDQGDUGꢁ$VVRFLDWLRQꢁꢎ&6$ꢏꢀ
$&ꢁ3RZHUꢁ&RUGꢁKDVꢁDꢁJURXQGLQJꢄW\SHꢁ$&ꢁOLQHꢁSOXJꢀꢁ7KLVꢁLVꢁDꢁVDIHW\ꢁIHDWXUHꢁWRꢁEHꢁVXUHꢁWKDWꢁWKHꢁ
GROUND
plug will fit into the power outlet. Do not try to defeat this safety feature. Should you be unable
to insert the plug into the outlet, contact your electrician.
AC Power Cord for the United Kingdom:
This cord is already fitted with a moulded plug incorporating a fuse, the value of which is indicated on the pin
IDFHꢁRIꢁWKHꢁSOXJꢀꢁꢁ6KRXOGꢁWKHꢁIXVHꢁQHHGꢁWRꢁEHꢁUHSODFHGꢂꢁDQꢁ$67$ꢁDSSURYHGꢁ%6ꢁꢉꢆꢋꢇꢁIXVHꢁPXVWꢁEHꢁXVHGꢁRIꢁWKHꢁ
ASA
same rating, marked thus . If the fuse cover is detachable, never use the plug with the cover omitted. If a
replacement fuse cover is required, ensure it is of the same colour as that visible on the pin face of the plug
(i.e. red or orange). Fuse covers are available from the Parts Department indicated in your User Instructions.
If the plug supplied is not suitable for your socket outlet, it should be cut off and destroyed.
7KHꢁHQGꢁRIꢁWKHꢁIOH[LEOHꢁFRUGꢁVKRXOGꢁEHꢁVXLWDEO\ꢁSUHSDUHGꢁDQGꢁWKHꢁFRUUHFWꢁSOXJꢁILWWHGꢀꢁ
WARNING : A PLUG WITH BARED FLEXIBLE CORD IS HAZARDOUS IF ENGAGED IN A LIVE SOCKET
OUTLET.
The Wires in this mains lead are coloured in accordance with the following code:
ꢁ *UHHQꢄDQGꢄ\HOORZ Earth
Blue . . . . . . . . . . . Neutral
Brown . . . . . . . . . /LYH
As the colours of the wires in the mains lead of this apparatus may not correspond with the coloured markings
identifying the terminals in your plug proceed as follows:
7KHꢁZLUHꢁZKLFKꢁLVꢁFRORXUHGꢁJUHHQꢄDQGꢄ\HOORZꢁPXVWꢁEHꢁFRQQHFWHGꢁWRꢁWKHꢁWHUPLQDOꢁLQꢁWKHꢁSOXJꢁZKLFKꢁLVꢁPDUNHGꢁE\ꢁ
the letter E or by the safety earth symbol ꢁRUꢁFRORXUHGꢁJUHHQꢁRUꢁJUHHQꢄDQGꢄ\HOORZꢀ
The wire which is coloured blue must be connected to the terminal which is marked with the letter N or
coloured black.
7KHꢁZLUHꢁZKLFKꢁLVꢁFRORXUHGꢁEURZQꢁPXVWꢁEHꢁFRQQHFWHGꢁWRꢁWKHꢁWHUPLQDOꢁZKLFKꢁLVꢁPDUNHGꢁZLWKꢁWKHꢁOHWWHUꢁ/ꢁRUꢁ
coloured red.
WARNING: THIS APPARATUS MUST BE EARTHED.
THE SOCKET-OUTLET SHOULD BE INSTALLED NEAR THE EQUIPMENT AND EASILY ACCESSIBLE.
Contents of package
Your projector should come with the items shown below. Check that all the items are included.
Require of your dealer immediately if any items are missing.
ꢁꢎꢉꢏꢁ8VHUꢁ*XLGHꢁꢎ&'ꢄ520ꢁ[ꢁꢉꢏ
ꢁꢎꢇꢏꢁ4XLFNꢁ6WDUWꢁ*XLGHꢁꢎ%RRNꢁ[ꢁꢉꢏꢁ
ꢁꢎꢆꢏꢁ$&ꢁ3RZHUꢁ&RUG
(1)
ꢎꢈꢏ
(7)
ꢁꢎꢈꢏꢁ5HPRWHꢁ&RQWUROꢁDQGꢁ%DWWHULHV
(5) VGA Cable
ꢎꢊꢏ
ꢁꢎꢋꢏꢁ/HQVꢁ&DSꢁZLWKꢁ6WULQJꢁ
ꢁꢎꢔꢏꢁ3,1ꢁ&RGHꢁ/DEHO
ꢁꢎꢊꢏꢁ)HUULWHꢁFRUH
(2)
(5)
ꢎꢆꢏ
ꢎꢋꢏ
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
7
Part Names and Functions
① Top controls and Indicators
② Zoom Ring
③ Focus Ring
Front
①
②
③
④ Speaker
⑤ Infrared Remote Receiver
⑥ Projection Lens
⑦ Lens Cap
ꢁ
ꢎ6HHꢁSDJHꢁꢋꢉꢁIRUꢁDWWDFKLQJꢀꢏ
CAUTION
Do not turn on a projector with lens cap attached. High
temperature from light beam may damage lens cap and
UHVXOWꢁLQꢁILUHꢁKD]DUGꢀ
⑧ Air Intake Vent
④
⑤
⑥
⑦
⑧
⑨ Lamp Cover
Back
⑩ Terminals and Connectors
⑪ LAN Connection Terminal
⑫ Power Cord Connector
⑨
⑩
⑪
3Note:
Replace only with the same types of the supplied cords
or cables. Using improper cords or cables may cause an
electric shock or a fire.
⑬ Exhaust Vents
CAUTION
+RWꢁDLUꢁLVꢁH[KDXVWHGꢁIURPꢁWKHꢁH[KDXVWꢁYHQWꢀꢁ'RꢁQRWꢁSXWꢁ
KHDWꢄVHQVLWLYHꢁREMHFWVꢁQHDUꢁWKLVꢁVLGHꢀ
¼
⑫ ⑬
⑬
⑭
⑧
⑭ Filters
⑮ Adjustable Foot
Bottom
⑭
⑮
3Note:
⑪ꢁ/$1ꢁ&RQQHFWLRQꢁ7HUPLQDOꢁLVꢁIRUꢁWKHꢁ1HWZRUNꢁIXQFWLRQꢀꢁ
5HIHUꢁWRꢁWKHꢁ8VHUꢁ*XLGHꢁRIꢁ³1HWZRUNꢁ6HWꢄXSꢁDQGꢁ
Operation” .
¼Kensington Security Slot
This slot is for a Kensington lock used to deter theft of
the projector.
ꢕKensington is a registered trademark of ACCO Brands
Corporation.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢊ
Part Names and Functions
Rear Terminal
①
②
③
⑤
⑥
⑦
⑧
④
① CONTROL PORT
⑤ VIDEO IN
When the projector is controlled by a computer,
connect to this jack with serial control cable.
Connect the composite video output signal to this
jack (p.15).
⑥ LAN Connection Terminal
② COMPUTER IN 1 /S-VIDEO IN / COMPONENT IN
ꢁ
&RQQHFWꢁWKHꢁ/$1ꢁFDEOHꢁꢎUHIHUꢁWRꢁWKHꢁ8VHUꢁ*XLGHꢁRIꢁ
³1HWZRUNꢁ6HWꢄXSꢁDQGꢁ2SHUDWLRQ´ꢏꢀ
Connect output signal from a computer, component
YLGHRꢁRXWSXWꢂꢁ5*%ꢁVFDUWꢁꢇꢉꢄSLQꢁYLGHRꢁRXWSXWꢁRUꢁ
6ꢄYLGHRꢁRXWSXWꢁWRꢁWKLVꢁWHUPLQDOꢀꢁꢎSSꢀꢉꢈꢄꢉꢋꢏꢀ
⑦ AUDIO IN（Video)
③ COMPUTER IN 2 / MONITOR OUT
Connect the audio output signal from video
equipment connected to ⑤ to this jack. For a mono
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
±ꢁ&RQQHFWꢁDQDORJꢁ5*%ꢁRXWSXWꢁVLJQDOꢁIURPꢁDꢁ
ꢁꢁꢁFRPSXWHUꢁWRꢁWKLVꢁWHUPLQDOꢁꢎSꢀꢉꢈꢏꢀ
±ꢁ7KLVꢁWHUPLQDOꢁFDQꢁEHꢁXVHGꢁWRꢁRXWSXWꢁWKHꢁLQFRPLQJ
analog RGB and Component signal from
ꢁꢁꢁ&20387(5ꢁ,1ꢁꢉꢁꢃ6ꢄ9,'(2ꢁ,1ꢁꢃ&20321(17ꢁ,1
ꢁꢁꢁWHUPLQDOꢁWRꢁWKHꢁRWKHUꢁPRQLWRUꢁꢎSSꢀꢉꢈꢂꢉꢋꢏꢀ
audio signal (a single audio jack), connect it to
/ꢎ0212ꢏꢁMDFNꢀꢁꢎSSꢀꢉꢈꢄꢉꢋꢏꢀ
ꢁ
ꢁ
⑧ AUDIO IN (PC)
Connect the audio output signal from computer
or video equipment connected to ② and ③ to this
MDFNꢀꢁꢎSSꢀꢉꢈꢄꢉꢋꢏꢀ
④ AUDIO OUT (VARIABLE)
ꢁ
&RQQHFWꢁDQꢁH[WHUQDOꢁDXGLRꢁDPSOLILHUꢁWRꢁWKLVꢁMDFNꢁ
ꢎSSꢀꢉꢈꢄꢉꢋꢏꢀ
This terminal outputs sound from AUDIO IN
terminal.
Never plug headphones into this jack.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢌ
Part Names and Functions
Top Control
⑤
⑧
⑦
④
③
②
①
⑥
① SELECT button
⑤ POWER indicator
ꢁ ±ꢁ([HFXWHꢁWKHꢁVHOHFWHGꢁLWHPꢁꢎSꢀꢇꢉꢏꢀ
ꢁ ±ꢁ/LJKWVꢁUHGꢁZKHQꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢁLVꢁLQꢁVWDQGꢄE\ꢁPRGHꢀ
ꢁ ±ꢁ/LJKWVꢁJUHHQꢁGXULQJꢁRSHUDWLRQVꢀ
ꢁ ±ꢁ%OLQNVꢁJUHHQꢁLQꢁWKHꢁ3RZHUꢁPDQDJHPHQWꢁPRGHꢁ
ꢎSꢀꢍꢅꢏꢀ
ꢁ ±ꢁ([SDQGꢁRUꢁFRPSUHVVꢁWKHꢁLPDJHꢁLQꢁWKHꢁ'LJLWDOꢁ
]RRPꢁPRGHꢁꢎSꢀꢆꢍꢏꢀ
ŸźŻŹ
② POINT
(VOLUME –/+) buttons
⑥ MENU button
ꢁ ±ꢁ6HOHFWꢁDQꢁLWHPꢁRUꢁDGMXVWꢁWKHꢁYDOXHꢁLQꢁWKHꢁ
2Qꢄ6FUHHQꢁ0HQXꢁꢎSꢀꢇꢉꢏꢀ
ꢁ
2SHQꢁRUꢁFORVHꢁWKHꢁ2Qꢄ6FUHHQꢁ0HQXꢁꢎSꢀꢇꢉꢏꢀ
ꢁ ±ꢁ3DQꢁWKHꢁLPDJHꢁLQꢁWKHꢁ'LJLWDOꢁ]RRPꢁꢓꢃꢄꢁPRGHꢁ
ꢎSꢀꢆꢍꢏꢀ
⑦ LAMP REPLACE indicator
ꢁ
/LJKWVꢁ\HOORZꢁZKHQꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWLRQꢁODPSꢁUHDFKHVꢁLWVꢁ
HQGꢁRIꢁOLIHꢁꢎSSꢀꢋꢇꢂꢁꢋꢌꢏꢀ
ꢁ ±ꢁ$GMXVWꢁWKHꢁYROXPHꢁOHYHOꢁꢎ3RLQWꢁŻŹbuttons)
ꢎSꢀꢇꢈꢏꢀ
⑧ WARNING indicator
③ AUTO SETUP button
ꢁ ±ꢁ/LJKWVꢁUHGꢁZKHQꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢁGHWHFWVꢁDQꢁ
abnormal condition.
ꢁ ±ꢁ%OLQNVꢁUHGꢁZKHQꢁWKHꢁLQWHUQDOꢁWHPSHUDWXUHꢁRIꢁWKHꢁ
SURMHFWRUꢁH[FHHGVꢁWKHꢁRSHUDWLQJꢁUDQJHꢁꢎSSꢀꢍꢌꢂꢁ
ꢋꢌꢏꢀ
([HFXWHꢁWKHꢁVHWWLQJꢁRIꢁ$XWRꢁVHWXSꢁꢎLQFOXGHVꢁ,QSXWꢁ
search, Auto PC adj. and Auto Keystone functions)
in the setting menu.ꢁꢎSSꢀꢇꢆꢂꢁꢈꢈꢏꢀ
④ ON/STAND–BY button
7XUQꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢁRQꢁRUꢁRIIꢁꢎSSꢀꢉꢊꢄꢇꢅꢏꢀ
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢉꢅ
Part Names and Functions
Remote Control
① ON/STAND-BY button
ꢁ
7XUQꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢁRQꢁRUꢁRIIꢀꢁꢁꢎSSꢀꢉꢊꢄꢇꢅꢏ
② AUTO SET button
([HFXWHꢁWKHꢁVHWWLQJꢁRIꢁ$XWRꢁVHWXSꢁꢎLQFOXGHVꢁ,QSXWꢁVHDUFKꢂꢁ$XWRꢁ3&ꢁDGMꢀꢁ
and Auto Keystone functions) in the setting menu.
ꢎSSꢀꢇꢆꢂꢁꢈꢈꢏ
③ COMPUTER 1/2 buttons
Select the COMPUTER 1 or COMPUTER 2 input source.
ꢁꢁꢁꢁꢎSSꢀꢇꢔꢂꢁꢆꢔꢏ
④ VIDEO button
ꢁ
6HOHFWꢁWKHꢁ9,'(2ꢁLQSXWꢁVRXUFHꢀꢁꢁꢎSꢀꢆꢋꢏ
①
②
③
⑤ S-VIDEO button
6HOHFWꢁWKHꢁ6ꢄ9,'(2ꢁLQSXWꢁVRXUFHꢀꢁꢁꢎSꢀꢆꢋꢏ
ꢁ
⑥ Point ŸźŻŹ
buttons
±ꢁ6HOHFWꢁDQꢁLWHPꢁRUꢁDGMXVWꢁWKHꢁYDOXHꢁLQꢁWKHꢁ2Qꢄ6FUHHQꢁ0HQXꢀꢁꢁꢎSꢀꢇꢉꢏ
±ꢁ3DQꢁWKHꢁLPDJHꢁLQꢁWKHꢁ'LJLWDOꢁ]RRPꢁꢓꢃꢄꢁPRGHꢀꢁꢁꢎSꢀꢆꢍꢏ
ꢁ
ꢁ
⑳
⑲
④
⑤
⑦ SCREEN button
6HOHFWꢁDꢁVFUHHQꢁPRGHꢀꢁꢁꢎSSꢀꢇꢋꢂꢁꢆꢈꢄꢆꢍꢂꢁꢈꢇꢏ
ꢁ
⑥
⑦
⑧
⑧ MENU button
2SHQꢁRUꢁFORVHꢁWKHꢁ2Qꢄ6FUHHQꢁ0HQXꢀꢁꢁꢎSꢀꢇꢉꢏ
ꢁ
⑱
⑰
⑨ FREEZE button
)UHH]HꢁWKHꢁSLFWXUHꢁRQꢁWKHꢁVFUHHQꢀꢁꢁꢎSꢀꢇꢍꢏꢁ
ꢁ
⑩ NO SHOW button
ꢁ 7HPSRUDULO\ꢁWXUQꢁRIIꢁWKHꢁLPDJHꢁRQꢁWKHꢁVFUHHQꢀꢁꢁꢎSꢀꢇꢋꢏ
⑨
⑯
⑮
⑭
⑪ D.ZOOM Ÿź buttons
=RRPꢁLQꢁDQGꢁRXWꢁWKHꢁLPDJHVꢀꢁꢁꢎSSꢀꢇꢍꢂꢁꢆꢍꢏ
⑩
⑪
ꢁ
⑬
⑫ VOLUME +/- buttons
Adjust the volume level.ꢁꢁꢎSꢀꢇꢈꢏ
⑫
⑬
MUTE button
ꢁ
0XWHꢁWKHꢁVRXQGꢀꢁꢁꢎSꢀꢇꢈꢏ
⑭ IMAGE button
6HOHFWꢁWKHꢁLPDJHꢁPRGHꢀꢁꢁꢎSSꢀꢇꢋꢂꢁꢆꢇꢂꢁꢆꢌꢏ
ꢁ
⑮ P-TIMER button
2SHUDWHꢁWKHꢁ3ꢄWLPHUꢁIXQFWLRQꢀꢁꢁꢎSSꢀꢇꢋꢂꢁꢍꢉꢏ
ꢁ
⑯ LAMP button
6HOHFWꢁDꢁODPSꢁPRGHꢀꢁꢁꢎSSꢀꢇꢍꢂꢁꢍꢆꢏ
ꢁ
⑰ INFO. button
2SHUDWHꢁWKHꢁLQIRUPDWLRQꢁIXQFWLRQꢀꢁꢁꢎSꢀꢍꢊꢏ
ꢁ
⑱ KEYSTONE button
&RUUHFWꢁNH\VWRQHꢁGLVWRUWLRQꢀꢁꢁꢎSSꢀꢇꢆꢂꢁꢈꢍꢏ
ꢁ
⑲ SELECT button
ꢁ
±ꢁꢁ([HFXWHꢁWKHꢁVHOHFWHGꢁLWHPꢀꢁꢁꢎSꢀꢇꢉꢏ
±ꢁ([SDQGꢁRUꢁFRPSUHVVꢁWKHꢁLPDJHꢁLQꢁ'LJLWDOꢁ]RRPꢁPRGHꢀꢁꢁꢎSꢀꢆꢍꢏ
⑳ COMPONENT button
Select the COMPONENT input source. ꢎSꢀꢆꢔꢏ
3Note:
To ensure safe operation, please observe the following precautions:
±ꢁ'RꢁQRWꢁEHQGꢂꢁGURSꢁRUꢁH[SRVHꢁWKHꢁUHPRWHꢁFRQWUROꢁWRꢁPRLVWXUHꢁRUꢁKHDWꢀ
±ꢁ)RUꢁFOHDQLQJꢂꢁXVHꢁDꢁVRIWꢁGU\ꢁFORWKꢀꢁ'RꢁQRWꢁDSSO\ꢁEHQ]HQHꢂꢁWKLQQHUꢂꢁVSUD\ꢂꢁ
or any chemical material.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
11
Part Names and Functions
Remote Control Battery Installation
Open the battery
compartment lid.
Install new batteries
into the compartment.
Replace the
compartment lid.
1
2
3
Two AAA size batteries
For correct polarity
ꢎꢓꢁDQGꢁ±ꢏꢂꢁEHꢁVXUHꢁ
battery terminals are
in contact with pins in
compartment.
To ensure safe operation, please observe the following precautions :
Ɣꢁ 8VHꢁWZRꢁꢎꢇꢏꢁ$$$ꢁRUꢁ/5ꢅꢆꢁW\SHꢁDONDOLQHꢁEDWWHULHVꢀ
Ɣ Always replace batteries in sets.
Ɣ Do not use a new battery with a used battery.
Ɣ Avoid contact with water or liquid.
Ɣꢁ 'RꢁQRWꢁH[SRVHꢁWKHꢁUHPRWHꢁFRQWUROꢁWRꢁPRLVWXUHꢁRUꢁKHDWꢀ
Ɣ Do not drop the remote control.
Ɣ If the battery has leaked on the remote control, carefully wipe the case clean and install new batteries.
Ɣꢁ 5LVNꢁRIꢁDQꢁH[SORVLRQꢁLIꢁEDWWHU\ꢁLVꢁUHSODFHGꢁE\ꢁDQꢁLQFRUUHFWꢁW\SHꢀꢁ
Ɣ Dispose of used batteries according to the instructions or your local disposal rule or guidelines.
Remote Control Operating Range
Point the remote control toward the projector (Infrared
5HPRWHꢁ 5HFHLYHUꢏꢁ ZKHQꢁ SUHVVLQJꢁ WKHꢁ EXWWRQVꢀꢁ 0D[LPXPꢁ
RSHUDWLQJꢁUDQJHꢁIRUꢁWKHꢁUHPRWHꢁFRQWUROꢁLVꢁDERXWꢁꢉꢋꢀꢈꢗꢎꢍꢁPꢏꢁ
DQGꢁꢋꢅꢁGHJUHHVꢁLQꢁIURQWꢁRIꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢀ
ꢉꢋꢀꢈꢗ
(5 m)
ꢆꢅƒ
ꢆꢅƒ
Remote control
Remote Control Code
7KHꢁꢇꢁGLIIHUHQWꢁUHPRWHꢁFRQWUROꢁFRGHVꢁꢎ&RGHꢁꢉ±&RGHꢁꢇꢏꢁDUHꢁ
assigned to this projector. Switching the remote
control codes prevents interference from other remote
controls when several projectors or video equipment
QH[WꢁWRꢁHDFKꢁRWKHUꢁDUHꢁRSHUDWHGꢁDWꢁWKHꢁVDPHꢁWLPHꢀꢁ&KDQJHꢁ
the remote control code for the projector first before
changing that for the remote control. See "Remote control"
LQꢁWKHꢁ6HWWLQJꢁ0HQXꢁRQꢁSDJHꢁꢍꢆꢀ
MENU button
IMAGE button
Press and hold the MENU and IMAGE buttons for more
than five seconds to switch between the Code 1 and Code
2. The initial code is set to Code 1.
Adjustable Foot
3URMHFWLRQꢁDQJOHꢁFDQꢁEHꢁDGMXVWHGꢁXSꢁWRꢁꢉꢅꢀꢅꢁGHJUHHVꢁZLWKꢁ
the adjustable foot.
/LIWꢁWKHꢁIURQWꢁRIꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢁDQGꢁSXVKꢁWKHꢁIRRWꢁORFNꢁODWFKꢁRQꢁ
the projector.
Release the foot lock latch to lock the adjustable foot and
rotate the adjustable foot to adjust the position and
tilt.
To retract the adjustable foot, lift the front of the projector
and push and undo the foot lock latch.
Keystone distortion of the projected image can be corrected
E\ꢁPHQXꢁRSHUDWLRQꢀꢎVHHꢁSDJHVꢁꢇꢆꢂꢁꢈꢈꢄꢈꢍꢏ
)RRWꢁ/RFNꢁ/DWFK
Adjustable Foot
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
12
Installation
Setting up
Install the projector according to the environment and manner the projector will be used in.
For the case of installation in a special state such as ceiling mount, the specified mounting accessories and service
may be required. Before installing the projector, consult your dealer about your installation.
Arrangement
Refer to the following tables T-1 to determine the screen size and projection distance. The values shown in the
table are calculated for a full size screen.
(H)
(H) x (V) : Screen size
(a)
(a) : Projection distance
(from the projectior’s end)
(b), (c) : Screen height
(b)
(c)
(V)
(1024X768) ( 10%)
Screen height
T- 1
Screen
Screen size
Projection distance
(a) min. (a) max
inch
Type
(b)
(c)
4:3
inch
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
120
150
200
250
300
(H)
m
(V)
m
m
1.3
1.6
1.9
2.3
2.6
2.9
3.3
3.9
4.9
6.5
8.2
9.8
m
inch
61
77
cm
52
65
78
91
105
118
131
157
196
261
327
392
inch
20
cm
-9
inch
-4
51
64
77
1.6
1.9
2.3
2.7
3.1
3.5
3.9
4.7
5.9
7.9
9.8
11.8
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.4
3.0
4.1
5.1
6.1
0.6
0.8
0.9
1.1
1.2
1.4
1.5
1.8
2.3
3.0
3.8
4.6
26
31
36
41
46
52
62
77
-11
-13
-15
-17
-20
-22
-26
-33
-44
-54
-65
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
-10
-13
-17
-21
-26
92
89
108
123
139
154
186
232
310
388
466
102
115
128
154
193
258
323
387
103
129
154
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
13
Installation
Connecting to a Computer
Cables used for connection
‡ꢁ9*$ꢁ&DEOHVꢁꢎ0LQLꢁ'ꢄVXEꢁꢉꢍꢁSLQꢏꢁꢕꢎ2QO\ꢁRQHꢁFDEOHꢁLVꢁVXSSOLHGꢀꢏ
‡ꢁ$XGLRꢁ&DEOHV
(ꢕ2QHꢁFDEOHꢁLVꢁVXSSOLHGꢖꢁRWKHUꢁcables are not supplied with the projector.)
Monitor Input
or
Monitor Output
Audio Output
Monitor
Output
([WHUQDOꢁ$XGLRꢁ(TXLSPHQW
VGA
cable
VGA
cable
Audio cable
(stereo)
Audio Input
COMPUTER IN 1
ꢃꢁ6ꢄ9,'(2ꢁ,1
/COMPONENT IN
This terminal is switchable.
Set up the terminal as
either Computer input or
Monitor output. (See Page
ꢈꢌꢀꢏ
COMPUTER IN 2 /
MONITOR OUT
Audio cable
(stereo)
AUDIO OUT
(stereo)
AUDIO IN
3Note:
ꢁ ‡ꢁ,QSXWꢁVRXQGꢁWRꢁWKHꢁ$8',2ꢁ,1ꢁWHUPLQDOꢁZKHQꢁXVLQJꢁWKHꢁ&20387(5ꢁ,1ꢁꢉꢃꢁ6ꢄ9,'(2ꢁ,1ꢁꢃꢁ&20321(17ꢁ,1
and the COMPUTER IN 2/MONITOR OUT terminals as input.
ꢁ ‡ꢁ:KHQꢁWKHꢁ$8',2ꢁ287ꢁLVꢁSOXJJHGꢄLQꢂꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢗVꢁEXLOWꢄLQꢁVSHDNHUꢁLVꢁQRWꢁDYDLODEOHꢀ
ꢁꢁ‡ꢁ:KHQꢁWKHꢁFDEOHꢁLVꢁRIꢁWKHꢁORQJHUꢁYDULHW\ꢂꢁLWꢁLVꢁDGYLVDEOHꢁWRꢁXVHꢁWKHꢁ&20387(5ꢁ,1ꢁꢉꢁꢃ6ꢄ9,'(2ꢁ,1ꢁꢃ&20321(17ꢁ,1ꢁDQGꢁ
not the COMPUTER IN 2/MONITOR OUT.
8QSOXJꢁWKHꢁSRZHUꢁFRUGVꢁRIꢁERWKꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢁDQGꢁH[WHUQDOꢁHTXLSPHQWꢁIURPꢁWKHꢁ$&ꢁRXWOHWꢁEHIRUHꢁFRQQHFWLQJꢁ
cables.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢉꢈ
Installation
Connecting to Video Equipment
Cables used for connection
‡ꢁ9LGHRꢁ&DEOHꢁ
‡ꢁ6ꢄ9LGHRꢁ&DEOHꢁ
‡ꢁ6ꢄ9LGHRꢄ9*$ꢁ&DEOHꢁ
‡ꢁ$XGLRꢁ&DEOHV
(Cables are not supplied with the projector. )
6ꢄ9LGHRꢁ2XWSXWꢁDQGꢁ$XGLRꢁRXWSXW
6ꢄ9LGHRꢁFDEOHꢁ
Composite Video and Audio Output
([WHUQDOꢁ$XGLRꢁ(TXLSPHQW
Audio
cable
(stereo)
Audio
Video cable
cable
Audio Input
(stereo)
6ꢄ9LGHRꢄ9*$ꢁ
cable
Audio cable
(stereo)
VIDEO IN
AUDIO IN
COMPUTER IN 1
AUDIO IN
ꢃꢁ6ꢄ9,'(2ꢁ,1
/COMPONENT IN
AUDIO OUT
(stereo)
3Note:
:KHQꢁWKHꢁ$8',2ꢁ287ꢁLVꢁSOXJJHGꢄLQꢂꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢗVꢁEXLOWꢄLQꢁVSHDNHUꢁLVꢁQRWꢁDYDLODEOHꢀ
8QSOXJꢁWKHꢁSRZHUꢁFRUGVꢁRIꢁERWKꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢁDQGꢁH[WHUQDOꢁHTXLSPHQWꢁIURPꢁWKHꢁ$&ꢁRXWOHWꢁEHIRUHꢁFRQQHFWLQJꢁ
cables.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
15
Installation
Connecting to Component Video and RGB (Scart) Equipment
Cables used for connection
‡ꢁ$XGLRꢁ&DEOHVꢁ
‡ꢁ6FDUWꢄ9*$ꢁ&DEOHꢁ
‡ꢁ&RPSRQHQWꢁ&DEOHꢁ
‡ꢁ&RPSRQHQWꢄ9*$ꢁ&DEOHꢁ
(Cables are not supplied with this projector.)
Audio Output
5*%ꢁ6FDUWꢁꢇꢉꢄ
pin Output
Component Video Output
(Y, Pb/Cb, Pr/Cr)
Component
cable
([WHUQDOꢁ$XGLRꢁ(TXLSPHQW
Audio Input
6FDUWꢄ9*$ꢁ
cable
Audio cable
(stereo)
&RPSRQHQWꢄ
VGA cable
Audio cable
(stereo)
AUDIO OUT
(stereo)
&20387(5ꢁ,1ꢁꢉꢃꢁ6ꢄ9,'(2ꢁ,1ꢁꢃꢁ&20321(17ꢁ,1ꢁ
AUDIO IN
3Note:
:KHQꢁWKHꢁ$8',2ꢁ287ꢁLVꢁSOXJJHGꢄLQꢂꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢗVꢁEXLOWꢄLQꢁVSHDNHUꢁLVꢁQRWꢁDYDLODEOHꢀ
8QSOXJꢁWKHꢁSRZHUꢁFRUGVꢁRIꢁERWKꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢁDQGꢁH[WHUQDOꢁHTXLSPHQWꢁIURPꢁWKHꢁ$&ꢁRXWOHWꢁEHIRUHꢁFRQQHFWLQJꢁ
cables.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢉꢋ
Installation
Using the Ferrite Core
Before using the AC Power Cord, attach the ferrite core (supplied) as shown below. (See below for mounting
location.)
The Power Cord with ferrite core must be used for RF interference suppression.
ꢅꢀꢆꢌꢘꢁꢎꢉꢅꢁPPꢏ
Ferrite Core
AC Power Cord
Keep closing until it makes
a clicking sound.
Connecting the AC Power Cord
7KLVꢁSURMHFWRUꢁXVHVꢁQRPLQDOꢁLQSXWꢁYROWDJHVꢁRIꢁꢉꢅꢅꢄꢇꢈꢅꢁ9ꢁ$&ꢁ
and it automatically selects the correct input voltage. It is
GHVLJQHGꢁWRꢁZRUNꢁZLWKꢁVLQJOHꢄSKDVHꢁSRZHUꢁV\VWHPVꢁKDYLQJꢁDꢁ
grounded neutral conductor. To reduce the risk of electrical
shock, do not plug into any other type of power system.
If you are not sure of the type of power being supplied,
FRQVXOWꢁ\RXUꢁDXWKRUL]HGꢁGHDOHUꢁRUꢁVHUYLFHꢁFHQWHUꢀ
Connect the projector with all peripheral equipment before
turning the projector on.
Connect the AC power cord (supplied) to the
projector.
CAUTION
The AC outlet must be near this equipment and must be
easily accessible.
3Note:
Unplug the AC power cord when the projector is not in use. When this projector is connected to an outlet
ꢁꢁꢁZLWKꢁWKHꢁ$&ꢁSRZHUꢁFRUGꢂꢁLWꢁLVꢁLQꢁ6WDQGꢄE\ꢁPRGHꢁDQGꢁFRQVXPHVꢁDꢁOLWWOHꢁHOHFWULFꢁSRZHUꢀ
NOTE ON THE POWER CORD
AC power cord must meet requirement of the country where you use the projector.
Confirm the AC plug type with the chart below and proper AC power cord must be used.
If supplied AC power cord does not match your AC outlet, contact your sales dealer.
Projector side
AC outlet side
For Continental Europe
For the U.K.
For the U.S.A. and Canada
Ground
¹
Ground
To power cord
connector on your
projector.
To the AC outlet.
(200 - 240 V AC)
To the AC outlet.
(200 - 240 V AC)
To the AC outlet.
(120 V AC)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
17
Basic Operation
Turning On the Projector
Complete peripheral connections (with a computer,
1
2
VCR, etc.) before turning on the projector.
Connect the projector’s AC power cord into an AC
outlet. The POWER indicator lights red. Open the lens
FDSꢁꢎVHHꢁSDJHVꢁꢊꢂꢁꢋꢉꢏꢀ
3UHVVꢁWKHꢁ21ꢃ67$1'ꢄ%<ꢁEXWWRQꢁRQꢁWKHꢁWRSꢁFRQWUROꢁRUꢁ
on the remote control. The POWER indicator lights
green and the cooling fans start to operate. The
preparation display appears on the screen.
3
7KHꢁSUHSDUDWLRQꢁGLVSOD\ꢁZLOOꢁGLVDSSHDUꢁDIWHUꢁꢆꢁ
seconds.
Selected Input Source and Lamp Control
$IWHUꢁDERXWꢁꢆꢁVHFRQGVꢂꢁWKHꢁLQSXWꢁVRXUFHꢁWKDWꢁZDVꢁ
selected the last time and the lamp control status icon
ꢎVHHꢁSDJHꢁꢍꢆꢏꢁDSSHDUꢁRQꢁWKHꢁVFUHHQꢀ
Video
4
5
/DPSꢁFRQWUROꢁVWDWXV
ꢎ6HHꢁSDJHꢁꢍꢆꢁIRUꢁ/DPSꢁFRQWUROꢁVWDWXVꢀꢏ
3Note:
ꢁ ꢁꢁ7KHꢁ)LOWHUꢁZDUQLQJꢁDQGꢁ/DPSꢁUHSODFHPHQWꢁ
icons may appear on the screen
depending on the usage state of the
projector.
If there is no signal input when start on the projector,
or the current signal is missed while operating the
projector, the Video/PC selection window will be
displayed on the screen, please move the pointer to
input source desired by pressing the Point Ÿź buttons
DQGꢁSUHVVꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢀꢁ$QGꢁWKHQꢁIROORZꢁWKH
input signal guidance window to correct the signal and
connection.
Video / PC selection window
Project Video
If the projector is locked with a PIN code, PIN code input
GLDORJꢁER[ꢁZLOOꢁDSSHDUꢀꢁ(QWHUꢁWKHꢁ3,1ꢁFRGHꢁDVꢁLQVWUXFWHGꢁ
RQꢁWKHꢁQH[WꢁSDJHꢀ
Project Computer
Cancel
Input signal guidance window
No signal
Current Input setting:Video
Is signal processed correctly?
Is cable connected properly?
Video / PC selection window
Project Video
3Note:
Project Computer
ꢁ ‡ꢁ:KHQꢁWKHꢁ/RJRꢁVHOHFWꢁIXQFWLRQꢁLVꢁVHWꢁWRꢁOff, the logo will
QRWꢁEHꢁVKRZQꢁRQꢁWKHꢁVFUHHQꢁꢎSꢀꢈꢋꢏꢀ
Cancel
ꢁ ‡ꢁ:KHQꢁOff is selected in the Display function, the
preparation display will not be shown on the screen
ꢎSꢀꢈꢍꢏꢀ
Input signal guidance window
ꢁ ‡ꢁ:KHQꢁWKHꢁ,QSXWꢁ6HDUFKꢁIXQFWLRQꢁLVꢁVHWꢁWRꢁOn2, the input
VLJQDOꢁZLOOꢁEHꢁVHDUFKHGꢁDXWRPDWLFDOO\ꢁꢎSꢀꢈꢈꢏꢀ
ꢁ ‡ꢁ:KHQꢁOff is selected in the Display function, the Video/
PC selection window and the input signal guidance
ZLQGRZꢁDUHꢁQRWꢁVKRZQꢁRQꢁWKHꢁVFUHHQꢀꢁꢎSꢀꢈꢍꢏ
No signal
Current Input setting:RGB
Is signal processed correctly?
Is cable connected properly?
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢉꢊ
Basic Operation
Enter a PIN code
Use the Point Ÿź buttons to enter a number. Press the
Point Ż ŹꢁEXWWRQVꢁWRꢁIL[ꢁWKHꢁQXPEHUꢁDQGꢁPRYHꢁWKHꢁUHGꢁ
IUDPHꢁSRLQWHUꢁWRꢁWKHꢁQH[WꢁER[ꢀꢁ7KHꢁQXPEHUꢁFKDQJHVꢁWRꢁ³¼”.
,Iꢁ\RXꢁIL[HGꢁDQꢁLQFRUUHFWꢁQXPEHUꢂꢁXVHꢁWKHꢁ3RLQWꢁŻ Ź buttons
to move the pointer to the number you want to correct, and
then enter the correct number.
PIN Code Input Dialog Box
5HSHDWꢁWKLVꢁVWHSꢁWRꢁFRPSOHWHꢁHQWHULQJꢁDꢁIRXUꢄGLJLWꢁQXPEHUꢀ
After the OK icon disappears,
you can operate the projector.
$IWHUꢁHQWHULQJꢁWKHꢁIRXUꢄGLJLWꢁQXPEHUꢂꢁPRYHꢁWKHꢁSRLQWHUꢁWRꢁSet.
3UHVVꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢁVRꢁWKDWꢁ\RXꢁFDQꢁVWDUWꢁWRꢁRSHUDWHꢁ
the projector.
If you entered an incorrect PIN code, PIN code and the
number (¼¼¼¼) will turn red for a moment. Enter the
correct PIN code all over again.
What is PIN code?
PIN (Personal Identification Number) code is a security
code that allows the person who knows it to operate the
SURMHFWRUꢀꢁ6HWWLQJꢁDꢁ3,1ꢁFRGHꢁSUHYHQWVꢁXQDXWKRUL]HGꢁXVHꢁRIꢁ
the projector.
$ꢁ3,1ꢁFRGHꢁFRQVLVWVꢁRIꢁDꢁIRXUꢄGLJLWꢁQXPEHUꢀꢁ5HIHUꢁWRꢁWKHꢁ3,1ꢁ
FRGHꢁORFNꢁIXQFWLRQꢁLQꢁWKHꢁ6HWWLQJꢁ0HQXꢁRQꢁSDJHVꢁꢍꢈꢄꢍꢍꢁIRUꢁ
locking operation of the projector with your PIN code.
3Note:
ꢁ ‡ꢁ,IꢁWKHꢁ3,1ꢁFRGHꢁQXPEHUꢁLVꢁQRWꢁHQWHUHGꢁRUꢁZURQJꢁ3,1ꢁ
code number is entered within three minutes after the
3,1ꢁFRGHꢁGLDORJꢁER[ꢁDSSHDUHGꢂꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢁZLOOꢁEHꢁ
turned off automatically.
ꢁ ‡ꢁ7KHꢁ³ꢉꢇꢆꢈ´ꢁLVꢁVHWꢁDVꢁWKHꢁLQLWLDOꢁ3,1ꢁFRGHꢁDWꢁWKHꢁIDFWRU\ꢀ
ꢁ ‡ꢁIf you forget your PIN code, the projector can no longer
be started.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢉꢌ
Basic Operation
Turning Off the Projector
3UHVVꢁWKHꢁ21ꢃ67$1'ꢄ%<ꢁEXWWRQꢁRQꢁWKHꢁWRSꢁFRQWUROꢁRUꢁ
1
2
on the remote control, and Power off? appears on the
screen.
3UHVVꢁWKHꢁ21ꢃ67$1'ꢄ%<ꢁEXWWRQꢁDJDLQꢁWRꢁWXUQꢁRIIꢁWKHꢁ
projector. The POWER indicator lights red and the
cooling fans stop (default setting), and you can unplug
the AC power cord.
Power off?ꢁGLVDSSHDUVꢁDIWHUꢁꢈꢁVHFRQGVꢀ
If L1ꢁLVꢁVHOHFWHGꢁLQꢁ)DQꢁPHQXꢁꢎSꢀꢍꢋꢏꢂꢁWKHꢁ32:(5ꢁ
indicator starts to blink red and the cooling fans keep
UXQQLQJꢁIRUꢁDERXWꢁꢋꢅꢁVHFRQGVꢂꢁWKHQꢁWKHꢁ32:(5ꢁ
indicator lights red and the cooling fans stop. You can
unplug the AC power cord even if the cooling fans are
still running.
72ꢁ0$,17$,1ꢁ7+(ꢁ/,)(ꢁ2)ꢁ7+(ꢁ/$03ꢂꢁ21&(ꢁ
YOU TURN THE PROJECTOR ON, WAIT AT
/($67ꢁ),9(ꢁ0,187(6ꢁ%()25(ꢁ7851,1*ꢁ,7ꢁ
OFF.
DO NOT OPERATE THE PROJECTOR
&217,18286/<ꢁ:,7+287ꢁ5(67ꢀꢁ
Direct Off Function
&217,18286ꢁ86(ꢁ0$<ꢁ5(68/7ꢁ,1ꢁ
6+257(1,1*ꢁ7+(ꢁ/$03ꢁ/,)(ꢀꢁ7851ꢁ2))ꢁ7+(ꢁ
352-(&725ꢁ$1'ꢁ/(7ꢁ67$1'ꢁ)25ꢁ$%287ꢁ$1ꢁ
+285ꢁ,1ꢁ(9(5<ꢁꢇꢈꢁ+2856ꢀ
You can disconnect the power cord from the
wall outlet or turn off the breaker even during
SURMHFWLRQꢁZLWKRXWꢁSUHVVLQJꢁWKHꢁRQꢃVWDQGꢄE\ꢁ
button.
3Note:
3Note:
ꢁ ‡ꢁ:KHQꢁWKHꢁ'LUHFWꢁRQꢁIXQFWLRQꢁLVꢁVHWꢁWRꢁOn, the projector
will be turned on automatically by connecting the AC
SRZHUꢁFRUGꢁWRꢁDQꢁ$&ꢁRXWOHWꢁꢎSꢀꢍꢅꢏꢀ
When using the Direct Off function, you
cannot restart the projector immediately
after the power is disconnected. If the
ꢁ H[WHUQDOꢁSRZHUꢁVXSSO\ꢁLVꢁVXGGHQO\ꢁFXWꢁRIIꢂꢁ
the fans stop immediately. The lamp remains
high temperature and needs to be cooled.
ꢁ ‡ꢁ7KHꢁUXQQLQJꢁVSHHGꢁRIꢁFRROLQJꢁIDQVꢁLVꢁFKDQJHGꢁDFFRUGLQJꢁ
to the temperature inside the projector.
ꢁ ‡ꢁ'RꢁQRWꢁSXWꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢁLQꢁDꢁFDVHꢁEHIRUHꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢁLVꢁ
cooled enough.
ꢁ ‡ꢁ,IꢁWKHꢁ:$51,1*ꢁLQGLFDWRUꢁEOLQNVꢁRUꢁOLJKWVꢁUHGꢂꢁVHHꢁ
³:$51,1*ꢁLQGLFDWRU´ꢁRQꢁSDJHꢁꢍꢌꢀ
ꢁ ‡ꢁ:KLOHꢁWKHꢁ32:(5ꢁLQGLFDWRUꢁLVꢁEOLQNLQJꢂꢁWKHꢁODPSꢁLVꢁ
being cooled down and the projector cannot be turned
on. Wait until the POWER indicator stops blinking to turn
on the projector again.
ꢁꢁ‡ꢁ7KHꢁSURMHFWRUꢁFDQꢁEHꢁWXUQHGꢁRQꢁDIWHUꢁWKHꢁ32:(5ꢁ
indicator lights red.
ꢁꢁ‡ꢁ:KHQꢁL2ꢁLVꢁVHOHFWHGꢁLQꢁ)DQꢁPHQXꢁꢎSꢀꢍꢋꢏꢁDQGꢁWKHꢁ
projector is turned on right after it turns off, it takes a
while to start projecting.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢇꢅ
Basic Operation
How to Operate the On-Screen Menu
7KHꢁSURMHFWRUꢁFDQꢁEHꢁDGMXVWHGꢁRUꢁVHWꢁYLDꢁWKHꢁ2Qꢄ6FUHHQꢁ
Top Control
Menu. The menus have a hierarchical structure, with
a main menu that is divided into submenus, which are
further divided into other submenus. For each adjustment
and setting procedure, refer to respective sections in this
manual.
POINT buttons
(arrowhead)
Press the MENU button on the top control or the
UHPRWHꢁFRQWUROꢁWRꢁGLVSOD\ꢁWKHꢁ2Qꢄ6FUHHQꢁ0HQXꢀ
SELECT button
1
MENU button
Use the Point Ÿź buttons to highlight or select a main
2
menu item. Press the Point ŹꢁRUꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁbutton
Remote Control
to access the submenu items. (The selected item is
highlighted in orange.)
POINT buttons
(arrowhead)
Use the Point Ÿź buttons to select the desired
3
SELECT button
VXEPHQXꢁLWHPꢁDQGꢁSUHVVꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢁWRꢁVHWꢁRUꢁ
access the selected item.
Use the Point ŸźŻŹꢁbuttons to adjust the setting or
MENU button
4
VZLWFKꢁEHWZHHQꢁHDFKꢁRSWLRQꢁDQGꢁSUHVVꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁ
button to activate it and return to the submenu.
On-Screen Menu
Press the Point Żꢁbutton to return to the main menu.
3UHVVꢁWKHꢁ0(18ꢁEXWWRQꢁWRꢁH[LWꢁWKHꢁ2Qꢄ6FUHHQꢁ0HQXꢀ
Dynamic
Standard
Real
5
Blackboard(Green)
►
Colorboard
Image 1
Image 2
Image 3
Image 4
Red
Point
The currently set item is
check marked.
Ź
or SELECT
button
The selected item is
highlighted in orange.
Dynamic
Standard
Real
Blackboard(Green)
Colorboard
Image 1
►
Red
Image 2
Image 3
Image 4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
21
Basic Operation
Menu Bar
)RUꢁGHWDLOHGꢁIXQFWLRQVꢁRIꢁHDFKꢁPHQXꢂꢁVHHꢁ³0HQXꢁ7UHH´ꢁRQꢁSDJHVꢁꢋꢔꢄꢋꢊꢀ
Main Menu
6XEꢄ0HQX
Computer 1
Computer 2
Video
RGB
RGB
①
②
►
③
④
⑤
⑥
⑦
⑧
⑨
Network
ˉˉˉ
⑩
① Input
Used to select an input source from Computer 1, Computer 2 or Video ꢎSSꢀꢇꢔꢂꢁꢆꢋꢄꢆꢔꢏꢀ
② PC adjust
Select Auto PC adj., Fine sync, Total dots, Horizontal, Vertical, Current mode, Clamp, Display area-H and Display
area-VꢁWRꢁDGMXVWꢁWKHꢁSDUDPHWHUVꢁWRꢁPDWFKꢁZLWKꢁWKHꢁ3&ꢁLQSXWꢁVLJQDOꢁIRUPDWꢁꢎSSꢀꢇꢌꢄꢆꢉꢏꢀ
③ Image select
For computer source, used to select an image mode from among Dynamic, Standard, Real, Blackboard(Green),
Colorboard and image 1 - 4ꢁꢎSꢀꢆꢇꢏꢀꢁ
For Video source, used to select an image mode among Dynamic, Standard, Cinema, Blackboard(Green), Colorboard
and Image 1- 4ꢁꢎSꢀꢆꢌꢏꢀ
④
⑤
Image adjust
For computer source, used to adjust computer image [Contrast, Brightness, Color temp., White balance (R/G/B),
Sharpness and Gamma@ꢁꢎSSꢀꢆꢆꢄꢆꢈꢏꢀ
For Video source, used to adjust picture image [Contrast, Brightness, Color, Tint, Color temp., White balance (R/G/
B), Sharpness, Gamma, Noise reduction and Progressive@ꢁꢎSSꢀꢈꢅꢄꢈꢉꢏꢀ
Screen
)RUꢁFRPSXWHUꢁVRXUFHꢂꢁXVHGꢁWRꢁDGMXVWꢁVL]HꢁRIꢁWKHꢁLPDJHꢁ>ꢁNormal, True, Wide, Full, Custom, Custom adj. and Digital
zoom +/–ꢁ@ꢁꢎSSꢀꢆꢈꢄꢆꢍꢏꢀ
ꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁ)RUꢁ9LGHRꢁVRXUFHꢂꢁXVHGꢁWRꢁVHWꢁVL]HꢁRIꢁLPDJHꢁ>Normal, Wide, Custom and Custom adj.@ꢁꢎSꢀꢈꢇꢏꢀ
⑥ Sound
8VHGꢁWRꢁDGMXVWꢁWKHꢁYROXPHꢁRUꢁPXWHꢁWKHꢁVRXQGꢁꢎSꢀꢇꢈꢏꢀ
⑦
Setting
ꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁ8VHGꢁWRꢁVHWꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRU¶VꢁRSHUDWLQJꢁFRQILJXUDWLRQVꢁꢎSSꢀꢈꢆꢄꢍꢔꢏꢀ
⑧ Information
Display the input source information: Input , H-sync freq., V-sync freq., Screen, Language, Lamp status, Lamp
counter , Power management, Key lock, PIN code lock and Remote controlꢁꢎSꢀꢍꢊꢏꢀ
⑨ Network
6HHꢁWKHꢁ8VHUꢁ*XLGHꢁRIꢁ³1HWZRUNꢁ6HWꢄXSꢁDQGꢁ2SHUDWLRQ´ꢀ
⑩ Guide
The key operation is displayed.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
22
Basic Operation
Zoom and Focus Adjustment
5RWDWHꢁWKHꢁ=RRPꢁ5LQJꢁWRꢁ]RRPꢁLQꢁDQGꢁRXWꢀꢁꢁ
Rotate the Focus Ring to adjust the focus of the image.
Zoom Ring
Focus Ring
Auto Setup Function
$XWRꢁVHWXSꢁIXQFWLRQꢁLVꢁSURYLGHGꢁWRꢁDXWRPDWLFDOO\ꢁH[HFXWHꢁWKHꢁ
setting of Auto setup (includes Input search, Auto PC adj.
and Auto Keystone functions) in the setting menu by just
pressing the AUTO SETUP button on the top control or the
$872ꢁ6(7ꢁEXWWRQꢁRQꢁWKHꢁUHPRWHꢁFRQWUROꢀꢁ5HIHUꢁWRꢁSDJHꢁꢈꢈꢁ
for the setting of the Auto setup function.
Top Control
AUTO SETUP button
POINT Ÿźꢁbuttons
3Notes:
ꢁ ‡ꢁ$XWRꢁ.H\VWRQHꢁFRUUHFWVꢁYHUWLFDOꢁGLVWRUWLRQꢁRQO\ꢖꢁLWꢁGRHVꢁ
QRWꢁFRUUHFWꢁKRUL]RQWDOꢁGLVWRUWLRQꢀ
ꢁ ‡ꢁ$XWRꢁ.H\VWRQHꢁFDQQRWꢁZRUNꢁZKHQꢁ&HLOLQJꢁIHDWXUHꢁLVꢁVHWꢁ
to OnꢁLQꢁWKHꢁ6HWWLQJꢁPHQXꢁꢎSꢀꢈꢌꢏꢀ
ꢁ ‡ꢁ3HUIHFWꢁFRUUHFWLRQꢁRIꢁWKHꢁLPDJHꢁGLVWRUWLRQꢁFDQQRWꢁEHꢁ
ensured with the Auto setup function. If the distortion
cannot be corrected properly by pressing the AUTO
SETUP or AUTO SET button, adjust manually by
pressing the KEYSTONE button on the remote control
RUꢁVHOHFWLQJꢁ.H\VWRQHꢁLQꢁWKHꢁ6HWWLQJꢁPHQXꢁꢎSꢀꢈꢍꢏꢀ
ꢁ ‡ꢁFine sync, Total dots, Horizontal and Vertical
position of some computers cannot be fully adjusted
with the Auto PC Adjustment function. When the image
is not provided properly with this operation, manual
DGMXVWPHQWVꢁDUHꢁUHTXLUHGꢁꢎSSꢀꢆꢅꢄꢆꢉꢏꢀ
Remote Control
AUTO SET button
POINT Ÿź buttons
KEYSTONE button
Keystone Correction
If a projected picture still has keystone distortion after
pressing the AUTO SETUP button on the top control or the
AUTO SET button on the remote control, correct the image
manually as follows:
‡ꢁ7KHꢁZKLWHꢁDUURZVꢁLQGLFDWHꢁWKDWꢁWKHUHꢁLVꢁQRꢁ
correction.
Press the KEYSTONE button on the remote control. The
.H\VWRQHꢁGLDORJꢁER[ꢁDSSHDUVꢀꢁ8VHꢁWKHꢁ3RLQWꢁŸź buttons to
correct keystone distortion. The keystone adjustment can be
VWRUHGꢁꢎVHHꢁSDJHꢁꢈꢍꢏꢀ
‡ꢁ$ꢁUHGꢁDUURZꢁLQGLFDWHVꢁWKHꢁGLUHFWLRQꢁRIꢁFRUUHFWLRQꢀ
‡ꢁ$QꢁDUURZꢁGLVDSSHDUVꢁDWꢁWKHꢁPD[LPXPꢁFRUUHFWLRQꢀ
‡ꢁ,Iꢁ\RXꢁSUHVVꢁWKHꢁ.(<6721(ꢁEXWWRQꢁRQꢁWKHꢁ
remote control once more while the keystone
GLDORJꢁER[ꢁLVꢁEHLQJꢁGLVSOD\HGꢂꢁWKHꢁNH\VWRQHꢁ
adjustment will be canceled.
Reduce the upper width
Reduce the lower width
with the Point Ÿ button.
with the Point ź button.
‡ꢁ7KHꢁDGMXVWDEOHꢁUDQJHꢁLVꢁOLPLWHGꢁGHSHQGLQJꢁRQꢁWKHꢁ
input signal.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢇꢆ
Basic Operation
Sound Adjustment
Top Control
Direct Operation
VOLUME+/-
buttons
Volume
3UHVVꢁWKHꢁ92/80(ꢓꢃ±ꢁEXWWRQVꢁRQꢁWKHꢁWRSꢁFRQWUROꢁRUꢁRQꢁWKHꢁ
UHPRWHꢁFRQWUROꢁWRꢁDGMXVWꢁWKHꢁYROXPHꢀꢁ7KHꢁYROXPHꢁGLDORJꢁER[ꢁ
appears on the screen for a few seconds.
Remote Control
Mute
Press the MUTE button on the remote control to select On
to temporarily turn off the sound. To turn the sound back
on, press the MUTE button again to select Off or press the
92/80(ꢁꢓꢃ±ꢁEXWWRQVꢀꢁ7KHꢁ0XWHꢁIXQFWLRQꢁLVꢁDOVRꢁHIIHFWLYHꢁIRUꢁ
the AUDIO OUT jack.
VOLUME+ button
MUTE button
VOLUME- button
Menu Operation
3UHVVꢁWKHꢁ0(18ꢁEXWWRQꢁWRꢁGLVSOD\ꢁWKHꢁ2Qꢄ6FUHHQꢁ0HQXꢀꢁ
1
Use the Point Ÿź buttons to select Sound. Press the
Point Ź or WKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢁWRꢁDFFHVVꢁWKHꢁVXEPHQXꢁ
items.
$SSUR[LPDWHꢁOHYHOꢁ
of the volume.
Volume Dialog Box
Use the Point Ÿź buttons to select the desired submenu
2
LWHPꢁDQGꢁSUHVVꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢁWRꢁDFFHVVꢁWKHꢁ
selected item.
Press the MUTE button to set the
Volume
Mute function On or Off. The dialog
ER[ꢁGLVDSSHDUVꢁDIWHUꢁꢈꢁVHFRQGVꢀ
Press the Point Ź button to turn up the volume; press the
Point Ż button to turn down the volume.
Sound Menu
Mute
3UHVVꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢁWRꢁVZLWFKꢁWKHꢁPXWHꢁIXQFWLRQꢁOn/
Off. When the sound is turned off, On is displayed. Press
WKHꢁ92/80(ꢁꢓꢃ±ꢁEXWWRQVꢁDJDLQꢁWRꢁWXUQꢁWKHꢁVRXQGꢁEDFNꢁRQꢀ
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢇꢈ
Basic Operation
Remote Control Operation
Using the remote control for some frequently used operations is advisable. Just pressing one of the buttons
HQDEOHVꢁ\RXꢁWRꢁPDNHꢁWKHꢁGHVLUHGꢁRSHUDWLRQꢁTXLFNO\ꢁZLWKRXWꢁFDOOLQJꢁXSꢁWKHꢁ2Qꢄ6FUHHQꢁ0HQXꢀ
COMPUTER 1/2, VIDEO, S-VIDEO and COMPONENT
buttons
Remote Control
COMPUTER 1/2
buttons
3UHVVꢁWKHꢁ&20387(5ꢁꢉꢃꢇꢂꢁ9,'(2ꢂꢁ6ꢄ9,'(2ꢁDQGꢁ
COMPONENT buttons on the remote control to select the
LQSXWꢁVRXUFHꢀꢁ6HHꢁSDJHVꢁꢇꢔꢂꢁꢆꢋꢄꢆꢔꢁIRUꢁGHWDLOVꢀ
S-VIDEO
button
COMPONENT
button
VIDEO
button
FREEZE button
3UHVVꢁWKHꢁ)5((=(ꢁEXWWRQꢁRQꢁWKHꢁUHPRWHꢁFRQWUROꢁWRꢁIUHH]Hꢁ
the picture on the screen, meanwhile, volume is muted. To
FDQFHOꢁWKHꢁ)UHH]HꢁIXQFWLRQꢂꢁSUHVVꢁWKHꢁ)5((=(ꢁEXWWRQꢁDJDLQꢁ
or press any other button.
)LJꢀꢉꢁZLOOꢁDSSHDUꢁRQꢁWKHꢁ6FUHHQꢁPHQXꢁZKLOHꢁWKHꢁ)UHH]Hꢁ
function is working.
INFO.
button
FREEZE
button
LAMP
button
Fig.1
D.ZOOM
buttons
INFO. button
Display the input source information: Input, H-sync freq.,
V-sync freq., Screen, Language, Lamp status, Lamp
counter, Power management, Keylock, PIN code lock
and Remote controlꢁꢎSꢀꢍꢊꢏꢀ
3Note:
ꢁ6HHꢁWKHꢁQH[WꢁSDJHꢁIRUꢁWKHꢁGHVFULSWLRQꢁRIꢁRWKHUꢁ
buttons.
D.ZOOM buttons
Press the D.ZOOM buttons on the remote control to enter to
WKHꢁ'LJLWDOꢁ]RRPꢁꢓꢃ±ꢁPRGHꢀꢁ6HHꢁSDJHꢁꢆꢍꢁIRUꢁGHWDLOVꢀ
LAMP button
3UHVVꢁWKHꢁ/$03ꢁEXWWRQꢁRQꢁWKHꢁUHPRWHꢁFRQWUROꢁWRꢁVHOHFWꢁWKHꢁ
lamp mode for changing the brightness on the screen.
High........... Brighter than the Normal mode.
Normal....... Normal brightness
Eco ............ꢁ/RZHUꢁEULJKWQHVVꢁUHGXFHVꢁWKHꢁODPSꢁSRZHUꢁ
FRQVXPSWLRQꢁDQGꢁH[WHQGVꢁWKHꢁODPSꢁOLIHꢀ
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
25
Basic Operation
NO SHOW button
Press the NO SHOW button on the remote control to black out
the image. To restore to normal, press the NO SHOW button
again or press any other button. When the projected image is
FDSWXUHGꢁDQGꢁLVꢁVHWꢁDVꢁ8VHUꢁLQꢁWKHꢁ/RJRꢁVHOHFWLRQꢁꢎSꢀꢈꢔꢏꢂꢁWKHꢁ
screen changes each time you press the NO SHOW button as
follows.
No show GLVDSSHDUVꢁDIWHUꢁꢈꢁVHFRQGVꢀ
‡ꢁ‡ꢁ‡ꢁ‡ꢁ‡
EODFNꢁRXWꢁĺꢁFDSWXUHGꢁLPDJHꢁĺꢁQRUPDOꢁĺ
3Note:
When use the MUTE button to release the No Show
function, the mute function can not be operated at the same
time.
P-TIMER button
3UHVVꢁWKHꢁ3ꢄ7,0(5ꢁEXWWRQꢁRQꢁWKHꢁUHPRWHꢁFRQWUROꢁWRꢁRSHUDWHꢁ
the Count up/Count down function. Refer to p.51 for detail of
6HWWLQJꢁIRUꢁWKHꢁ3ꢄWLPHUꢁIXQFWLRQꢀ
7RꢁVWRSꢁWKHꢁFRXQWꢁWLPHꢂꢁSUHVVꢁWKHꢁ3ꢄ7,0(5ꢁEXWWRQꢀ
7RꢁFDQFHOꢁWKHꢁ3ꢄWLPHUꢁIXQFWLRQꢂꢁSUHVVꢁDQGꢁKROGꢁWKHꢁ3ꢄ7,0(5ꢁ
button.
0
3ꢄ7LPHUꢁGLVSOD\
SCREEN button
IMAGE button
P-TIMER button
NO SHOW button
Press the IMAGE button on the remote control to select a
GHVLUHGꢁLPDJHꢁPRGHꢁRIꢁWKHꢁVFUHHQꢀꢁ6HHꢁSDJHVꢁꢆꢇꢂꢁꢆꢌꢁIRUꢁ
details.
IMAGE button
SCREEN button
6HOHFWꢁWKHꢁVFUHHQꢁVL]Hꢁꢎ6HHꢁSDJHVꢁꢆꢈꢄꢆꢍꢂꢁꢈꢇꢁIRUꢁGHWDLOVꢏꢀ
3Note:
See the previous page for the description of
other buttons.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢇꢋ
Computer Input
Input Source Selection (RGB: Computer 1/Computer 2)
Direct Operation
Choose either Computer 1(RGB) or Computer 2(RGB) by pressing the COMPUTER 1 or COMPUTER 2 button
on the remote control.
Before using these buttons, correct input source should be selected through Menu operation as described
below.
Remote Control
COMPUTER 1 button
Computer 1(RGB)
Computer 1(Scart)
COMPUTER 2 button
Computer 2 (RGB)
Input Menu
Menu Operation
3UHVVꢁWKHꢁ0(18ꢁEXWWRQꢁWRꢁGLVSOD\ꢁWKHꢁ2Qꢄ6FUHHQꢁ
1
Menu. Use the Point Ÿź buttons to select Input and
then press the Point ŹꢁRUꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢀꢁ
Use the Point Ÿź buttons to select Computer 1.
2
When Computer 1 is selected, press the Point Źꢁ
3
button to access the submenu items. Use the Point Ÿ
ź buttons to select the RGB input source and then
SUHVVꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢀ
Computer
1
►
Computer 1
RGB
Component
RGB(Scart)
S-video
3Note:
When the Input Search function is set to On1 or On2 in
the Auto setup function, the input signal will be searched
DXWRPDWLFDOO\ꢁꢎSꢀꢈꢈꢏꢀ
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
27
Computer Input
Computer System Selection
7KLVꢁSURMHFWRUꢁDXWRPDWLFDOO\ꢁWXQHVꢁWRꢁYDULRXVꢁW\SHVꢁRIꢁFRPSXWHUVꢁZLWKꢁLWVꢁ0XOWLꢄVFDQꢁV\VWHPꢁDQGꢁ$XWRꢁ3&ꢁ
Adjustment. If a computer is selected as a signal source, this projector automatically detects the signal format
and tunes to project a proper image without any additional settings. (Signal formats provided in this projector are
VKRZQꢁRQꢁSDJHꢁꢔꢅꢀꢏ
One of the following messages may appear when:
:KHQꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢁFDQQRWꢁUHFRJQL]HꢁWKHꢁ
connected signal conforming to the provided
PC systems, Auto is displayed on the System
0HQXꢁER[ꢁDQGꢁWKHꢁ$XWRꢁ3&ꢁ$GMXVWPHQWꢁIXQFWLRQꢁ
works to display proper images. If the image is
not projected properly, a manual adjustment is
UHTXLUHGꢁꢎSSꢀꢆꢅꢄꢆꢉꢏꢀ
Auto
PC System Menu
►
Computer 1
Computer 2
Video
RGB
RGB
There is no signal input from the computer.
Check the connection between your computer
and the projector. (See “Troubleshooting” on
Sꢀꢋꢈꢀꢏ
-----
System
XGA 1
►
The preset system is manually adjusted in the
PC adjust Menu. The adjusted data can be
stored in Mode 1–10ꢁꢎSSꢀꢆꢅꢄꢆꢉꢏꢀ
Mode 1
SVGA 1
The PC System Menu
Selected system is
displayed.
PC Systems provided in this projector is chosen.
The projector chooses a proper system provided
in the projector and displays it.
ꢕ0RGHꢁꢉꢁDQGꢁ69*$ꢁꢉꢁDUHꢁH[DPSOHVꢀꢁꢁ
&XVWRPL]HGꢁMode
(1–10) set in the
PC adjust Menu
ꢎSSꢀꢆꢅꢄꢆꢉꢏꢀ
Selecting Computer System Manually
PC system can also be selected manually.
PC System Menu
3UHVVꢁWKHꢁ0(18ꢁEXWWRQꢁWRꢁGLVSOD\ꢁWKHꢁ2Qꢄ6FUHHQꢁ
1
Menu. Use the Point Ÿź buttons to select Input and
Ź
then press the Point ꢁRUꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢀ
Use the Point Ÿź buttons to select System and then
2
3
Ź
press the Point ꢁRUꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢀ
Use the Point Ÿź buttons to select the desired system
DQGꢁWKHQꢁSUHVVꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢀ
6\VWHPVꢁLQꢁWKLVꢁGLDORJꢁER[ꢁ
can be selected.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢇꢊ
Computer Input
Auto PC Adjustment
Auto PC Adjustment function is provided to automatically adjust Fine sync, Total dots, Horizontal and Vertical
positions to conform to your computer.
PC adjust Menu
Menu Operation
Auto PC adj.
Fine sync
Total dots
Horizontal
Vertical
Current mode
Clamp
Display area H
Display area V
Reset
0
1365
0
Auto PC adj.
►
3UHVVꢁWKHꢁ0(18ꢁEXWWRQꢁWRꢁGLVSOD\ꢁWKHꢁ2Qꢄ6FUHHQꢁ
Menu. Use the Point Ÿź buttons to select PC adjust
and then press the Point ŹꢁRUꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢀ
0
1
0
1024
768
Mode free
Store
Use the Point Ÿź buttons to select Auto PC adj. and
WKHQꢁSUHVVꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢀ
2
To store adjustment parameters
The adjusted parameters from the Auto PC Adjustment can
be stored in the projector. Once the parameters are stored,
the setting can be done just by selecting a Mode (1–10) in
WKHꢁ3&ꢁ6\VWHPꢁ0HQXꢁꢎVHHꢁSDJHꢁꢇꢊꢏꢀꢁ6HHꢁDOVRꢁ³6WRUH´ꢁRQꢁ
SDJHꢁꢆꢉꢀ
Use Point Ÿź buttons to select Auto PC
adj. DQGꢁSUHVVꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢀ
Please wait... appears while the Auto PC
adjustment is in process.
Auto PC adj.
0
1365
0
Fine sync
Total dots
Horizontal
Vertical
►
3Note:
0
Current mode
Clamp
Display area H
Display area V
Reset
Mode free
Store
ꢁ ‡ꢁFine sync, Total dots, Horizontal and Vertical
position of some computers cannot be fully adjusted
with the Auto PC Adjustment function. When the image
is not provided properly with this operation, manual
DGMXVWPHQWVꢁDUHꢁUHTXLUHGꢁꢎSSꢀꢆꢅꢄꢆꢉꢏꢀ
0
1024
768
ꢁ ‡ꢁ7KHꢁ$XWRꢁ3&ꢁ$GMXVWPHQWꢁFDQQRWꢁEHꢁRSHUDWHGꢁZKHQꢁ480i,
576i, 480p, 576p, 720p,1035i or 1080i is selected in the
3&ꢁ6\VWHPꢁ0HQXꢁꢎSꢀꢇꢊꢏꢀꢁ
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢇꢌ
Computer Input
Manual PC Adjustment
6RPHꢁFRPSXWHUVꢁHPSOR\ꢁVSHFLDOꢁVLJQDOꢁIRUPDWVꢁZKLFKꢁPD\ꢁQRWꢁEHꢁWXQHGꢁE\ꢁ0XOWLꢄVFDQꢁV\VWHPꢁRIꢁWKLVꢁSURMHFWRUꢀꢁ
Manual PC Adjustment enables you to precisely adjust several parameters to match those signal formats. The
SURMHFWRUꢁKDVꢁꢉꢅꢁLQGHSHQGHQWꢁPHPRU\ꢁDUHDVꢁWRꢁVWRUHꢁWKRVHꢁSDUDPHWHUVꢁPDQXDOO\ꢁDGMXVWHGꢀꢁ,WꢁDOORZVꢁ\RXꢁWRꢁUHFDOOꢁ
the setting for a specific computer.
PC adjust Menu
3UHVVꢁWKHꢁ0(18ꢁEXWWRQꢁWRꢁGLVSOD\ꢁWKHꢁ2Qꢄ6FUHHQꢁ
Menu. Use the Point Ÿź buttons to select PC adjust
and then press the Point ŹꢁRUꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢀ
1
2
Auto PC adj.
Fine sync
Total dots
Horizontal
Vertical
0
1365
0
►
0
Use the Point Ÿź buttons to select the desired item
DQGꢁWKHQꢁSUHVVꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢁWRꢁGLVSOD\ꢁWKHꢁ
DGMXVWPHQWꢁGLDORJꢁER[ꢀꢁ8VHꢁWKHꢁ3RLQWꢁŻŹ buttons to
adjust the setting value.
Current mode
Clamp
Display area H
Display area V
Reset
0
1024
768
Mode free
Store
Fine sync
Use the Point ŻŹ buttons to adjust the value, eliminating a
IOLFNHUꢁIURPꢁWKHꢁLPDJHꢁGLVSOD\HGꢁꢎIURPꢁꢅꢁWRꢁꢆꢉꢏꢀ
Total dots
Auto PC adj.
Fine sync
Total dots
Horizontal
Vertical
Current mode
Clamp
Display area H
Display area V
Reset
0
1365
0
0
►
Use the Point ŻŹ buttons to adjust the number of total dots
LQꢁRQHꢁKRUL]RQWDOꢁSHULRGꢁWRꢁPDWFKꢁ\RXUꢁ3&ꢁLPDJHꢀ
0
1024
768
Horizontal
Mode free
Store
Use the Point ŻŹꢁEXWWRQVꢁWRꢁDGMXVWꢁWKHꢁKRUL]RQWDOꢁSLFWXUHꢁ
position.
Vertical
Use the Point ŻŹ buttons to adjust the vertical picture
position.
Current mode
3UHVVꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢁWRꢁVKRZꢁH-sync freq. and V-sync
freq. of the connected computer.
Clamp
Use the Point ŻŹ buttons to adjust the clamp level. When
the image has dark bars, try this adjustment.
Display area H
Use the Point ŻŹꢁ EXWWRQVꢁ WRꢁ DGMXVWꢁ WKHꢁ KRUL]RQWDOꢁ DUHDꢁ
displayed by this projector.
Display area V
Use the Point ŻŹ buttons to adjust the vertical area
displayed by this projector.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢆꢅ
Computer Input
Reset
To reset the adjusted data, select Reset and press the
6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢀꢁ$ꢁFRQILUPDWLRQꢁER[ꢁDSSHDUVꢁDQGꢁWKHQꢁVHOHFWꢁ
Yes. All adjustments will return to their previous figures.
Mode free
Auto PC adj.
Fine sync
Total dots
Horiznotal
Vertical
0
1365
0
►
0
Current mode
Clamp
Display area H
Display area V
Reset
0
1024
768
Mode free
Mode free
Store
►
To clear the stored data, select Mode free and then press
the Point ŹꢁRUꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢀꢁ0RYHꢁWKHꢁKLJKOLJKWꢁWRꢁWKHꢁ
0RGHꢁWKDWꢁ\RXꢁZDQWꢁWRꢁFOHDUꢁDQGꢁWKHQꢁSUHVVꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁ
button.
This Mode has stored
parameters.
Store
Where to free?
To store the adjusted data, select Store and then press the
Point ŹꢁRUꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQ. Move the highlight to one
RIꢁWKHꢁ0RGHVꢁꢉꢁWRꢁꢉꢅꢁLQꢁZKLFKꢁ\RXꢁZDQWꢁWRꢁVWRUHꢂꢁDQGꢁWKHQꢁ
SUHVVꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢀ
Mode 1
Mode 2
Mode 3
Mode 4
Mode 5
Mode 6
Mode 7
Mode 8
Mode 9
Mode 10
►
Total dots
Horizontal
Vertical
1344
255
34
1024
768
Display area H
Display area V
Values of Total dots, Horizontal,
Vertical, Display area H, and
Display area V.
Vacant
Store
Store
Where to store?
Free
►
Mode 1
Mode 2
Mode 3
Mode 4
Mode 5
Mode 6
Mode 7
Mode 8
Mode 9
Mode 10
Total dots
1344
Horizontal
255
Vertical
34
Display area H
1024
768
Display area V
Press MENU button
to close this dialog
ER[ꢀ
3UHVVꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢁWRꢁ
store the data.
3Note:
ꢁ ‡ꢁDisplay area (H/V) cannot be selected when 480i, 576i, 480p, 576p, 720p, 1035i or 1080i is selected in the
3&ꢁ6\VWHPꢁ0HQXꢁꢎSꢀꢇꢊꢏꢀ
ꢁ ‡ꢁWhen input computer signal to the projector, PC adjust will become available.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢆꢉ
Computer Input
Image Mode Selection
Direct Operation
Remote Control
IMAGE button
Dynamic
Select the desired image mode among Dynamic, Standard,
Real, Blackboard (Green), Colorboard, Image 1, Image 2,
Image 3 and Image 4 by pressing the IMAGE button on the
remote control.
Standard
Real
(Green)
Blackboard
IMAGE button
Colorboard
Image 1
Image 2
Image 3
Menu Operation
3UHVVꢁWKHꢁ0(18ꢁEXWWRQꢁWRꢁGLVSOD\ꢁWKHꢁ2Qꢄ6FUHHQꢁ0HQXꢀꢁ
1
Use the Point Ÿź buttons to select Image select and
then press the Point ŹꢁRUꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢀ
Image 4
Use the Point Ÿź buttons to select the desired item
DQGꢁWKHQꢁSUHVVꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢀ
2
Dynamic
For viewing pictures in a bright room.
Image select Menu
Standard
Normal picture mode preset on the projector.
Real
Picture mode with improved halftone for graphics.
Blackboard (Green)
For the image projected on a blackboard.
This mode helps enhance the image projected on a
blackboard. This is mainly effective on a green colored
board, not truly effective on a black colored board.
Colorboard
Dynamic
Standard
Real
Blackboard(Green)
Colorboard
Image 1
At the time of simple projection on the colored wall, you
can get the close color image to the color image projected
on a white screen by selecting the similar color to the wall
color from the preset four colors.
►
Red
Image 2
Image 3
Image 4
Image 1–4
For viewing with the user preset image mode in the Image
$GMXVWꢁ0HQXꢁꢎVHHꢁSDJHVꢁꢆꢆꢄꢆꢈꢏꢀꢁ7KLVꢁ,PDJHꢁPHPRU\ꢁLVꢁ
SURYLGHGꢁLQꢁHDFKꢁFRPSXWHUꢂꢁFRPSRQHQWꢂꢁ6ꢄYLGHRꢁDQGꢁYLGHRꢁ
input source.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢆꢇ
Computer Input
Image Adjustment
3UHVVꢁWKHꢁ0(18ꢁEXWWRQꢁWRꢁGLVSOD\ꢁWKHꢁ2Qꢄ6FUHHQꢁ
Image Adjust Menu
1
2
Menu. Use the Point Ÿź buttons to select Image
adjust and then press the Point ŹRUꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁ
button.
Use the Point Ÿź buttons select the desired item
DQGꢁWKHQꢁSUHVVꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢁWRꢁGLVSOD\ꢁWKHꢁ
DGMXVWPHQWꢁGLDORJꢁER[ꢀꢁ8VHꢁWKHꢁ3RLQWꢁŻŹ buttons to
adjust the setting value.
Contrast
Press the Point Ż button to decrease the contrast; press the
Point ŹEXWWRQꢁWRꢁLQFUHDVHꢁWKHꢁFRQWUDVWꢁꢎIURPꢁꢅꢁWRꢁꢋꢆꢏꢀ
Brightness
Selected Image mode
Press the Point Ż button to decrease the brightness; press
the Point ŹEXWWRQꢁWRꢁLQFUHDVHꢁWKHꢁEULJKWQHVVꢁꢎIURPꢁꢅꢁWRꢁꢋꢆꢏꢀ
Color temp.
Use the Point ŻŹ buttons to select the desired Color temp.
OHYHOꢁꢎ;/RZꢂꢁ/RZꢂꢁ0LGꢂꢁRUꢁ+LJKꢏꢀꢁ
White balance (Red)
Press the PointŻ button to lighten red tone; press the Point
ŹꢁEXWWRQꢁWRꢁGHHSHQꢁUHGꢁWRQHꢁꢎIURPꢁꢅꢁWRꢁꢋꢆꢏꢀ
Use the Point ŻŹ
buttons to adjust the
setting value.
White balance (Green)
Press the Point Ż button to lighten green tone; press the
Point ŹꢁEXWWRQꢁWRꢁGHHSHQꢁJUHHQꢁWRQHꢁꢎIURPꢁꢅꢁWRꢁꢋꢆꢏꢀ
White balance (Blue)
Press the Point Ż button to lighten blue tone; press the
Point ŹꢁEXWWRQꢁWRꢁGHHSHQꢁEOXHꢁWRQHꢁꢎIURPꢁꢅꢁWRꢁꢋꢆꢏꢀ
Sharpness
Press the Point Ż button to decrease the sharpness of the
image; press the Point Ź button to increase the sharpness
RIꢁWKHꢁLPDJHꢁꢎIURPꢁꢅꢁWRꢁꢉꢍꢏꢀ
Gamma
Use the Point ŻŹ buttons to adjust the gamma value to
REWDLQꢁDꢁEHWWHUꢁEDODQFHꢁRIꢁFRQWUDVWꢁꢎIURPꢁꢅꢁWRꢁꢉꢍꢏꢀ
3Note:
‡ꢁ:KHQꢁ:KLWHꢁEDODQFH Red, Green or Blue is
adjusted, Color temp. will change to User.
‡ꢁ:KHQꢁBlackboard(Green) or Colorboard
is selected in Image select, Color temp. will
change to Blackboard or Colorboard.
Reset
To reset the adjusted data, select Reset and press the
6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢀꢁ$ꢁFRQILUPDWLRQꢁER[ꢁDSSHDUVꢁDQGꢁWKHQꢁVHOHFWꢁ
Yes. All adjustments will return to their previous figures.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢆꢆ
Computer Input
Where to store?
Store
Image 1
Image 2
Image 3
Image 4
To store the adjusted data, select Store and press the Point
►
ŹRUꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢀꢁ8VHꢁWKHꢁ3RLQWꢁŸź buttons to
select one from Image 1 to 4ꢁDQGꢁSUHVVꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢀꢁ
$ꢁFRQILUPDWLRQꢁER[ꢁDSSHDUVꢁDQGꢁWKHQꢁVHOHFWꢁYes. Stored
data can be called up by selecting an Image (1–4) in the
,PDJHꢁ0RGHꢁ6HOHFWLRQꢁRQꢁSDJHꢁꢆꢇꢀ
Screen Size Adjustment
7KLVꢁSURMHFWRUꢁKDVꢁWKHꢁSLFWXUHꢁVFUHHQꢁUHVL]HꢁIXQFWLRQꢂꢁZKLFKꢁ
HQDEOHVꢁ\RXꢁWRꢁFXVWRPL]HꢁWKHꢁLPDJHꢁVL]Hꢀ
$ꢁFRQILUPDWLRQꢁER[ꢁDSSHDUVꢁDQGꢁ
then select Yes.
3UHVVꢁWKHꢁ0(18ꢁEXWWRQꢁWRꢁGLVSOD\ꢁWKHꢁ2Qꢄ6FUHHQꢁ
1
Menu. Use the Point Ÿź buttons to select Screen and
then press the Point ŹꢁRUꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7 button.
Use the Point Ÿźꢁbuttons select the desired item and
WKHQꢁSUHVVꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢁꢀ
2
Screen Menu
Normal
True
Wide
Full
Normal
Custom
Custom adj.
Digital zoom +
3URYLGHꢁWKHꢁLPDJHꢁWRꢁILWꢁWKHꢁVFUHHQꢁVL]Hꢀ
True
►
Digital zoom -
3URYLGHꢁWKHꢁLPDJHꢁLQꢁLWVꢁRULJLQDOꢁVL]Hꢀꢁ:KHQꢁWKHꢁRULJLQDOꢁꢁ
LPDJHꢁVL]HꢁLVꢁODUJHUꢁRUꢁVPDOOHUꢁWKDQꢁWKHꢁVFUHHQꢁVL]Hꢁ
ꢎꢉꢅꢇꢈꢁ[ꢁꢔꢋꢊꢏꢂꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢁHQWHUVꢁWRꢁWKHꢁSDQQLQJꢁꢁPRGHꢁꢁ
automatically. Use the Point ŸźŻŹꢁbuttons to pan the
image. When adjusted, the arrows will turn red. When
reached to the correction limits, the arrows will disappear.
Wide
Normal
True
3URYLGHꢁWKHꢁLPDJHꢁWRꢁILWꢁWKHꢁZLGHꢁYLGHRꢁDVSHFWꢁUDWLRꢁꢎꢉꢋꢑꢌꢏꢁE\ꢁ
H[SDQGLQJꢁWKHꢁLPDJHꢁZLGWKꢁXQLIRUPO\ꢀꢁ7KLVꢁIXQFWLRQꢁFDQꢁEHꢁ
XVHGꢁIRUꢁSURYLGLQJꢁDꢁVTXHH]HGꢁYLGHRꢁVLJQDOꢁDWꢁꢉꢋꢑꢌꢀ
Full
Wide
Custom
Custom adj.
Digital zoom +
Digital zoom -
►
Full
Provide the full screen image.
Custom
Provide the last stored aspect screen image.
3Note:
ꢁ ‡ꢁ7KHꢁ6FUHHQꢁ0HQXꢂꢁonly Normal and Custom can be operated, Wide will be disabled and displayed in gray
when 720p, 1035i, or 1080iꢁLVꢁVHOHFWHGꢁLQꢁWKHꢁ3&ꢁ6\VWHPꢁ0HQXꢁꢎSꢀꢇꢊꢏꢀ
ꢁ ‡ꢁ7KLVꢁSURMHFWRUꢁFDQQRWꢁGLVSOD\ꢁDQ\ꢁUHVROXWLRQꢁKLJKHUꢁWKDQꢁꢉꢌꢇꢅꢁ[ꢁꢉꢇꢅꢅꢀꢁ,Iꢁ\RXUꢁFRPSXWHU¶VꢁVFUHHQꢁUHVROXWLRQꢁLVꢁ
higher than it, reset the resolution to the lower before connecting to the projector.
ꢁ ‡ꢁ7KHꢁLPDJHꢁGDWDꢁLQꢁRWKHUꢁWKDQꢁꢉꢅꢇꢈꢁ[ꢁꢔꢋꢊꢁLVꢁPRGLILHGꢁWRꢁILWꢁWKHꢁVFUHHQꢁVL]HꢁLQꢁLQLWLDOꢁPRGHꢀ
ꢁ ‡ꢁTrue, Full, and Digital zoom +/– are disabled and cannot be displayed when 480i, 576i, 480p or 576p is
VHOHFWHGꢁLQꢁWKHꢁ3&ꢁ6\VWHPꢁ0HQXꢁꢎSꢀꢇꢊꢏꢀ
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢆꢈ
Computer Input
Custom adj.
adj.
Adjust the screen scale and position manually with this
function.
Ź
Press the Point button at Custom adj. and the Custom
adjustment menu is displayed on the screen, you can use
the Point Ÿź buttons to choose the item you want to adjust.
►
Scale H/V.......... ꢁ$GMXVWꢁWKHꢁ+RUL]RQWDOꢃ9HUWLFDOꢁVFUHHQꢁ
scale.
H&V................... When set to On, the aspect ratio is
IL[HGꢀꢁ7KHꢁScale V appears dimmed and
becomes unavailable. Adjust Scale H,
then the screen scale is automatically
modified based on the aspect ratio.
Position H/V ..... ꢁ$GMXVWꢁ WKHꢁ +RUL]RQWDOꢃ9HUWLFDOꢁ VFUHHQꢁ
position.
Common........... Save the adjusted scale or position to all
WKHꢁLQSXWVꢀꢁ3UHVVꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢁDWꢁ
CommonꢁWRꢁGLVSOD\ꢁDꢁFRQILUPDWLRQꢁER[ꢀꢁ
To save the scale or position, press the
6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢁDWꢁYes. When Custom
is selected, the saved scale or position is
used.
Reset................. Reset the all adjusted values. Press
WKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢁDWꢁReset to display
DꢁFRQILUPDWLRQꢁER[ꢀꢁ7RꢁUHVHWꢂꢁSUHVVꢁWKHꢁ
6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢁDWꢁYes.
3Note:
ꢁ ‡ꢁ:KHQꢁQRꢁVLJQDOꢁLVꢁGHWHFWHGꢂꢁNormal is set
automatically .
ꢁ ‡ꢁ7KHꢁDGMXVWDEOHꢁUDQJHꢁIRUꢁScale H/V and
Position H/V is limited depending on the
input signal.
Remote Control
POINT buttons
For zooming in and out the images
Digital zoom +
SELECT button
Select Digital zoom +ꢀꢁ7KHꢁ2Qꢄ6FUHHQꢁ0HQXꢁGLVDSSHDUVꢁDQGꢁ
D. zoom +ꢁDSSHDUVꢀꢁ3UHVVꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢁWRꢁH[SDQGꢁWKHꢁ
LPDJHꢁVL]Hꢀꢁ8VHꢁWKHꢁ3RLQWꢁŸźŻŹ buttons to pan the image.
The Panning function can work only when the image is larger
WKDQꢁWKHꢁVFUHHQꢁVL]Hꢀ
$ꢁ SURMHFWHGꢁ LPDJHꢁ FDQꢁ EHꢁ DOVRꢁ H[SDQGHGꢁ E\ꢁ SUHVVLQJꢁ WKHꢁ
D.ZOOM ŸꢁRUꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢁRQꢁWKHꢁUHPRWHꢁFRQWUROꢀꢁ
D.ZOOM + button
D.ZOOM - button
3Note:
Digital zoom –
ꢁ ‡ꢁ7KHꢁPLQLPXPꢁFRPSUHVVLRQꢁUDWLRꢁLVꢁOLPLWHGꢁ
depending on the input signal, when the
Keystone function is working or when the
FXVWRPꢁLVꢁVHOHFWHGꢁIRUꢁWKHꢁVFUHHQꢁVL]Hꢀ
ꢁ ‡ꢁTrue, Full, and Digital zoom +/– cannot
be selected when 480i, 576i, 480p or
576p is selected in the PC System Menu
ꢎSꢀꢇꢊꢏꢀ
Select Digital zoom –ꢀꢁ7KHꢁ2Qꢄ6FUHHQꢁ0HQXꢁGLVDSSHDUVꢁDQGꢁ
D. zoom –ꢁDSSHDUVꢀꢁ3UHVVꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢁWRꢁFRPSUHVVꢁ
LPDJHꢁVL]Hꢀꢁ
The projected image can be also compressed by pressing the
D.ZOOM ź RUꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7 button on the remote control.
7RꢁH[LWꢁWKHꢁ'LJLWDOꢁ]RRPꢁꢓꢃ±ꢁPRGHꢂꢁSUHVVꢁDQ\ꢁEXWWRQꢁH[FHSWꢁ
the D.ZOOM ŸźꢁEXWWRQVꢂꢁ6(/(&7ꢁDQGꢁ3RLQWꢁEXWWRQVꢀ
ꢁ ‡ꢁDigital zoom +/- cannot be selected
when Full or True is selected.
7RꢁUHWXUQꢁWRꢁWKHꢁSUHYLRXVꢁVFUHHQꢁVL]HꢂꢁVHOHFWꢁDꢁVFUHHQꢁVL]Hꢁ
IURPꢁWKHꢁ6FUHHQꢁ6L]Hꢁ$GMXVWPHQWꢁ0HQXꢁRUꢁVHOHFWꢁDQꢁLQSXWꢁ
source from the Input Source Selection Menu (see page
ꢇꢔꢏꢁDJDLQꢂꢁRUꢁDGMXVWꢁWKHꢁVFUHHQꢁVL]HꢁZLWKꢁWKHꢁ'ꢀ=220ꢁŸźꢁ
buttons.
ꢁ ‡ꢁ:KHQꢁCustom is selected, the Digital
]RRPꢁꢄꢁIXQFWLRQꢁLVꢁGLVDEOHGꢀ
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢆꢍ
Video Input
Input Source Selection (Video, S-video)
Direct Operation
Remote Control
Choose Video or S-videoꢁE\ꢁSUHVVLQJꢁWKHꢁ9,'(2ꢁRUꢁWKHꢁ6ꢄ
VIDEO button
Video
VIDEO button on the remote control.
Before using these buttons, correct input source should be
selected through menu operation as described below.
S-VIDEO button
S-video
Menu Operation
Input Menu
3UHVVꢁWKHꢁ0(18ꢁEXWWRQꢁWRꢁGLVSOD\ꢁWKHꢁ2Qꢄ6FUHHQꢁ
1
Menu. Use the Point Ÿź buttons to select Input and
Źꢁ
then press the Point or WKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢀ
Use the Point Ÿźbuttons to select Video and then
SUHVVꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢀ
2
When video input signal is connected to the
VIDEO jack, select Video.
Video
Auto
Use the Point Ÿźꢁbuttons to select Computer 1. And then
press the Point Źꢁbutton to access the submenu items. Use
the Point Ÿź buttons to select the S-video and then press
WKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢀ
When the input source is coming from video
S-video
equipment connected to the COMPUTER IN
ꢉꢃ6ꢄ9,'(2ꢁ,1ꢃ&20321(17ꢁ,1ꢁWHUPLQDOꢁZLWKꢁDꢁ
6ꢄYLGHRꢄ9*$ꢁFDEOHꢂꢁVHOHFWꢁS-VIDEO.
Auto
3Note:
When the Input Search function is set to On1 or On2 in
the Auto setup function, the input signal will be searched
DXWRPDWLFDOO\ꢁꢎSꢀꢈꢈꢏꢀ
Computer
1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢆꢋ
Video Input
Input Source Selection (Component, RGB Scart 21-pin)
Direct Operation
Choose Computer 1(Component) or Computer 1(Scart) by pressing the COMPONENT or the COMPUTER 1
button on the remote control.
Before using these buttons, correct input source should be selected through Menu operation as described
below.
Remote Control
COMPUTER 1 button
Computer 1(RGB)
Computer 1(Scart)
COMPONENT button
Computer 1(Component)
Input Menu
Menu Operation
3UHVVꢁWKHꢁ0(18ꢁEXWWRQꢁWRꢁGLVSOD\ꢁWKHꢁ2Qꢄ6FUHHQꢁ
Menu. Use the Point Ÿź buttons to select Input and
then press the Point ŹꢁRUꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢀ
1
Use the Point Ÿź buttons to select Computer 1 and
2
3
then press the Point Ź button.
Use the Point Ÿź buttons to select Component or
RGB(Scart) and then SUHVVꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢀ
When the input source is coming from video
equipment connected to the COMPUTER
,1ꢁꢉꢃ6ꢄ9,'(2ꢁ,1ꢃ&20321(17ꢁ,1ꢁWHUPLQDOꢁ
ZLWKꢁDꢁ&RPSRQHQWꢄ9*$ꢁ&DEOHꢂꢁVHOHFWꢁ
Component.
Component
When the input source is coming from video
equipment connected to the COMPUTER
,1ꢁꢉꢃ6ꢄ9,'(2ꢁ,1ꢃ&20321(17ꢁ,1ꢁWHUPLQDOꢁ
ZLWKꢁDꢁ6FDUWꢄ9*$ꢁ&DEOHꢂꢁVHOHFWꢁRGB
(Scart).
RGB (Scart)
S-video
3Note:
When the Input Search function is set to On1 or On2,
WKHꢁLQSXWꢁVLJQDOꢁZLOOꢁEHꢁVHDUFKHGꢁDXWRPDWLFDOO\ꢁꢎSꢀꢈꢈꢏꢀ
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢆꢔ
Video Input
Video System Selection
AV System Menu (Video or S-video)
3UHVVꢁWKHꢁ0(18ꢁEXWWRQꢁWRꢁGLVSOD\ꢁWKHꢁ2Qꢄ6FUHHQꢁ
1
Menu. Use the Point Ÿź buttons to select Input and
Ź
then press the Point ꢁRUꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢀꢁ
Select Video, S-video or Computer 1(Component)
2
3
LQSXWꢁVRXUFHꢀꢁꢎ6HHꢁSDJHVꢁꢆꢋꢄꢆꢔꢏꢁ
Use the Point Ÿź buttons to select System and then
Ź
press the Point RUꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢀꢁ8VHꢁWKHꢁ3RLQWꢁ
Ÿźꢁbuttons to select the desired system and then
SUHVVꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢀ
Video or S-video
Auto
The projector automatically detects an incoming video
V\VWHPꢂꢁ DQGꢁ DGMXVWVꢁ LWVHOIꢁ WRꢁ RSWLPL]Hꢁ LWVꢁ SHUIRUPDQFHꢀ
When Video System is PAL-M or PAL-N, select the system
manually.
PAL/SECAM/NTSC/NTSC4.43/PAL-M/PAL-N
If the projector cannot reproduce proper video image,
select a specific broadcast signal format from among PAL,
SECAM, NTSC, NTSC 4.43, PAL-M, and PAL-N.
Component
Auto
AV System Menu (Component)
The projector automatically detects an incoming video
VLJQDOꢂꢁDQGꢁDGMXVWVꢁLWVHOIꢁWRꢁRSWLPL]HꢁLWVꢁSHUIRUPDQFHꢀ
COMPONENT VIDEO SIGNAL FORMAT
If the projector cannot reproduce proper video image, select
a specific component video signal format from among 480i,
576i, 480p, 576p, 720p, 1035i, and 1080i.
3Note:
The AV System Menu cannot be selected when selecting
RGB (Scart).
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢆꢊ
Video Input
Image Mode Selection
IMAGE button
Remote Control
Direct Operation
Dynamic
Select the desired image mode among Dynamic, Standard,
Cinema, Blackboard (Green), Colorboard, Image 1,
Image 2, Image 3 and Image 4 by pressing the IMAGE
button on the remote control.
Standard
Cinema
Menu Operation
Blackboard (Green)
3UHVVꢁWKHꢁ0(18ꢁEXWWRQꢁWRꢁGLVSOD\ꢁWKHꢁ2Qꢄ6FUHHQꢁ0HQXꢀꢁ
1
Use the Point Ÿź buttons to select Image select and
Colorboard
IMAGE button
then press the Point ŹꢁRUꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢀ
Use the Point Ÿź buttons to select the desired item
DQGꢁWKHQꢁSUHVVꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢁꢀ
Image 1
Image 2
Image 3
2
Image 4
Dynamic
For viewing pictures in a bright room.
Image select Menu
Standard
Normal picture mode preset on the projector.
Cinema
Picture mode adjusted with fine tone.
Blackboard (Green)
For the image projected on a blackboard.
This mode help enhance the image projected on a
blackboard. This is mainly effective on a green colored
board, not truly effective on a black colored board.
Colorboard
At the time of simple projection on the colored wall, you
can get the close color image to the color image projected
on a white screen by selecting the similar color to the wall
color from the preset four colors.
►
Image 1–4
For viewing with the user preset image mode in the Image
$GMXVWꢁ0HQXꢁꢎVHHꢁSDJHVꢁꢈꢅꢄꢈꢉꢏꢀꢁ7KLVꢁ,PDJHꢁPHPRU\ꢁLVꢁ
SURYLGHGꢁLQꢁHDFKꢁFRPSXWHUꢂꢁVFDUWꢂꢁFRPSRQHQWꢂꢁ6ꢄYLGHRꢁDQGꢁ
video input source.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢆꢌ
Video Input
Image Adjustment
3UHVVꢁWKHꢁ0(18ꢁEXWWRQꢁWRꢁGLVSOD\ꢁWKHꢁ2Qꢄ6FUHHQꢁ
Image Adjust Menu
1
2
Menu. Use the Point Ÿź buttons to select Image
adjust and then press the Point Źꢁor theꢁ6(/(&7ꢁ
button.
Use the Point Ÿź buttons select the desired item
DQGꢁWKHQꢁSUHVVꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢁWRꢁGLVSOD\ꢁWKHꢁ
DGMXVWPHQWꢁGLDORJꢁER[ꢀꢁ8VHꢁWKHꢁ3RLQWꢁŻŹ buttons to
adjust the setting value.
Contrast
Press the Point Ż button to decrease the contrast; press the
Point ŹꢁEXWWRQꢁWRꢁLQFUHDVHꢁWKHꢁFRQWUDVWꢁꢎIURPꢁꢅꢁWRꢁꢋꢆꢏꢀ
Selected Image mode
Brightness
Press the Point Ż button to decrease the brightness; press
the Point ŹꢁEXWWRQꢁWRꢁLQFUHDVHꢁWKHꢁEULJKWQHVVꢁꢎIURPꢁꢅꢁWRꢁꢋꢆꢏꢀ
Color
Press the Point Ż button decrease the intensity of the color;
press the Point Źꢁbutton increase the intensity of the color
ꢎIURPꢁꢅꢁWRꢁꢋꢆꢏꢀ
Tint
Use the Point ŻŹ
buttons to adjust the
setting value.
Press the Point ŻŹꢁbuttons to adjust the tint value to get a
SURSHUꢁFRORUꢁEDODQFHꢁꢎIURPꢁꢅꢁWRꢁꢋꢆꢏꢀ
Color temp.
Use the Point ŻŹ buttons to select the desired Color temp.
OHYHOꢁꢎ+LJKꢂꢁ0LGꢂꢁ/RZꢂꢁRUꢁ;/RZꢏꢀꢁ
White balance (Red)
Press the Point Żꢁbutton to lighten red tone; press the Point
ŹꢁEXWWRQꢁWRꢁGHHSHQꢁUHGꢁWRQHꢁꢎIURPꢁꢅꢁWRꢁꢋꢆꢏꢀ
White balance (Green)
Press the Point Żꢁbutton to lighten green tone; press the
Point ŹꢁEXWWRQꢁWRꢁGHHSHQꢁJUHHQꢁWRQHꢁꢎIURPꢁꢅꢁWRꢁꢋꢆꢏꢀ
White balance (Blue)
Press the Point Ż button to lighten blue tone; press the
Point ŹꢁEXWWRQꢁWRꢁGHHSHQꢁEOXHꢁWRQHꢁꢎIURPꢁꢅꢁWRꢁꢋꢆꢏꢀ
3Note:
ꢁ ‡ꢁ:KHQꢁWKHꢁWhite balance Red, Green or Blue is adjusted, the Color temp. level will change to User.
ꢁ ‡ꢁ7LQWꢁFDQQRWꢁEHꢁVHOHFWHGꢁZKHQꢁWKHꢁYLGHRꢁV\VWHPꢁLVꢁPAL, SECAM, PAL-M or PAL-NꢁꢎSꢀꢆꢊꢏꢀ
ꢁ ‡ꢁ:KHQꢁBlackboard(Green) or Colorboard is selected in Image select, Color temp. will change to
Blackboard or Colorboard.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢈꢅ
Video Input
Sharpness
Press the Point Ż button to decrease the sharpness of the
image; press the Point Ź button to increase the sharpness
RIꢁWKHꢁLPDJHꢁꢎIURPꢁꢅꢁWRꢁꢉꢍꢏꢀ
Gamma
Use the Point ŻŹ buttons to adjust the gamma value to
REWDLQꢁDꢁEHWWHUꢁEDODQFHꢁRIꢁFRQWUDVWꢁꢎIURPꢁꢅꢁWRꢁꢉꢍꢏꢀ
Noise reduction
Noise interference on the screen can be reduced. Select
one of the following options to get smoother images.
Off ......... Disabled.
L1 ..........ꢁ/RZHUꢁUHGXFWLRQꢁ
L2 .......... Higher reduction
Progressive
An interlaced video signal can be displayed in progressive
mode. Select one of the following options.
Off ......... Disabled.
L1 .......... For an active picture.
L2 .......... For a still picture.
Film....... For watching a film. With this function, the
projector reproduces pictures faithful to the
original film quality.
Store Menu
Reset
To reset the adjusted data, select Reset and press the
6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢀꢁ$ꢁFRQILUPDWLRQꢁER[ꢁDSSHDUVꢁDQGꢁWKHQꢁVHOHFWꢁ
Yes. All adjustments will return to their previous figures.
Store
To store the adjusted data, select Store and press the Point
ŹꢁRUꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢀꢁ8VHꢁWKHꢁ3RLQWꢁŸź buttons to
VHOHFWꢁRQHꢁIURPꢁ,PDJHꢁꢉꢁWRꢁꢈꢁDQGꢁSUHVVꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢀꢁ
$ꢁFRQILUPDWLRQꢁER[ꢁDSSHDUVꢁDQGꢁWKHQꢁVHOHFWꢁYes. Stored
data can be called up by selecting an Image (1–4) in the
,PDJHꢁ0RGHꢁ6HOHFWLRQꢁRQꢁSDJHꢁꢆꢌꢀ
$ꢁFRQILUPDWLRQꢁER[ꢁ
appears and then
select Yes.
3Note:
Noise reduction and Progressive cannot be selected
when 480p, 576p, 720p, 1035i or 1080i is selected
ꢎSꢀꢆꢊꢏꢀ
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢈꢉ
Video Input
Screen Size Adjustment
7KLVꢁSURMHFWRUꢁKDVꢁWKHꢁSLFWXUHꢁVFUHHQꢁUHVL]HꢁIXQFWLRQꢂꢁZKLFKꢁHQDEOHVꢁ\RXꢁWRꢁFXVWRPL]HꢁWKHꢁLPDJHꢁVL]Hꢀ
Screen Menu
3UHVVꢁWKHꢁ0(18ꢁEXWWRQꢁWRꢁGLVSOD\ꢁWKHꢁ2Qꢄ6FUHHQꢁ
1
Menu. Use the Point Ÿź buttons to select Screen and
then press the Point ŹꢁRUꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢀ
►
Use the Point Ÿź buttons select the desired item and
WKHQꢁSUHVVꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢀ
2
Normal
►
3URYLGHꢁWKHꢁLPDJHꢁWRꢁILWꢁWKHꢁVFUHHQꢁVL]HꢁZKLOHꢁPDLQWDLQLQJꢁ
the aspect ratio of the input signal.
Wide
0RGLI\ꢁWKHꢁꢈꢑꢆꢁDVSHFWꢁUDWLRꢁLPDJHꢁWRꢁILWꢁWKHꢁVFUHHQꢁVL]Hꢁꢎꢉꢋꢑꢌꢁ
aspect ratio) by streching the image.
Custom
Provide the last stored aspect screen image.
Custom adj.
►
Adjust the screen scale and position manually with this
function.
Źꢁ
Press the Point button at Custom adj. and the Custom
adjustment menu is displayed on the screen, you can use
the Point Ÿź buttons to choose the item you want to adjust.
Scale H/V.......... ꢁ$GMXVWꢁWKHꢁ+RUL]RQWDOꢃ9HUWLFDOꢁVFUHHQꢁ
scale.
H&V................... When set to On, the aspect ratio is
IL[HGꢀꢁ7KHꢁScale V appears dimmed and
becomes unavailable. Adjust Scale H,
then the screen scale is automatically
modified based on the aspect ratio.
Position H/V ..... ꢁ$GMXVWꢁ WKHꢁ +RUL]RQWDOꢃ9HUWLFDOꢁ VFUHHQꢁ
position.
Common........... Save the adjusted scale or position to all
WKHꢁLQSXWVꢀꢁ3UHVVꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢁDWꢁ
CommonꢁWRꢁGLVSOD\ꢁDꢁFRQILUPDWLRQꢁER[ꢀꢁ
To save the scale or position, press the
6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢁDWꢁYes. When Custom
is selected, the saved scale or position is
used.
Reset................. Reset the all adjusted values. Press
WKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢁDWꢁReset to display
DꢁFRQILUPDWLRQꢁER[ꢀꢁ7RꢁUHVHWꢂꢁSUHVVꢁWKHꢁ
6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢁDWꢁYes.
3Note:
ꢁ ‡ꢁ:KHQꢁQRꢁVLJQDOꢁLVꢁGHWHFWHGꢂꢁNormal is set
automatically.
ꢁ ‡ꢁ7KHꢁDGMXVWDEOHꢁUDQJHꢁIRUꢁScale H/V and
Position H/V is limited depending on the
input signal.
ꢁ ‡ꢁWide cannot be operated when 720p,
1035i or 1080i is selected in the AV
6\VWHPꢁ0HQXꢁꢎSꢀꢆꢊꢏꢀ
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢈꢇ
Setting
Setting
This projector has a Setting menu that allows you to set up
the other various functions described below.
Setting Menu
3UHVVꢁWKHꢁ0(18ꢁEXWWRQꢁWRꢁGLVSOD\ꢁWKHꢁ2Qꢄ6FUHHQꢁ
1
Menu. Press the Point Ÿź buttons to select Setting
and press the Point ŹꢁRUꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢁWRꢁDFFHVVꢁ
the submenu items.
Use the Point Ÿź buttons to select the desired item
2
and then press the Point ŹꢁRUꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢁWRꢁ
access the selected item.
Standby mode
Use the Point Ÿź buttons select the desired item and
WKHQꢁSUHVVꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢀ
3
Language
Language
7KHꢁODQJXDJHꢁXVHGꢁLQꢁWKHꢁ2Qꢄ6FUHHQꢁ0HQXꢁLVꢁDYDLODEOHꢁLQꢁ
English, German, French, Italian, Spanish, Portuguese,
Dutch, Swedish, Finnish, Polish, Hungarian, Romanian,
Russian,Turkish, Kazakh, Vietnamese, Chinese, Korean,
Japanese and Thai.
Language
English
Standby mode
Menu position
This function is used to change the position of the
2Qꢄ6FUHHQꢁ0HQXꢀꢁ6HOHFWꢁMenu position and press the
6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢀꢁꢁ
7KHꢁ0HQXꢁSRVLWLRQꢁFKDQJHVꢁHDFKꢁWLPHꢁ\RXꢁSUHVVꢁ6(/(&7ꢁ
button as follows.
the top left ĺ the top right ĺ the center ĺ the bottom left
ĺ the bottom right ĺ the top left ĺ.....
►
1/2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢈꢆ
Setting
Auto setup
Auto setup
English
This function enables Input search, Auto Keystone correction
and Auto PC adjustment by pressing the AUTO SETUP button
on the top control or the AUTO SET button on the remote
control. Settings for those functions can be altered as follows:
►
Blue
On
Off
Off
Computer 2
Input search
This function detects the input signal automatically. When
a signal is found, the search will stop. Use the Point Ÿź
buttons to select one of the following options.
Off ........... Input search does not work.
►
►
►
Off
Off
Network
Direct on
Standby mode
1/2
On1.......... Input search works under the following situation.
ꢁ
ꢁ
±ꢁ:KHQꢁSUHVVLQJꢁWKHꢁAUTO SETUP button on
the top control.
±ꢁ:KHQꢁSUHVVLQJꢁWKHꢁAUTO SET button on the
remote control.
On 1
On
Auto
Auto PC adj.
Auto Keystone
On2.......... Input search works under the following situation.
ꢁ
±ꢁ:KHQꢁWXUQLQJꢁRQꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢁE\ꢁSUHVVLQJꢁWKHꢁ
21ꢃ67$1'ꢄ%<ꢁEXWWRQꢁRQꢁWKHꢁWRSꢁFRQWUROꢁRUꢁWKHꢁ
remote control.
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
±ꢁ:KHQꢁSUHVVLQJꢁWKHꢁAUTO SET button on the
remote control.
±ꢁ:KHQꢁ SUHVVLQJꢁ WKHꢁAUTO SETUP button on
the top control.
±ꢁꢁ:KHQꢁWKHꢁFXUUHQWꢁLQSXWꢁVLJQDOꢁLVꢁFXWꢁRIIꢀꢕ
ꢕ ,IꢁWKHꢁ1RꢁVKRZꢁRUꢁ)UHH]HꢁIXQFWLRQꢁLVꢁDFWLYHꢂꢁFDQFHOꢁLWꢁWRꢁ
DFWLYDWHꢁWKHꢁ,QSXWꢁVHDUFKꢀꢁ,WꢁLVꢁDOVRꢁXQDYDLODEOHꢁZKHQꢁ2Qꢄ
Screen menu is displayed.
On 1
On
Auto
Auto PC adj.
On............ Enables Auto PC Adjustment when pressing
the AUTO SET button on the remote control or
the AUTO SETUP button on the top control.
Off.............. Disables Auto PC Adjustment.
Auto Keystone
Auto........... Always works and corrects keystone distortion
3Note:
DFFRUGLQJꢁWRꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢗVꢁWLOWꢀ
ꢁ ‡ꢁAuto Keystone corrects vertical distortion only,
Manual....... Works only when pressing the AUTO SETUP
button on the top control or the AUTO SET
button on the remote control.
QRWꢁFRUUHFWꢁKRUL]RQWDOꢁGLVWRUWLRQꢀ
ꢁ ‡ꢁ7KHꢁ$XWRꢁ.H\VWRQHꢁIXQFWLRQꢁFDQQRWꢁZRUNꢁZKHQꢁ
the Ceiling feature is set On in the Setting menu
ꢎSꢀꢈꢌꢏꢀ
Off.............. Disables Auto Keystone.
ꢁ ‡ꢁ3HUIHFWꢁFRUUHFWLRQꢁRIꢁWKHꢁLPDJHꢁGLVWRUWLRQꢁFDQQRWꢁ
be ensured with the Auto setup function. If the
3Note:
‡ꢁ:KLOHꢁInput search is set to On1 or On2, the status of Input
DQGꢁ/DPSꢁDUHꢁGLVSOD\HGꢁHYHU\ꢁWLPHꢁWKHꢁVLJQDOꢁLVꢁVZLWFKHGꢀ
ꢁ ‡ꢁ2QO\ꢁWKHꢁODVWꢁVHOHFWHGꢁLQSXWꢁVRXUFHꢁFDQꢁEHꢁGHWHFWHGꢀ
ꢁ ‡ꢁ'XULQJꢁInput search is in progress, If the MENU button or the
21ꢃ67$1'ꢄ%<ꢁEXWWRQꢁLVꢁSUHVVHGꢂꢁInput search will stop. If
the COMPUTER 1/2 button orꢁ9,'(2ꢁRUꢁ&20321(17ꢁRUꢁ6ꢄ
VIDEO button is pressed, Input search will stop and go back
WRꢁWKHꢁEXWWRQꢗVꢁLQSXWꢁVLJQDOꢀꢁ
distortion is not corrected properly by pressing the
AUTO SETUP or the AUTO SET button, adjust
manually by pressing the KEYSTONE button on
the remote control or selecting Keystone in the
6HWWLQJꢁPHQXꢁꢎSSꢀꢇꢆꢂꢁꢈꢍꢏꢀ
ꢁ ‡ꢁFine sync, Total dots, Horizontal and Vertical
position of some computers cannot be fully
adjusted with the Auto PC Adjustment function.
When the image is not provided properly with
this operation, manual adjustments are required
ꢎSSꢀꢆꢅꢄꢆꢉꢏꢀ
ꢁ ‡ꢁInput search, Auto PC adj. and Auto Keystone cannot be
set Off at the same time.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢈꢈ
Setting
Keystone
This function is used to adjust keystone distortion of the
projected image. Use the Point Ÿź buttons to choose the
item you want to adjust.
Keystone
English
Keystone
►
ꢁꢁꢁ7RꢁFRUUHFWꢁNH\VWRQHꢁGLVWRUWLRQꢂꢁSUHVVꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢀꢁꢁꢁ
KeystoneꢁDSSHDUVꢁRQꢁWKHꢁVFUHHQꢀꢁ8VHꢁWKHꢁ3RLQWꢁŸźꢁ
ꢁꢁꢁEXWWRQVꢁWRꢁFRUUHFWꢁNH\VWRQHꢁGLVWRUWLRQꢁꢎSꢀꢇꢆꢏꢀ
Store
Blue
On
Off
Off
Computer 2
►
Store .....Keep the keystone correction even when the AC
power cord is unplugged.
Reset.....Release the keystone correction when the AC
power cord is unplugged.
Off
Off
Network
Direct on
Standby mode
1/2
Background
Keystone
Store
Store
Select the background screen for when no input signal is
detected. Press the Point
each option.
Ÿź
buttons to switch between
Blue . . . Project a blue background.
User . . .ꢁ 3URMHFWꢁDQꢁLPDJHꢁFDSWXUHGꢁLQꢁWKHꢁ/RJRꢁVHWWLQJꢀ
Black . . Project a black background.
►
Display
7KLVꢁIXQFWLRQꢁGHFLGHVꢁZKHWKHUꢁWRꢁGLVSOD\ꢁ2Qꢄ6FUHHQꢁ'LVSOD\Vꢀ
On ........................... ꢁ6KRZꢁ DOOꢁ WKHꢁ 2Qꢄ6FUHHQꢁ GLVSOD\Vꢀꢁ
Use this function when you want
to project images after the lamp
becomes bright enough. The factory
default setting is in this option.
Off ........................... ꢁ+LGHꢁWKHꢁ2Qꢄ6FUHHQꢁ'LVSOD\VꢁH[FHSWꢖ
Ɣꢁ2Qꢄ6FUHHQꢁ0HQXꢀ
Ɣ Power off?ꢁꢎSꢀꢇꢅꢏ
Ɣꢁ3ꢄ7LPHUꢁGLVSOD\ꢀꢁꢎSꢀꢇꢋꢏ
Ɣ No signal for Power management
ꢁꢁꢁꢎSꢀꢍꢅꢏ
Ɣ Please wait ...
Ɣ Arrows for the True function in the
ꢁꢁꢁ6FUHHQꢁ0HQXꢀꢁꢎSꢀꢆꢈꢏ
ꢁꢁꢁꢁ
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢈꢍ
Setting
Logo (Logo and Logo PIN code lock settings)
Logo select
7KLVꢁIXQFWLRQꢁDOORZVꢁ\RXꢁWRꢁFXVWRPL]HꢁWKHꢁVFUHHQꢁORJRꢁZLWKꢁ
Logo select, capture, Logo PIN code lock and Logo PIN
code change functions.
English
Store
Blue
On
3Note:
►
Off
Off
Computer 2
When OnꢁLVꢁVHOHFWHGꢁLQꢁWKHꢁ/RJRꢁ3,1ꢁFRGHꢁORFNꢁIXQFWLRQꢂꢁ
Logo select and Capture functions cannot be selected.
►
Off
Off
Direct on
Network
Standby mode
1/2
Logo select
7KLVꢁIXQFWLRQꢁGHFLGHVꢁRQꢁWKHꢁVWDUWLQJꢄXSꢁGLVSOD\ꢁIURPꢁ
among following options.
User ........ Show the image you captured.
Default ....ꢁ6KRZꢁWKHꢁIDFWRU\ꢄVHWꢁORJRꢀꢁ
Off ........... Nothing is shown on the screen.
Default
Off
►
Default
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢈꢋ
Setting
Capture
This function enables you to capture an image being
SURMHFWHGꢁWRꢁXVHꢁLWꢁIRUꢁDꢁVWDUWLQJꢄXSꢁGLVSOD\ꢁRUꢁLQWHUYDOꢁRIꢁ
presentations.
Capture
Off
Select CaptureꢁDQGꢁSUHVVꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢀꢁ
$ꢁFRQILUPDWLRQꢁER[ꢁDSSHDUVꢁDQGꢁVHOHFWꢁYes to capture the
projected image.
►
$IWHUꢁFDSWXULQJꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWHGꢁLPDJHꢂꢁJRꢁWRꢁWKHꢁ/RJRꢁVHOHFWꢁ
function and set it to User. Then the captured image will be
GLVSOD\HGꢁWKHꢁQH[WꢁWLPHꢁ\RXꢁWXUQꢁRQꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢁRUꢁZKHQꢁ
\RXꢁSUHVVꢁWKHꢁ12ꢁ6+2:ꢁEXWWRQꢀꢁꢎVHHꢁSDJHꢁꢇꢋꢏ
Start
Move
To cancel the capture function, select Yes in the "Quit?"
FRQILUPDWLRQꢁER[ꢀ
3Note:
ꢁ ‡ꢁ%HIRUHꢁ FDSWXULQJꢁ DQꢁ LPDJHꢂꢁ VHOHFWꢁ Standard in the
,PDJHꢁVHOHFWꢁ0HQXꢁWRꢁFDSWXUHꢁDꢁSURSHUꢁLPDJHꢁꢎSSꢀꢆꢇꢂꢁ
ꢆꢌꢏꢀ
ꢁ ‡ꢁ$ꢁVLJQDOꢁIURPꢁDꢁFRPSXWHUꢁFDQꢁEHꢁFDSWXUHGꢁXSꢁWRꢁ;*$ꢁ
ꢎꢉꢅꢇꢈꢁ [ꢁ ꢔꢋꢊꢏꢀꢁ$ꢁ VLJQDOꢁ IURPꢁ YLGHRꢁ HTXLSPHQWꢁ FDQꢁ EHꢁ
FDSWXUHGꢁH[FHSWꢁIRUꢁꢔꢇꢅSꢂꢁꢉꢅꢆꢍLꢂꢁDQGꢁꢉꢅꢊꢅLꢀ
ꢁ ‡ꢁ:KHQꢁFDSWXULQJꢁWKHꢁLPDJHꢁWKDWꢁKDVꢁEHHQꢁDGMXVWHGꢁE\ꢁ
the Keystone function, the adjusted data is automatically
reset and the projector captures an image without
keystone correction.
ꢁ ‡ꢁ:KHQꢁLogo PIN code lock is set to On, capture cannot
be selected.
ꢁ ‡ꢁ:KHQꢁVWDUWLQJꢁWRꢁFDSWXUHꢁDꢁQHZꢁLPDJHꢂꢁWKHꢁSUHYLRXVO\ꢁ
stored image is cleared even if you cancel the capturing.
ꢁꢁ‡ꢁ:KHQꢁ WKHUHꢁ LVꢁ QRꢁ FDSWXUHGꢁ LPDJHꢁ RUꢁ LWꢁ LVꢁ LQWHUUXSWHGꢁ
while capturing an image, User cannot be selected, you
can only switch between Default and Off.
Logo PIN code lock
Logo PIN code lock
7KLVꢁIXQFWLRQꢁSUHYHQWVꢁDQꢁXQDXWKRUL]HGꢁSHUVRQꢁIURPꢁ
changing the screen logo.
Off
Off ........... The screen logo can be changed freely from
WKHꢁ/RJRꢁ0HQXꢁꢎSꢀꢈꢋꢏꢀ
On ........... The screen logo cannot be changed without a
/RJRꢁ3,1ꢁFRGHꢀ
►
If you want to change the Logo PIN code lock setting,
SUHVVꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢁDQGꢁWKHꢁ/RJRꢁ3,1ꢁFRGHꢁGLDORJꢁ
ER[ꢁDSSHDUVꢀꢁ(QWHUꢁDꢁ/RJRꢁ3,1ꢁFRGHꢁE\ꢁIROORZLQJꢁWKHꢁVWHSVꢁ
below. The initial Logo PIN codeꢁLVꢁVHWꢁWRꢁ³ꢈꢆꢇꢉ´ꢁDWꢁWKHꢁ
factory.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢈꢔ
Setting
Enter a Logo PIN code
Enter a Logo PIN code
Use the Point Ÿź buttons to enter a number. Press the
Point ŻŹꢁEXWWRQVꢁWRꢁIL[ꢁWKHꢁQXPEHUꢁDQGꢁPRYHꢁWKHꢁUHGꢁ
IUDPHꢁSRLQWHUꢁWRꢁWKHꢁQH[WꢁER[ꢀꢁ7KHꢁQXPEHUꢁFKDQJHVꢁWRꢁ
¼ꢀꢁ,Iꢁ\RXꢁIL[HGꢁDQꢁLQFRUUHFWꢁQXPEHUꢂꢁXVHꢁWKHꢁ3RLQWꢁŻŹ
buttons to move the pointer to the number you want to
correct, and then enter the correct number.
Logo PIN code
$IWHUꢁDꢁFRUUHFWꢁ/RJRꢁ3,1ꢁFRGHꢁ
is entered, the following dialog
5HSHDWꢁWKLVꢁVWHSꢁWRꢁFRPSOHWHꢁHQWHULQJꢁDꢁIRXUꢄGLJLWꢁ
number.
ER[ꢁDSSHDUVꢀ
Change the Logo PIN code lock setting
$IWHUꢁHQWHULQJꢁWKHꢁIRXUꢄGLJLWꢁQXPEHUꢂꢁPRYHꢁWKHꢁSRLQWHUꢁWRꢁ
Setꢀꢁ3UHVVꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢁVRꢁWKDWꢁ\RXꢁFDQꢁVWDUWꢁWRꢁ
operate the projector.
Off
,Iꢁ\RXꢁHQWHUHGꢁDQꢁLQFRUUHFWꢁ/RJRꢁ3,1ꢁFRGHꢂꢁLogo PIN
code and the number (¼¼¼¼) will turn red for a
PRPHQWꢀꢁ(QWHUꢁWKHꢁFRUUHFWꢁ/RJRꢁ3,1ꢁFRGHꢁDOOꢁRYHUꢁDJDLQꢀ
►
Select
Change the Logo PIN code lock setting
Use the Point Ÿźꢁbuttons to switch On or Off, and then
SUHVVꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢁWRꢁPDNHꢁDꢁFKLRFHꢀ
Change the Logo PIN code
Off
Logo PIN code change
►
/RJRꢁ3,1ꢁFRGHꢁFDQꢁEHꢁFKDQJHGꢁWRꢁ\RXUꢁGHVLUHGꢁIRXUꢄ
GLJLWꢁQXPEHUꢀꢁ3UHVVꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢁWRꢁVHOHFWꢁLogo
PIN code change. Current Logo PIN code GLDORJꢁER[ꢁ
appears, use the Point Ÿźbuttons to enter the correct
FRGHꢀꢁ7KHꢁ1HZꢁ/RJRꢁ3,1ꢁFRGHꢁLQSXWꢁGLDORJꢁER[ꢁDSSHDUVꢀꢁ
6HWꢁDꢁQHZꢁ/RJRꢁ3,1ꢁFRGHꢂꢁFRQILUPDWLRQꢁER[ꢁDSSHDUVꢂꢁ
choose YesꢁWRꢁVHWꢁWKHꢁQHZꢁ/RJRꢁ3,1ꢁFRGHꢀ
Next
Current Logo PIN code
%HꢁVXUHꢁWRꢁQRWHꢁWKHꢁQHZꢁ/RJRꢁ3,1ꢁFRGHꢁDQGꢁNHHSꢁLWꢁRQꢁ
hand. If you lost the number, you could no longer change
WKHꢁ/RJRꢁ3,1ꢁFRGHꢁVHWWLQJꢀꢁ
---
Exit
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢈꢊ
Setting
Ceiling
Rear
Ceiling
When this function is set to On, the picture will be top/
bottom and left/right reversed. This function is used to
SURMHFWꢁWKHꢁLPDJHꢁIURPꢁDꢁFHLOLQJꢄPRXQWHGꢁSURMHFWRUꢀ
Rear
When this function is set to On, the picture will be left/right
reversed. This function is used to project the image from
rear of the screen.
Terminal
Terminal
The COMPUTER IN 2/MONITOR OUT terminal on the back
of the projector is switchable for computer input or monitor
RXWSXWꢀꢁꢎ6HHꢁSDJHꢁꢌꢏꢁꢁ6HOHFWꢁComputer 2 or Monitor Out
Ÿź
with the Point
buttons.
Computer 2 . . computer input
Monitor Out. . monitor out
Computer 2
Terminal function is not available when selecting Computer
2 to the input source. Change the input source to the others
(Computer 1, and so on) so that the Terminal function will
EHꢁDYDLODEOHꢀꢁꢎSꢀꢇꢍꢂꢁꢆꢋꢂꢁꢆꢔꢏ
Standby mode
Standby mode
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢈꢌ
Setting
Power management
Power management
For reducing power consumption as well as maintaining
the lamp life, the Power management function turns off the
projection lamp when the projector is not operated for a
certain period.
7LPHꢁOHIWꢁEHIRUHꢁ/DPSꢁLVꢁRIIꢀ
Select one of the following options:
Ready............... When the lamp has been fully cooled
down, the POWER indicator changes
to green blinking. In this condition,
English
Blue
On
the projection lamp will be turned on if
the input signal is reconnected or any
button on the top control or remote
control is pressed.
Off
Off
Computer 2
►
Off
►
Shut down....... When the lamp has been fully cooled
down, the power will be turned off.
Direct on
Standby mode
On
Network
1/2
Off .................... Power management function is off.
Timer................ If the input signal is interrupted and
no button is pressed for more than
ꢆꢅꢁVHFRQGVꢂꢁWKHꢁWLPHUꢁGLVSOD\ꢁZLWKꢁ
No signal appears. It starts the
countdown until the lamp is turned off.
Use the Point Ÿź buttons to set the
7LPHUꢎꢉaꢆꢅPLQꢏꢀ
Off
3Note:
Factory default is Ready: 5 min.
5
Timer
5 Min
Direct on
When this function is set to On, the projector will be
automatically turned on just by connecting the AC power
cord to a wall outlet.
3Note:
Be sure to turn off the projector properly (see “Turning Off
ꢁ WKHꢁ3URMHFWRU´ꢁRQꢁSDJHꢁꢇꢅꢏꢀꢁ,IꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢁLVꢁWXUQHGꢁRIIꢁLQꢁ
the incorrect sequence, the Direct on function will not
work properly.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢍꢅ
Setting
Standby mode
This function is available when operating the projector via
network.
Network .... Supply the power to the network function even
after turning off the projector by pressing the
21ꢃ67$1'ꢄ%<ꢁEXWWRQꢁRQꢁWKHꢁUHPRWHꢁFRQWUROꢀꢁ
You can turn on/off the projector via network,
modify network environment, and receive
DQꢁ HꢄPDLOꢁ DERXWꢁ SURMHFWRUꢁ VWDWXVꢁ ZKLOHꢁ WKHꢁ
projector is powered off.
P-TIMER
Eco............ Select Eco when you do not use the projector
via network. The projector’s network function
will stop when turning off the projector, you
can not turn on the projector via network.
0
3ꢄWLPHUꢁGLVSOD\
P-timer
5HIHUꢁWRꢁWKHꢁ8VHUꢁ*XLGHꢁRIꢁ³1HWZRUNꢁ6HWꢄXSꢁDQGꢁ2SHUDWLRQ´ꢀ
3Note:
‡ꢁ:KHQꢁVHOHFWLQJꢁNetwork, the cooling fans may be
running depending on the temperature inside the
projector even if the projector is turned off.
‡ꢁ:KHQꢁEcoꢁPRGHꢁLVꢁVHOHFWHGꢁDQGꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢁLVꢁLQꢁ6WDQGꢄ
ꢁE\ꢂꢁWKHꢁFRPPXQLFDWLRQꢁRIꢁ56ꢄꢇꢆꢇ&ꢁVHULDOꢁSRUWꢁLVꢁQRWꢁꢁꢁꢁ ꢁꢁꢁꢁ
available.
P-timer
7KLVꢁIXQFWLRQꢁDOORZVꢁ\RXꢁWRꢁFKDQJHꢁWKHꢁVHWWLQJꢁRIꢁWKHꢁ3ꢄWLPHUꢁDQGꢁ
H[HFXWHꢁLWꢀ
Count up
Select one of the following options:
Timer
Start
Reset
Exit
10 Min
Count up ............. ꢁ7KHꢁ3ꢄWLPHUꢁGLVSOD\ꢁ000:00 appears on the
screen and the count starts (000:00–180:00)
Count down......... The time set in the Timer setting appears on
the screen and the countdown starts.
Timer.................... Use the Point Ÿź buttons to set the Timer
(1–180 Min). Timer is available in Count
down only. Factory default velue is 10 Min.
Start..................... ꢁ,WꢁH[HFXWHV the count up or count down
IXQFWLRQꢀꢁ3UHVVꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢁDWꢁ
Start and the indication changes into
Stop. To stop Count up or Count down,
SUHVVꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢁDWꢁStop on the
screen menu,then the indication changes
into Restartꢀꢁ3UHVVꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢁ
at Restart to resume Count up or Count
down.
10
Reset ................... ꢁ5HVHWꢁWKHꢁ3ꢄWLPHUꢁYDOXHVꢀ
ꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁ3UHVVꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢁDWꢁReset to return
to the following value;
Count upꢁꢀꢀꢀꢁꢘꢅꢅꢅꢑꢅꢅꢘ
Count down ... Timer that you set
Exit....................... ꢁ7RꢁH[LWꢁWKHꢁ3ꢄWLPHUꢁRSHUDWLRQꢀ
Stop or Cancel the P-timer via Remote Control
7RꢁVWRSꢁWKHꢁ3ꢄWLPHUꢂꢁSUHVVꢁWKHꢁ3ꢄ7,0(5ꢁEXWWRQꢀ
7RꢁFDQFHOꢁWKHꢁ3ꢄWLPHUꢂꢁSUHVVꢁDQGꢁKROGꢁWKHꢁ3ꢄ7,0(5ꢁ
button for a few seconds.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
51
Setting
Closed Caption
Closed Caption
Closed Caption is a printed version of the program sound or
other information displayed on the screen. If the input signal
contains closed captions, you can turn on the feature and
Closed caption
Ÿź
switch the channels. Press the Point
buttons to select
Off, CC1, CC2, CC3 or CC4.
IIꢁWKHꢁFORVHGꢁFDSWLRQꢁLVꢁQRWꢁFOHDUꢂꢁ\RXꢁFDQꢁFKDQJHꢁWKHꢁWH[Wꢁ
from Color to White.
3Note:
The Closed Caption is available only under the situation
below.
ꢁ ꢁ ‡ꢁꢁWhen the input signal is Component (for adjustment
RQO\ꢏꢂꢁꢁ9LGHRꢁRUꢁꢁ6ꢄYLGHRꢂ and the system is set to Auto,
ꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁ176&ꢁRUꢁꢈꢊꢅLꢂꢁWKHꢁ&ORVHGꢁFDSWLRQꢁLVꢁDYDLODEOHꢀ
ꢁ ꢁ ‡ꢁꢁ,IꢁꢁWKHꢁV\VWHPꢁLVꢁVHWꢁWRꢁ$XWRꢂꢁDQGꢁFKRRVHꢁ176&ꢁRU
ꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢈꢊꢅLꢁDVꢁWKHꢁLQSXWꢁVLJQDOꢂꢁWKHꢁ&ORVHGꢁFDSWLRQꢁZLOOꢁEHꢁ
available.
Off
Color
►
ꢁ ꢁ ‡ꢁ&ORVHGꢁ&DSWLRQꢁZLOOꢁEHꢁXQDYDLODEOHꢁZKHQꢁXQGHUꢁRWKHUꢁ
setting conditions.
ꢁ ꢁ ‡ꢁ7KHꢁ&ORVHGꢁFDSWLRQꢁLVꢁXQDYDLODEOHꢁZKHQꢁ2Qꢄ6FUHHQꢁ
PHQXꢁDQGꢁ3ꢄWLPHUꢁDUHꢁGLVSOD\HGꢀ
ꢁ ꢁ ‡ꢁ7KHꢁLWHPꢁRIꢁ&ORVHGꢁ&DSWLRQꢁLVꢁGLVSOD\HGꢁLQꢁJUD\ꢁZKLOHꢁLWꢁ
is not available.
CC1
Color
►
Press the Point Ÿź buttons to select
Off, CC1, CC2, CC3 or CC4, and then
SUHVVꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢀ
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
52
Setting
Lamp control
Lamp control
This function allows you to change brightness of the screen.
High........... Brighter than the Normal mode.
Normal....... Normal brightness
Eco ............ꢁ/RZHUꢁEULJKWQHVVꢁUHGXFHVꢁWKHꢁODPSꢁ
SRZHUꢁFRQVXPSWLRQꢁDQGꢁH[WHQGVꢁWKHꢁ
lamp life.
3Note:
/DPSꢁPRGHꢁFDQQRWꢁEHꢁFKDQJHGꢁIRUꢁDꢁZKLOHꢁDIWHUꢁWXUQLQJꢁ
RQꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢀꢁ/DPSꢁQHHGVꢁVRPHꢁWLPHꢁWRꢁVWDELOL]Hꢁ
after the power is turned on. Stored lamp mode will be
DFWLYHꢁDIWHUꢁWKHꢁODPSꢁLVꢁVWDELOL]HGꢀ
Remote control
This projector provides two different remote control codes:
WKHꢁIDFWRU\ꢄVHWꢁLQLWLDOꢁFRGHꢁꢎCode 1) and the secondary code
(Code 2). This switching function prevents remote control
interference when operating several projectors or video
equipment at the same time.
When operating the projector in Code 2, both the projector
and the remote control must be switched to Code 2.
Remote control
To change the code for the projector:
Select either Code 1 or Code 2 in this Setting Menu.
To change the code for the remote control:
Press and hold both the MENU and IMAGE buttons
together for 5 seconds or more. After changing the code,
make sure the remote control operates properly.
3Note:
‡ꢁ:KHQꢁGLIIHUHQWꢁFRGHVꢁDUHꢁVHWꢁRQꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢁDQGꢁRQꢁWKHꢁUHPRWHꢁFRQWUROꢂꢁDQ\ꢁRSHUDWLRQꢁFDQQRWꢁEHꢁPDGHꢀꢁ,QꢁWKDWꢁFDVHꢂꢁ
switch the code on the remote control to fit the code on the projector.
‡ꢁ,IꢁWKHꢁEDWWHULHVꢁDUHꢁUHPRYHGꢁIURPꢁWKHꢁUHPRWHꢁFRQWUROꢁIRUꢁDꢁORQJꢁSHULRGꢁRIꢁWLPHꢂꢁWKHꢁUHPRWHꢁFRQWUROꢁFRGHꢁZLOOꢁEHꢁUHVHWꢀ
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢍꢆ
Setting
Key lock
Security (Key lock and PIN code lock)
This function allows you to use the Key lock and PIN code
lock function to set the security for the projector operation.
Key lock
This function locks the top control and remote control
EXWWRQVꢁWRꢁSUHYHQWꢁRSHUDWLRQꢁE\ꢁXQDXWKRUL]HGꢁSHUVRQVꢀ
Select Key lockꢁDQGꢁWKHQꢁSUHVVꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢂꢁ
and select the desired item by pressing the Point Ÿź
buttons.
..... Unlocked.
.....ꢁ/RFNꢁWKHꢁRSHUDWLRQꢁRIꢁWKHꢁWRSꢁFRQWUROꢀꢁ7Rꢁ
unlock, use the remote control.
.....ꢁ/RFNꢁWKHꢁRSHUDWLRQꢁRIꢁWKHꢁUHPRWHꢁFRQWUROꢀꢁꢁꢁꢁ
To unlock, use the top control.
If the top control accidentally becomes locked and you do
not have the remote control nearby or there is something
wrong with your remote control, contact the dealer where
you purchased the projector or the service center.
PIN code lock
This function prevents the projector from being operated
E\ꢁXQDXWKRUL]HGꢁSHUVRQVꢁDQGꢁSURYLGHVꢁWKHꢁIROORZLQJꢁ
setting options for security.
Off ........... Unlocked.
On1 ......... Enter the PIN code every time turning on
the projector.
On2 ......... Enter the PIN code to operate the projector
once the power cord is disconnected; as
long as the AC power cord is connected,
the projector can be operated without a
PIN code.
PIN code lock
Whenever you change the PIN code lock setting or the
3,1ꢁFRGHꢁꢎWKHꢁIRXUꢄGLJLWꢁQXPEHUꢏꢂꢁ\RXꢁDUHꢁUHTXLUHGꢁWRꢁ
HQWHUꢁWKHꢁ3,1ꢁFRGHꢀꢁ7KHꢁ³ꢉꢇꢆꢈ´ꢁLVꢁVHWꢁDVꢁWKHꢁLQLWLDOꢁ3,1ꢁ
code at the factory.
If you want to change the PIN code lock setting, press
WKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢁDQGꢁWKHꢁ3,1ꢁFRGHꢁGLDORJꢁER[ꢁ
appears.
When the projector is locked with the PIN code, the
Security icon appears on the guide.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢍꢈ
Setting
Enter a PIN code
Enter a PIN code
Use the Point Ÿź buttons to enter a number. Press the
Point Ż ŹꢁEXWWRQVꢁWRꢁIL[ꢁWKHꢁQXPEHUꢁDQGꢁPRYHꢁWKHꢁUHGꢁ
IUDPHꢁSRLQWHUꢁWRꢁWKHꢁQH[WꢁER[ꢀꢁ7KHꢁQXPEHUꢁFKDQJHVꢁWRꢁ
¼ꢀꢁ,Iꢁ\RXꢁIL[HGꢁDQꢁLQFRUUHFWꢁQXPEHUꢂꢁXVHꢁWKHꢁ3RLQWꢁŻ Źꢁ
buttons to move the pointer to the number you want to
correct, and then enter the correct number.
5HSHDWꢁWKLVꢁVWHSꢁWRꢁFRPSOHWHꢁHQWHULQJꢁDꢁIRXUꢄGLJLWꢁ
number.
$IWHUꢁHQWHULQJꢁWKHꢁIRXUꢄGLJLWꢁQXPEHUꢂꢁPRYHꢁWKHꢁSRLQWHUꢁWRꢁ
Setꢀꢁ3UHVVꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢁVRꢁWKDWꢁ\RXꢁFDQꢁFKDQJHꢁ
the following PIN code lock setting.
If you entered an incorrect PIN code, PIN code and the
number (¼¼¼¼) will turn red for a moment. Enter the
correct PIN code all over again.
Change the PIN code lock setting
Use the Point Ÿź buttons to select Off, On1 or On2,
DQGꢁWKHQꢁSUHVVꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢁWRꢁPDNHꢁDꢁFKRLFHꢀ
Change the PIN code
Change the PIN code
7KHꢁ3,1ꢁFRGHꢁFDQꢁEHꢁFKDQJHGꢁWRꢁ\RXUꢁGHVLUHGꢁIRXUꢄGLJLWꢁ
QXPEHUꢀꢁ3UHVVꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢁWRꢁVHOHFWꢁPIN code
changeꢀꢁ3LQꢁFRGHꢁGLDORJꢁER[ꢁDSSHDUVꢂꢁXVHꢁWKHꢁ3RLQWꢁŸź
buttons to enter the correct code. The New PIN code
LQSXWꢁGLDORJꢁER[ꢁDSSHDUVꢀꢁ6HWꢁDꢁQHZꢁ3,1ꢁFRGHꢀ
Current PIN code
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
55
Setting
Fan
This function provides the following options in the cooling
IDQV¶ꢁRSHUDWLRQꢁZKHQꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢁLVꢁWXUQHGꢁRIIꢁꢎSꢀꢇꢅꢏꢀ
L1 ......ꢁ7KHꢁFRROLQJꢁIDQVꢁURWDWHꢁIRUꢁDERXWꢁꢋꢅꢁVHFRQGVꢀ
L2 ...... The cooling fans stop.
3Note:
When L2 is selected in Fan menu and the
projector is turned on right after it turns off,
it takes a while to start projecting.
Fan control
Choose the running speed of cooling fans from the following
options according to the ground elevation under which you
use the projector.
Off................ Normal speed. Set this function to Off when
ꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁXVLQJꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢁLQꢁQRQꢄKLJKꢁDOWLWXGHꢁ
environment.
On1............. Faster than Off mode. Select this mode
when using the projector in high altitudes
ꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢎDERXWꢁꢉꢂꢅꢅꢅꢁPHWHUVꢁWRꢁꢇꢂꢅꢅꢅꢁPHWHUVꢁDERYHꢁꢁ
the sea level) where the fans have less
cooling effect.
On2............. Faster than On1 mode. Select this mode
when using the projector in higher altitudes
ꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢎDERXWꢁꢇꢂꢅꢅꢅꢁPHWHUVꢁWRꢁꢆꢂꢅꢅꢅꢁPHWHUVꢁꢁ
above the sea level) where the fans have
lesser cooling effect.
Lamp counter reset
3Note:
The fan noise becomes louder in On1 and On2.
Video delay control
When you want to make a digital processing of a projected
image faster, set this function.
8VHꢁWKHꢁ3RLQWꢁŸźꢁEXWWRQVꢂꢁVHOHFWꢁDQꢁLWHPꢁRIꢁOff or On.
3Note:
Noise reduction and Progressive can not be selected
when Video delay control is set to On.
Lamp counter
%HꢁVXUHꢁWRꢁUHVHWꢁWKHꢁ/DPSꢁUHSODFHPHQWꢁFRXQWHUꢁDIWHUꢁWKHꢁ
ODPSꢁLVꢁUHSODFHGꢀꢁꢎSꢀꢁꢋꢇꢏꢁ
Ÿź
Press the Point
EXWWRQVꢁWRꢁFKRRVHꢁWKHꢁ/DPSꢁFRXQWHUꢁ
Ź
function and then press the Point or the 6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢁWRꢁ
access the submenu items.
Lamp counter................This item shows the total
accumulated time of the lamp
usage.
Lamp counter reset.......3UHVVꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7 button to
choose Lamp counter reset.
Select Yes in the confirmation
ꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁER[ꢁLIꢁ\RXꢁZDQWꢁWRꢁUHVHWꢁWKHꢁODPS
counter, and then choose Yes in
ꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁWKHꢁVHFRQGꢁFRQILUPDWLRQꢁER[ꢁWRꢁ
reset lamp counter.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢍꢋ
Setting
Filter counter
Filter counter
This function is used to set a frequency for the filter
cleaning.
When the projector reached a specified time for cleanings,
a Filter warning icon appears on the screen, notifying the
cleaning is necessary. After cleaning the filter, be sure to
select Reset and set the timer. The Filter warning icon will
not turn off until the filter counter is reset.
For details about resetting the timer, refer to “Resetting the
)LOWHUꢁ&RXQWHU´ꢁRQꢁSDJHꢁꢋꢅꢀ
Fig.1 Filter warning icon
3UHVVꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢁWRꢁVHOHFWꢁTimer, and then use
the Point Ÿźꢁbuttons to set the timer. Select from (Off/
100H/ 200H/ 300H) depending on the use environment.
Filter warning icon appears on the screen at a set time.
3Note:
This icon also appears at turning on.
3Note:
The Filter warning icon (Fig.1) will not appear when the
Display function is set to OffꢁꢎSꢀꢈꢍꢏꢂꢁGXULQJꢁFreeze(p.25),
or No showꢁꢎSꢀꢇꢋꢏꢀ
Factory default
Warning log
This function records anomalous operations while the
projector is in operation and use it when diagnosing faults.
8SꢁWRꢁꢉꢅꢁZDUQLQJꢁORJVꢁDUHꢁGLVSOD\HGꢁZLWKꢁWKHꢁODWHVWꢁZDUQLQJꢁ
message at the top of the list, followed by previous warning
messages in chronological order.
Factory default
3Note:
ꢁ ꢁꢁ:KHQꢁWKHꢁ)DFWRU\ꢁGHIDXOWꢁIXQFWLRQꢁLVꢁH[HFXWHGꢂꢁDOOꢁWKHꢁ
warning log records will be deleted.
Factory default
7KLVꢁIXQFWLRQꢁUHWXUQVꢁDOOꢁVHWWLQJꢁYDOXHVꢁH[FHSWꢁIRUꢁWKHꢁUser
logo, PIN code lock, Logo PIN code lock, Lamp counter
and Filter counter to the factory default settings.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
57
Information
Input Source Information Display
The Information Menu is used for checking the status of the image signal being projected and the operation of the projector.
Direct Operation
Press the INFO. button on the remote control to display the
Information Menu.
Remote Control
INFO. button
Menu Operation
Ÿź
Press the Point
buttons to select the Information. The
Information Menu is displayed.
See below for displayed information.
Input
Information Menu
The selected input source is displayed.
H-sync freq.
7KHꢁKRUL]RQWDOꢁIUHTXHQF\ꢁRIꢁWKHꢁLQSXWꢁVLJQDOꢁLVꢁGLVSOD\HGꢁLQꢁ
KHz, or - - - - KHz when no signal.
V-sync freq.
The vertical frequency of the input signal is displayed in Hz,
or - - - - Hz ZKHQꢁQRꢁVLJQDOꢀꢁ1XPEHUVꢁRIꢁ+]ꢁGRXEOHVꢁZKHQꢁ
during Interlace.
Screen
7KHꢁVHOHFWHGꢁVFUHHQꢁVL]HꢁLVꢁGLVSOD\HGꢀ
Language
The selected language is displayed.
Lamp status
The selected lamp mode is displayed.
Lamp counter
The cumulative lamp operating time is displayed.
Power management
Off, Ready or Shut down, and Timer are displayed.
Key lock
The selected Key lock icon is displayed.
PIN code lock
Off or On1 or On2 is displayed.
Remote control
The selected remote code is displayed.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢍꢊ
Maintenance and Cleaning
WARNING indicator
The WARNING indicator shows the state of the function which protects the projector. Check the state of the
WARNING indicator and the POWER indicator to take proper maintenance.
The projector is shut down and the WARNING
Top Control
indicator is blinking red.
When the temperature inside the projector reaches a
certain level, the projector will be automatically shut down to
protect the inside of the projector. The POWER indicator is
blinking while the projector is being cooled down. When the
projector has cooled down enough (to its normal operating
WARNING blinking
red
temperature), it can be turned on again by pressing the ON/
67$1'ꢄ%<ꢁEXWWRQꢀ
3Note:
The WARNING indicator continues to blink even after
the temperature inside the projector returns to normal.
When the projector is turned on again, the WARNING
indicator stops blinking.
Then check the matters below:
±ꢁ'LGꢁ\RXꢁSURYLGHꢁDSSURSULDWHꢁVSDFHꢁIRUꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢁWRꢁEHꢁ
ventilated? Check the installing condition to see if the air
vents of the projector are not blocked.
±ꢁ+DVꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢁEHHQꢁLQVWDOOHGꢁQHDUꢁDQꢁ$LUꢄ&RQGLWLRQLQJꢃꢁ
Heating Duct or Vent? Move the installation of the
projector away from the duct or vent.
±ꢁ,VꢁWKHꢁILOWHUꢁFOHDQ"ꢁ&OHDQꢁWKHꢁILOWHUꢁSHULRGLFDOO\ꢀ
The projector is shut down and the WARNING
indicator lights red.
Top Control
When the projector detects an abnormal condition, it is
automatically shut down to protect the inside of the projector
and the WARNING indicator lights red. In this case, unplug
the AC power cord and reconnect it, and then turn the
projector on once again to verify operation. If the projector
cannot be turned on and the WARNING indicator still lights
red, unplug the AC power cord and contact the service
center.
WARNING lights
red
CAUTION
'2ꢁ127ꢁ/($9(ꢁ7+(ꢁ352-(&725ꢁ:,7+ꢁ7+(ꢁ
AC POWER CORD CONNECTED UNDER AN
$%1250$/ꢁ&21',7,21ꢀꢁ,7ꢁ0$<ꢁ5(68/7ꢁ,1ꢁ
),5(ꢁ25ꢁ(/(&75,&ꢁ6+2&.ꢀꢁꢁ
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢍꢌ
Maintenance and Cleaning
Cleaning the Filters
Filter prevents dust from accumulating on the optical elements inside the projector. Should the filters become
clogged with dust particles, it will reduce cooling fans’ effectiveness and may result in internal heat buildup
and adversely affect the life of the projector. If a “Filter warning” icon appears on the screen, clean the filters
immediately. Clean the filters by following the steps below.
Turn off the projector, and unplug the AC power cord
from the AC outlet.
1
Remove the panel front assembly by pulling the latch
2
Spacer filter front
KRUL]RQWDOO\ꢀ
Remove the panel net by pulling the latch KRUL]RQWDOO\ꢁ
and then remove it leftward.
Panel
front
Panel front assembly
3XOOꢁKRUL]RQWDOO\ꢁDQGꢁUHPRYHꢀ
Clean the filters with a brush or rinse them softly.
3
4
When cleaning the filters by rinsing, dry them well.
Replace the filters properly. Make sure that the filters
are fully inserted.
3Note:
Please be sure to
fit this edge when
inserting this panel
front assembly.
CAUTION
Do not operate the projector with the filter removed.
Dust may accumulate on the optical elements
degrading picture quality.
Do not put anything into the air vents. Doing so
may result in malfunction of the projector.
RECOMMENDATION
Panel net (filter back)
We recommend avoiding dusty/smoky environments
when you operate the projector. Usage in these
environments may cause poor image quality.
When using the projector under dusty or smoky conditions,
GXVWꢁPD\ꢁDFFXPXODWHꢁRQꢁDꢁOHQVꢂꢁ/&'ꢁSDQHOVꢂꢁRUꢁRSWLFDOꢁ
elements inside the projector degrading the quality of a
projected image. When the symptoms above are noticed,
FRQWDFWꢁ\RXUꢁDXWKRUL]HGꢁGHDOHUꢁRUꢁVHUYLFHꢁFHQWHUꢁIRUꢁSURSHUꢁ
cleaning.
ꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁ3XOOꢁKRUL]RQWDOO\ꢁDQGꢁWKHQꢁUHPRYHꢁLWꢁOHIWZDUGꢀ
Filter counter
Resetting the Filter Counter
Be sure to reset the Filter counter after cleaning or replacing
the filter.
3UHVVꢁWKHꢁ0(18ꢁEXWWRQꢁWRꢁGLVSOD\ꢁWKHꢁ2Qꢄ6FUHHQꢁ
1
Filter counter
Reset? appears.
Menu. Use the Point Ÿź buttons to select Setting and
then press the Point ŹꢁRUꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁ button.
Use the Point Ÿź buttons to select Filter counter and
2
then press the Point Ź or the 6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢀꢁ8VHꢁWKHꢁ
Point Ÿźbuttons to select Filter counter reset and
WKHQꢁSUHVVꢁWKHꢁ6(/(&7ꢁEXWWRQꢀꢁFilter counter Reset?
appears. Select Yes to continue.
Select Yes, then
another confirmation
ER[ꢁDSSHDUVꢀ
$QRWKHUꢁFRQILUPDWLRQꢁGLDORJꢁER[ꢁDSSHDUVꢂꢁVHOHFWꢁYes to
reset the Filter counter.
3
Select Yes again
to reset the Filter
counter.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢋꢅ
Maintenance and Cleaning
Attaching the Lens Cap
When moving this projector or while not using it over an
H[WHQGHGꢁSHULRGꢁRIꢁWLPHꢂꢁUHSODFHꢁWKHꢁOHQVꢁFDSꢀ
Attach the lens cap according to the following procedures.
Thread the string through the hole on the lens cap and
then tie a knot in the string to secure it in place.
1
To pass the other end of the string into the hole on the
bottom of the projector and pull at it.
2
Cleaning the Projection Lens
Unplug the AC power cord before cleaning.
Gently wipe the projection lens with a cleaning cloth that
FRQWDLQVꢁ Dꢁ VPDOOꢁ DPRXQWꢁ RIꢁ QRQꢄDEUDVLYHꢁ FDPHUDꢁ OHQVꢁ
cleaner, or use a lens cleaning paper or commercially
available air blower to clean the lens.
$YRLGꢁXVLQJꢁDQꢁH[FHVVLYHꢁDPRXQWꢁRIꢁFOHDQHUꢀꢁ$EUDVLYHꢁ
cleaners, solvents, or other harsh chemicals might scratch
the surface of the lens.
Cleaning the Projector Cabinet
Unplug the AC power cord before cleaning.
Gently wipe the projector body with a soft dry cleaning cloth.
When the cabinet is heavily soiled, use a small amount of
mild detergent and finish with a soft dry cleaning cloth. Avoid
XVLQJꢁDQꢁH[FHVVLYHꢁDPRXQWꢁRIꢁFOHDQHUꢀꢁ$EUDVLYHꢁFOHDQHUVꢂꢁ
solvents, or other harsh chemicals might scratch the surface
of the cabinet.
When the projector is not in use, put the projector in
an appropriate carrying case to protect it from dust and
scratches.
CAUTION
Do not use any flammable solvents or air sprays on the
SURMHFWRUꢁDQGꢁLQꢁLWVꢁYLFLQLW\ꢀꢁ7KHꢁH[SORVLRQꢁRUꢁILUHꢁKD]DUGꢁ
may occur even after the AC power cord is unplugged
EHFDXVHꢁWKHꢁWHPSHUDWXUHꢁLQVLGHꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢁLVꢁH[WUHPHO\ꢁ
high due to the lamps. In addition, there is a risk that the
internal parts may be damaged not only by the flammable
air spray but also by the cold air.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢋꢉ
Maintenance and Cleaning
Lamp Replacement
When the projection lamp of the projector reaches its end
RIꢁOLIHꢂꢁWKHꢁ/DPSꢁUHSODFHPHQWꢁLFRQꢁDSSHDUVꢁRQꢁWKHꢁVFUHHQꢁ
DQGꢁ/$03ꢁ5(3/$&(ꢁLQGLFDWRUꢁOLJKWVꢁ\HOORZꢀꢁ5HSODFHꢁWKHꢁ
ODPSꢁZLWKꢁDꢁQHZꢁRQHꢁSURPSWO\ꢀꢁ7KHꢁWLPLQJꢁZKHQꢁWKHꢁ/$03ꢁ
5(3/$&(ꢁLQGLFDWRUꢁVKRXOGꢁOLJKWꢁLVꢁGHSHQGLQJꢁRQꢁWKHꢁODPSꢁ
mode.
Top Control
LAMP REPLACE
indicator
Lamp replacement icon
3Note:
ꢁꢁꢁ7KHꢁ/DPSꢁUHSODFHPHQWꢁLFRQꢁZLOOꢁQRWꢁDSSHDUꢁZKHQꢁWKHꢁ'LVSOD\ꢁIXQFWLRQꢁLVꢁVHWꢁWRꢁOffꢁꢎSꢀꢈꢍꢏꢂꢁGXULQJꢁFreeze
(p.25), or No showꢁꢎSꢀꢇꢋꢏꢀ
CAUTION
CAUTION
$OORZꢁDꢁSURMHFWRUꢁWRꢁFRROꢁIRUꢁDWꢁOHDVWꢁꢈꢍꢁPLQXWHVꢁ
EHIRUHꢁ\RXꢁRSHQꢁWKHꢁ/DPSꢁ&RYHUꢀꢁ7KHꢁLQVLGHꢁRIꢁ
the projector can become very hot.
For continued safety, replace with a lamp of the
same type. Do not drop a lamp or touch a glass
bulb! The glass can shatter and may cause injury.
CAUTION
When replacing the lamp because it has stopped illuminating, there is a possibility that the lamp may be
broken.
If replacing the lamp of a projector which has been installed on the ceiling, you should always assume that
the lamp is broken, and you should stand to the side of the lamp cover, not underneath it. Remove the
lamp cover gently. Small pieces of glass may fall out when the lamp cover is opened. If pieces of glass get
into your eyes or mouth, seek medical advice immediately.
/DPSꢁ&RYHU
Follow these steps to replace the lamp.
8QSOXJꢁWKHꢁ$&ꢁSRZHUꢁFRUGꢀꢁ/HWꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢁFRROꢁIRUꢁDWꢁ
OHDVWꢁꢈꢍꢁPLQXWHVꢀ
1
/RRVHQꢁWKHꢁVFUHZꢁDQGꢁRSHQꢁWKHꢁODPSꢁFRYHUꢀ
2
3
Screw
/RRVHQꢁWKHꢁWKUHHꢁꢎꢆꢏꢁVFUHZVꢁWKDWꢁVHFXUHꢁWKHꢁODPSꢀꢁ/LIWꢁ
Screw
the lamp out of the projector by using the handles.
Handles
Screw
Replace the lamp with a new one and secure the three
4
ꢎꢆꢏꢁVFUHZVꢀꢁ0DNHꢁVXUHꢁWKDWꢁWKHꢁODPSꢁLVꢁVHWꢁSURSHUO\ꢀꢁ
/DPS
Close the lamp cover and secure the screw.
Connect the AC power cord to the projector and turn
on the projector.
5
6
Reset the lamp replacement counter.
6HHꢁꢘ/DPSꢁ&RXQWHUꢘꢁRQꢁSDJHꢁꢍꢋꢀ
Screw
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢋꢇ
Maintenance and Cleaning
ORDER REPLACEMENT LAMP
Replacement lamp can be ordered through your dealer. When ordering a projection lamp, give the following
information to the dealer.
Ɣ Model No. of your projector
Ɣ Replacement Lamp Type No.
: PJL6223, PJL6233
: RLC-065
LAMP HANDLING PRECAUTIONS
7KLVꢁSURMHFWRUꢁXVHVꢁDꢁKLJKꢄSUHVVXUHꢁODPSꢁZKLFKꢁPXVWꢁEHꢁKDQGOHGꢁFDUHIXOO\ꢁDQGꢁSURSHUO\ꢀꢁꢁ
,PSURSHUꢁKDQGOLQJꢁPD\ꢁUHVXOWꢁLQꢁDFFLGHQWVꢂꢁLQMXU\ꢂꢁRUꢁFUHDWHꢁDꢁILUHꢁKD]DUGꢀ
Ɣꢁ/DPSꢁOLIHꢁPD\ꢁGLIIHUꢁIURPꢁODPSꢁWRꢁODPSꢁDQGꢁDFFRUGLQJꢁWRꢁWKHꢁHQYLURQPHQWꢁRIꢁXVHꢀꢁ7KHUHꢁLVꢁQRꢁJXDUDQWHHꢁ
of the same life for each lamp. Some lamps may fail or terminate their life in a shorter period of time
than other similar lamps.
Ɣꢁ,IꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢁLQGLFDWHVꢁWKDWꢁWKHꢁODPSꢁVKRXOGꢁEHꢁUHSODFHGꢂꢁLꢀHꢀꢂꢁLIꢁWKHꢁ/$03ꢁ5(3/$&(ꢁLQGLFDWRUꢁOLJKWVꢁ
XSꢂꢁUHSODFHꢁWKHꢁODPSꢁZLWKꢁDꢁQHZꢁRQHꢁ,00(',$7(/<ꢁDIWHUꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢁKDVꢁFRROHGꢁGRZQꢀꢁꢁ
ꢁ ꢁ ꢎ)ROORZꢁFDUHIXOO\ꢁWKHꢁLQVWUXFWLRQVꢁLQꢁWKHꢁ/DPSꢁ5HSODFHPHQWꢁVHFWLRQꢁRIꢁWKLVꢁPDQXDOꢀꢏꢁ&RQWLQXRXVꢁXVHꢁRIꢁ
WKHꢁODPSꢁZLWKꢁWKHꢁ/$03ꢁ5(3/$&(ꢁLQGLFDWRUꢁOLJKWHGꢁPD\ꢁLQFUHDVHꢁWKHꢁULVNꢁRIꢁODPSꢁH[SORVLRQꢀꢁꢁ
Ɣꢁ$ꢁ/DPSꢁPD\ꢁH[SORGHꢁDVꢁDꢁUHVXOWꢁRIꢁYLEUDWLRQꢂꢁVKRFNꢁRUꢁGHJUDGDWLRQꢁDVꢁDꢁUHVXOWꢁRIꢁKRXUVꢁRIꢁXVHꢁDVꢁLWVꢁ
OLIHWLPHꢁGUDZVꢁWRꢁDQꢁHQGꢀꢁ5LVNꢁRIꢁH[SORVLRQꢁPD\ꢁGLIIHUꢁDFFRUGLQJꢁWRꢁWKHꢁHQYLURQPHQWꢁRUꢁFRQGLWLRQVꢁLQꢁ
which the projector and lamp are being used.
IF A LAMP EXPLODES, THE FOLLOWING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS SHOULD BE TAKEN.
,Iꢁ Dꢁ ODPSꢁ H[SORGHVꢂꢁ GLVFRQQHFWꢁ WKHꢁ SURMHFWRU¶Vꢁ$&ꢁ SOXJꢁ IURPꢁ WKHꢁ$&ꢁ RXWOHWꢁ LPPHGLDWHO\ꢀꢁ &RQWDFWꢁ DQꢁ
DXWKRUL]HGꢁVHUYLFHꢁFHQWHUꢁIRUꢁDꢁFKHFNXSꢁRIꢁWKHꢁXQLWꢁDQGꢁUHSODFHPHQWꢁRIꢁWKHꢁODPSꢀꢁ$GGLWLRQDOO\ꢂꢁFKHFNꢁ
carefully to ensure that there are no broken shards or pieces of glass around the projector or coming out
from the cooling air circulation holes. Any broken shards found should be cleaned up carefully. No one
VKRXOGꢁFKHFNꢁWKHꢁLQVLGHꢁRIꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢁH[FHSWꢁWKRVHꢁZKRꢁDUHꢁDXWKRUL]HGꢁWUDLQHGꢁWHFKQLFLDQVꢁDQGꢁZKRꢁ
are familiar with projector service. Inappropriate attempts to service the unit by anyone, especially those
who are not appropriately trained to do so, may result in an accident or injury caused by pieces of broken
glass.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢋꢆ
Appendix
Troubleshooting
Before calling your dealer or service center for assistance, check the items below once again.
±ꢁ0DNHꢁVXUHꢁ\RXꢁKDYHꢁSURSHUO\ꢁFRQQHFWHGꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢁWRꢁSHULSKHUDOꢁHTXLSPHQWꢁDVꢁGHVFULEHGꢁRQꢁSDJHVꢁꢉꢈꢄꢉꢋꢀꢁ
±ꢁ0DNHꢁVXUHꢁDOOꢁHTXLSPHQWꢁLVꢁFRQQHFWHGꢁWRꢁ$&ꢁRXWOHWꢁDQGꢁWKHꢁSRZHUꢁLVꢁWXUQHGꢁRQꢀ
±ꢁ:KHQꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢁGRHVꢁQRWꢁSURMHFWꢁDQꢁLPDJHꢁIURPꢁWKHꢁFRQQHFWHGꢁFRPSXWHUꢂꢁUHVWDUWꢁWKHꢁFRPSXWHUꢀꢁꢁ
Problem:ꢁ
±ꢁ6ROXWLRQV
No powerꢁ
±ꢁ3OXJꢁWKHꢁSRZHUꢁFRUGꢁRIꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢁLQWRꢁWKHꢁ$&ꢁRXWOHWꢀ
±ꢁ6HHꢁLIꢁWKHꢁ32:(5ꢁLQGLFDWRUꢁOLJKWVꢁUHGꢀ
±ꢁꢁ7KHꢁSURMHFWRUꢁFDQꢁEHꢁWXUQHGꢁRQꢁDIWHUꢁWKHꢁ32:(5ꢁLQGLFDWRUꢁWXUQVꢁUHGꢀꢁ
6HHꢁSDJHꢁꢉꢊꢀ
ꢁ ꢁ
ꢁ ꢁ
ꢁ ꢁ
ꢁ ꢁ
ꢁ ꢁ
ꢁ ꢁ
±ꢁ&KHFNꢁWKHꢁ:$51,1*ꢁLQGLFDWRUꢀꢁ,IꢁWKHꢁ:$51,1*ꢁLQGLFDWRUꢁOLJKWVꢁUHGꢂ ꢁ
ꢁ SURMHFWRUꢁFDQQRWꢁEHꢁWXUQHGꢁRQꢀꢁ6HHꢁSDJHꢁꢍꢌꢀ
±ꢁ&KHFNꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWLRQꢁODPSꢀꢁ6HHꢁSDJHꢁꢋꢇꢀ
±ꢁ8QORFNꢁWKHꢁ.H\ꢁORFNꢁIXQFWLRQꢁIRUꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢀꢁ6HHꢁSDJHꢁꢍꢈꢀ
The initial display is not shown.
±ꢁ0DNHꢁVXUHꢁOffꢁLVꢁQRWꢁFKRVHQꢁDWꢁGLVSOD\ꢁIXQFWLRQꢀꢁ6HHꢁSDJHꢁꢈꢍꢀ
The initial display is not same
as the default set.
±ꢁ0DNHꢁVXUHꢁUser or OffꢁDUHꢁQRWꢁFKRVHQꢁDWꢁ/RJRꢁꢎVHOHFWꢏꢁIXQFWLRQꢀ
6HHꢁSDJHꢁꢈꢋꢀ
Input signal switches automatically. ±ꢁ0DNHꢁVXUHꢁ,QSXWꢁVHDUFKꢁIXQFWLRQꢁLVꢁDGMXVWHGꢁSURSHUO\ꢀꢁꢁ6HHꢁSDJHꢁꢈꢈꢀ
(or does not switch automatically)
When the projector is on and you ꢁꢁꢁꢁ±ꢁ7KDWꢁLVꢁWKHꢁ)LOWHUꢁZDUQLQJꢁLFRQꢀꢁ6HHꢁSDJHꢁꢍꢔꢀ
press the input source buttons,
an icon other than the Lamp mode
icon appears.
An icon other than Input mode or
Lamp mode icon appears.
ꢁꢁ±ꢁ7KDWꢁLVꢁWKHꢁ/DPSꢁUHSODFHPHQWꢁLFRQꢁRUꢁWKHꢁ)LOWHUꢁZDUQLQJꢁLFRQꢀꢁꢁ6HHꢁ
SDJHVꢁꢍꢔꢁRUꢁꢋꢇꢀ
Image is out of focus.ꢁ
±ꢁ$GMXVWꢁIRFXVꢁRIꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢀꢁ6HHꢁSDJHꢁꢇꢆꢀ
ꢁ ꢁ
ꢁ ꢁ
ꢁ ꢁ
ꢁ ꢁ
±ꢁ3URYLGHꢁSURSHUꢁGLVWDQFHꢁEHWZHHQꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢁDQGꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWLRQꢁꢁ
ꢁ VFUHHQꢀꢁ6HHꢁSDJHꢁꢉꢆꢀ
±ꢁ&KHFNꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWLRQꢁOHQVꢁWRꢁVHHꢁLIꢁLWꢁQHHGVꢁFOHDQLQJꢀꢁ6HHꢁSDJHꢁꢋꢉꢀ
±ꢁ0RYLQJꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢁIURPꢁDꢁFRROꢁWRꢁZDUPꢁSODFHꢁPD\ꢁUHVXOWꢁLQꢁꢁ ꢁ
moisture condensation on the projection lens. In such cases, leave
the projector off and wait until condensation evaporates.
Image is Left/Right reversed.ꢁ
Image is Top/Bottom reversed.ꢁ
±ꢁ&KHFNꢁWKHꢁ&HLOLQJꢃ5HDUꢁIXQFWLRQꢀꢁ6HHꢁSDJHꢁꢈꢌꢀ
±ꢁ&KHFNꢁWKHꢁ&HLOLQJꢁIXQFWLRQꢀꢁ6HHꢁSDJHꢁꢈꢌꢀ
Picture is not bright enough.
±ꢁ&KHFNꢁLIꢁWKHꢁContrast or Brightness is adjusted properly. See
ꢁ SDJHVꢁꢆꢆꢂꢁꢈꢅꢀ
±ꢁ&KHFNꢁLIꢁImage modeꢁLVꢁVHOHFWHGꢁSURSHUO\ꢀꢁ6HHꢁSDJHVꢁꢆꢇꢂꢁꢆꢌꢀ
±ꢁ&KHFNꢁWKHꢁODPSꢁFRQWUROꢁIXQFWLRQꢀꢁ6HHꢁSDJHVꢁꢇꢍꢂꢁꢍꢆꢀ
±ꢁ&KHFNꢁWKHꢁ/$03ꢁ5(3/$&(ꢁLQGLFDWRUꢀꢁ,IꢁLWꢁOLJKWVꢂꢁWKHꢁHQGꢁRIꢁODPSꢁOLIHꢁꢁ
is approaching. Replace the lamp with a new one promptly. See page
ꢁ ꢋꢇꢀ
ꢁ ꢁ
ꢁ ꢁ
ꢁ ꢁ
ꢁ ꢁ
ꢁ ꢁ
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢋꢈ
Appendix
No imageꢁ
±ꢁ&KHFNꢁWKHꢁFRQQHFWLRQꢁEHWZHHQꢁ\RXUꢁFRPSXWHUꢁRUꢁYLGHRꢁHTXLSPHQWꢁꢁ
ꢁ ꢁ
ꢁ DQGꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢀꢁ6HHꢁSDJHVꢁꢉꢈꢄꢉꢋꢀ
ꢁ ꢁ
±ꢁ6HHꢁLIꢁWKHꢁLQSXWꢁVLJQDOꢁLVꢁFRUUHFWO\ꢁRXWSXWꢁIURPꢁ\RXUꢁFRPSXWHUꢀꢁ6RPHꢁꢁ
laptop computers may need to change the setting for monitor output
when connecting to a projector. See your computer’s instruction
manual for the setting.
±ꢁꢁ&KHFNꢁWKHꢁ,QSXWꢁVLJQDOꢂꢁFRORUꢁV\VWHPꢂꢁYLGHRꢁV\VWHPꢁRUꢁFRPSXWHUꢁ
system mode.
±ꢁ0DNHꢁVXUHꢁWKHꢁWHPSHUDWXUHꢁLVꢁQRWꢁRXWꢁRIꢁWKHꢁVSHFLILHGꢁ2SHUDWLQJꢁꢁ
Temperature (ꢈꢉÛ)±ꢌꢍÛ)ꢁ>ꢍÛ&±ꢆꢍÛ&@ꢏ.
±ꢁ:KHQꢁNo Show is operating, the image cannot be displayed. Press
the NO SHOW button or any other button on the remote control.
ꢁ ꢁ
ꢁ ꢁ
ꢁ ꢁ
No soundꢁ
±ꢁ&KHFNꢁWKHꢁDXGLRꢁFDEOHꢁFRQQHFWLRQꢁIURPꢁDXGLRꢁLQSXWꢁVRXUFHꢀ
±ꢁ$GMXVWꢁWKHꢁDXGLRꢁVRXUFHꢀ
ꢁ ꢁ
ꢁ ꢁ
ꢁ ꢁ
ꢁ ꢁ
±ꢁ3UHVVꢁWKHꢁ9ROXPHꢁꢓꢁEXWWRQꢀꢁ6HHꢁSDJHꢁꢇꢈꢀ
±ꢁ3UHVVꢁWKHꢁ0XWHꢁEXWWRQꢀꢁ6HHꢁSDJHꢁꢇꢈꢀ
±ꢁ:KHQꢁWKHꢁ$8',2ꢁ287ꢁLVꢁSOXJJHGꢄLQꢂꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢗVꢁEXLOWꢄLQꢁVSHDNHUꢁꢁ
is not available.
ꢁ ꢁ
±ꢁ,VꢁWKHꢁLPDJHꢁSURMHFWHG"ꢁ<RXꢁZLOOꢁKHDUꢁWKHꢁVRXQGꢁRQO\ꢁZKHQꢁWKHꢁLPDJHꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁ
is projected.
The color is strange.
±ꢁ&KHFNꢁWKHꢁ,QSXWꢁVLJQDOꢂꢁFRORUꢁV\VWHPꢂYLGHRꢁV\VWHPꢁRUꢁFRPSXWHUꢁꢁ
system mode.
±ꢁ0DNHꢁVXUHꢁWKHꢁBlackboard is not selected on Image select
ꢁ PHQXꢀꢁ6HHꢁSDJHVꢁꢆꢇꢂꢁꢆꢌꢀ
ꢁ ꢁ
ꢁ ꢁ
Some displays are not seenꢁꢁ
±ꢁ&KHFNꢁWKHꢁ'LVSOD\ꢁIXQFWLRQꢀꢁ6HHꢁSDJHꢁꢈꢍꢀ
during the operation.
Auto PC adjustment functionꢁ
±ꢁ&KHFNꢁWKHꢁ,QSXWꢁVLJQDOꢀꢁ$XWRꢁ3&ꢁDGMXVWPHQWꢁIXQFWLRQꢁFDQꢁQRWꢁZRUNꢁꢁ
when 480p,576p.720p,480i,576i,1035i or 1080i is selected. See
ꢁꢁꢁSDJHꢁꢇꢌꢀꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁ
does not work.
ꢁ ꢁ
The setting does not remain ꢁ
±ꢁ0DNHꢁVXUHꢁ\RXꢁVHOHFWHGꢁStore after adjusting setting. Some settings
after turning off power.
can not be stored if not registered with Storeꢀꢁ6HHꢁSDJHVꢁꢆꢈꢂꢁꢈꢉꢀ
Power management does notꢁ
±ꢁ3RZHUꢁPDQDJHPHQWꢁIXQFWLRQꢁFDQꢁQRWꢁZRUNꢁZKLOHꢁFreeze or No
work.
ShowꢁIXQFWLRQꢁLVꢁUXQQLQJꢀꢁ6HHꢁSDJHꢁꢍꢅꢀꢁ
Capture function does not work.ꢁ
±ꢁ&KHFNꢁWKHꢁFRQQHFWLRQꢁDQGꢁWKHꢁLQSXWꢁVLJQDOꢁWRꢁVHHꢁLIꢁWKHUHꢁLVꢁVLJQDOꢀ
Auto setup does not work properly.ꢁ ±ꢁMake sure Off is not selected at any function of Auto setup. See page
ꢁ ꢁ
ꢁ ꢁ
ꢁ ꢈꢈꢀꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁ
±ꢁ0DNHꢁVXUHꢁOnꢁLVꢁQRWꢁVHOHFWHGꢁDWꢁWKHꢁ&HLOLQJꢁIXQFWLRQꢀꢁ6HHꢁSDJHꢁꢈꢌꢀ
Auto keystone function does not ꢁ ±ꢁ0DNHꢁVXUHꢁWKHꢁ$XWRꢁNH\VWRQHꢁIXQFWLRQꢁLVꢁQRWꢁVHWꢁWRꢁManual. Press
work even when the projector isꢁꢁ
ꢁꢁꢁWKHꢁ$872ꢁ6(783ꢁEXWWRQꢁRQꢁWKHꢁWRSꢁFRQWUROꢀꢁ6HHꢁSDJHVꢁꢇꢆꢂꢁꢈꢈꢀꢁꢁ
tipped.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢋꢍ
Appendix
The image is distorted or runs off. ±ꢁ&KHFNꢁPC adjust menu or Screen menu and adjust them.
ꢁ ꢁ
ꢁꢁꢁ6HHꢁSDJHVꢁꢆꢅꢄꢆꢉꢂꢁꢆꢈꢄꢆꢍꢀ
PIN code dialog box appearsꢁ
at start-up.ꢁ
±ꢁ3,1ꢁFRGHꢁORFNꢁLVꢁEHLQJꢁVHWꢀꢁ(QWHUꢁDꢁ3,1ꢁFRGHꢁꢎWKHꢁ³ꢉꢇꢆꢈ´ꢁRUꢁQXPEHUVꢁ
ꢁ \RXꢁKDYHꢁVHWꢏꢀꢁ6HHꢁSDJHVꢁꢉꢌꢂꢁꢍꢈꢄꢍꢍꢀ
The Remote Control doesꢁ
±ꢁ&KHFNꢁWKHꢁEDWWHULHVꢀ
not work.ꢁ
±ꢁ0DNHꢁVXUHꢁQRꢁREVWUXFWLRQꢁLVꢁEHWZHHQꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢁDQGꢁUHPRWHꢁꢁ
control.
ꢁ ꢁ
ꢁ ꢁ
±ꢁ0DNHꢁVXUHꢁ\RXꢁDUHꢁQRWꢁWRRꢁIDUꢁIURPꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢁZKHQꢁXVLQJꢁWKHꢁꢁ
ꢁ UHPRWHꢁFRQWUROꢀꢁ0D[LPXPꢁRSHUDWLQJꢁUDQJHꢁLVꢁꢉꢋꢀꢈꢗꢎꢍꢁPꢏꢀꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁ
ꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁ
ꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁ
±ꢁ0DNHꢁVXUHꢁWKHꢁFRGHꢁRIꢁWKHꢁUHPRWHꢁFRQWUROꢁLVꢁFRQIRUPHGꢁWRꢁWKHꢁꢁ ꢁ
ꢁꢁꢁSURMHFWRU¶VꢁFRGHꢀꢁ6HHꢁSDJHꢁꢍꢆꢀ
ꢁ ꢁꢁ
ꢁ ꢁ
ꢁ ꢁ
±ꢁ8QORFNꢁWKHꢁ.H\ꢁORFNꢁIXQFWLRQꢁIRUꢁWKHꢁUHPRWHꢁFRQWUROꢁIXQFWLRQꢀꢁ6HHꢁꢁ
ꢁ SDJHꢁꢍꢈꢀ
Indicator blinks or lights.
±ꢁ&KHFNꢁWKHꢁVWDWXVꢁRIꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢁZLWKꢁUHIHUULQJꢁWRꢁꢘ,QGLFDWRUVꢁDQG
SURMHFWRUꢁ&RQGLWLRQꢘꢀꢁ6HHꢁSDJHꢁꢋꢌꢀꢁꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
The exclamation mark appearsꢁ
±ꢁ<RXUꢁRSHUDWLRQꢁLVꢁLQYDOLGꢀꢁ2SHUDWHꢁFRUUHFWO\ꢀꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
on the screen.
Top control does not work.
±ꢁ7KHꢁWRSꢁFRQWUROꢁLVꢁQRWꢁDYDLODEOHꢁLIꢁWKHꢁWRSꢁFRQWUROꢁLVꢁORFNHGꢁDWꢁKey lock
under SecurityꢁRIꢁ6(77,1*ꢁVHFWLRQꢀꢁ6HHꢁSDJHꢁꢍꢈꢀ
Unable to unlock the Logo PINꢁ
code lock, Security key lock
or Security PIN code lock.
±ꢁ&RQWDFWꢁWKHꢁGHDOHUꢁZKHUHꢁ\RXꢁSXUFKDVHGꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢁRUꢁWKHꢁVHUYLFHꢁ
center.
WARNING :
High voltages are used to operate this projector. Do not attempt to open the cabinet.
If problems still persist after following all operating instructions, contact the dealer where you purchased the
SURMHFWRUꢁRUꢁWKHꢁVHUYLFHꢁFHQWHUꢀꢁ6SHFLI\ꢁWKHꢁPRGHOꢁQXPEHUꢁDQGꢁH[SODLQꢁDERXWꢁWKHꢁSUREOHPꢀꢁ:HꢁZLOOꢁDGYLVHꢁ\RXꢁ
how to obtain service.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢋꢋ
Appendix
Menu Tree
Computer Input/Video Input
Input
RGB
Computer 1
Input
Component
RGB (Scart)
6ꢄYLGHR
RGB
Computer 2
Video
Sound
Volume
Mute
ꢅ±ꢆꢉ
On/Off
Sound
Computer Input
Dynamic
Standard
Real
Blackboard (Green)
Colorboard
Image 1
Image select
SVGA 1
System (1)
Mode 1
Mode 2
ꢁꢄꢁꢄꢁꢄꢁꢄ
Red/Blue/Yellow/Green
Image 2
,PDJHꢁꢆ
,PDJHꢁꢈ
ꢁꢕꢁ6\VWHPVꢁGLVSOD\HGꢁLQꢁWKHꢁ6\VWHPꢁ0HQXꢁYDU\ꢁ
depending on an input signal.
Auto PC adj.
PC adjust
Fine sync
Total dots
+RUL]RQWDO
Vertical
ꢅ±ꢆꢉ
Contrast
Brightness
Color temp.
ꢅ±ꢋꢆ
ꢅ±ꢋꢆ
Image Adjust
;/RZ
/RZ
Current mode
Mid
High
Clamp
Display area H
Display area V
Reset
Mode free
User
ꢅ±ꢋꢆ
ꢅ±ꢋꢆ
ꢅ±ꢋꢆ
ꢅ±ꢉꢍ
ꢅ±ꢉꢍ
Yes/No
Image 1
Image 2
,PDJHꢁꢆ
,PDJHꢁꢈ
Yes/No
Red
Green
Blue
Sharpness
Gamma
Reset
Mode 1
Mode 2
0RGHꢁꢆ
0RGHꢁꢈ
Mode 5
0RGHꢁꢋ
Mode 7
0RGHꢁꢊ
0RGHꢁꢌ
0RGHꢁꢉꢅ
Mode 1
Mode 2
0RGHꢁꢆ
0RGHꢁꢈ
Mode 5
Store
Normal
True
Wide
Full
Custom
Custom adj.
Screen
Store
Scale
H&V
H/V
On/Off
H/V
Yes/No
Yes/No
0RGHꢁꢋ
Mode 7
0RGHꢁꢊ
0RGHꢁꢌ
0RGHꢁꢉꢅ
Position
Common
Reset
'LJLWDOꢁ]RRPꢁꢓ
'LJLWDOꢁ]RRPꢁ±
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢋꢔ
Appendix
Video Input
Setting
Auto
ꢉꢅꢊꢅL
ꢉꢅꢆꢍL
ꢔꢇꢅS
ꢍꢔꢋS
ꢈꢊꢅS
ꢍꢔꢋL
Setting
/DQJXDJH
ꢇꢅꢁODQJXDJHVꢁSURYLGHGꢀ
System (2)
Menu position
Auto setup
Input search
Auto PC adj.
Off/On1/On2
On/Off
Auto keystone
Auto
ꢈꢊꢅL
Manual
Off
Auto
3$/
System ꢎꢆꢏ
Keystone
Store
Keystone
SECAM
NTSC
176&ꢁꢈꢀꢈꢆ
3$/ꢄ0
3$/ꢄ1
Store/Reset
Background
Display
/RJR
Blue/User/Black
Off /On
/RJRꢁVHOHFW
Off
Default
User
Dynamic
Standard
Cinema
Blackboard (Green)
Colorboard
Image 1
Image select
Capture
Yes/No
/RJRꢁ3,1ꢁFRGHꢁORFN
Red/Blue/Yellow/Green
Off/On
/RJRꢁ3,1ꢁFRGHꢁFKDQJH
Image 2
,PDJHꢁꢆ
,PDJHꢁꢈ
Ceiling
Rear
On/Off
On/Off
Terminal
Computer 2/Monitor out
Power management
Ready
Shut down
Off
Contrast
Brightness
Color
Tint
Color temp.
ꢅ±ꢋꢆ
ꢅ±ꢋꢆ
ꢅ±ꢋꢆ
ꢅ±ꢋꢆ
;/RZ
/RZ
Mid
Image Adjust
7LPHUꢁꢎꢉ±ꢆꢅꢁ0LQꢏ
On/Off
Direct on
Standby mode
Eco/Network
3ꢄWLPHU
Count up
Count down
Timer
High
Start
User
ꢅ±ꢋꢆ
ꢅ±ꢋꢆ
ꢅ±ꢋꢆ
ꢅ±ꢉꢍꢁ
ꢅ±ꢉꢍ
Off
Reset
([LW
Red
Green
Blue
Sharpness
Gamma
Noise reduction
Closed Caption
Closed Caption
Color
2IIꢃ&&ꢉꢃ&&ꢇꢃ&&ꢆꢃ&&ꢈ
Color/White
/DPSꢁFRQWURO
High/Normal/ECO
/DPSꢁFRQWURO
/ꢉ
/ꢇ
Off
/ꢉ
Remote control
Security
&RGHꢁꢉ±&RGHꢁꢇ
Key lock
Off
Progressive
Projector
Remote control
PIN code lock
Off/On1/On2
PIN code change
/ꢇ
Film
Reset
Store
Yes/No
Image 1
Image 2
,PDJHꢁꢆ
,PDJHꢁꢈ
Fan
Fan control
/ꢉꢃ/ꢇ
Off/On1/On2
Video delay control
Off/On
/DPSꢁFRXQWHU
/DPSꢁFRXQWHU
H
Normal
Screen
/DPSꢁFRXQWHUꢁreset
Yes/No
Wide
Filter counter
Warning log
Filter counter
Timer
H
Custom
Custom adj.
2IIꢃꢉꢅꢅ+ꢃꢇꢅꢅ+ꢃꢆꢅꢅ+
Scale
H&V
Position
Common
Reset
Filter counter reset
H/V
On/Off
H/V
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Factory default
Yes/No
Information
Input Source Information Display
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢋꢊ
Appendix
Indicators and Projector Condition
Check the indicators for projector condition.
Indicators
Projector Condition
/$03ꢁ
POWER WARNING
5(3/$&(
red/green
red
yellow
The projector is off. (The AC power cord is unplugged.)
7KHꢁSURMHFWRUꢁLVꢁLQꢁVWDQGꢄE\ꢁPRGHꢀꢁ3UHVVꢁWKHꢁ21ꢃ67$1'ꢄ%<ꢁEXWWRQꢁ
¼
¼
to turn on the projector.
The projector is operating normally.
7KHꢁSURMHFWRUꢁLVꢁSUHSDULQJꢁIRUꢁVWDQGꢄE\ꢁRUꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWLRQꢁODPSꢁLVꢁ
being cooled down. The projector cannot be turned on until cooling
is completed and the POWER indicator stops blinking.
¼
¼
The projector is in the Power management mode.
The temperature inside the projector is abnormally high. The
projector cannot be turned on. When the projector is cooled down
enough and the temperature returns to normal, the POWER
indicator stops blinking and the projector can be turned on. (The
WARNING indicator keeps blinking.)
¼
¼
The projector has been cooled down enough and the temperature
returns to normal. When turning on the projector, the WARNING
indicator stops blinking.
The projector detects an abnormal condition and cannot be turned
on. Unplug the AC power cord and plug it again to turn on the
projector. If the projector is turned off again, unplug the AC power
cord and contact the dealer or the service center for service and
checkup. Do not leave the projector on. It may cause an electric
VKRFNꢁRUꢁDꢁILUHꢁKD]DUGꢀ
¼
‡ꢁ‡ꢁ‡ꢁJUHHQꢀ
‡ꢁ‡ꢁ‡ꢁEOLQNVꢁJUHHQꢀ
‡ꢁ‡ꢁ‡ꢁUHG
‡ꢁ‡ꢁ‡ꢁRII
‡ꢁ‡ꢁ‡ꢁEOLQNVꢁUHGꢀ
¼:KHQꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWLRQꢁODPSꢁUHDFKHVꢁLWVꢁHQGꢁRIꢁOLIHꢂꢁWKHꢁ/$03ꢁ5(3/$&(ꢁLQGLFDWRUꢁOLJKWVꢁ\HOORZꢀꢁ:KHQꢁWKLVꢁꢁ
ꢁꢁꢁꢁLQGLFDWRUꢁOLJKWVꢁ\HOORZꢂꢁUHSODFHꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWLRQꢁODPSꢁZLWKꢁDꢁQHZꢁRQHꢁSURPSWO\ꢀꢁꢎSSꢀꢁꢍꢋꢂꢁꢋꢇꢏ
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢋꢌ
Appendix
Compatible Computer Specifications
%DVLFDOO\ꢁWKLVꢁSURMHFWRUꢁFDQꢁDFFHSWꢁWKHꢁVLJQDOꢁIURPꢁDOOꢁFRPSXWHUVꢁZLWKꢁWKHꢁ9ꢄꢂꢁ+ꢄ)UHTXHQF\ꢁPHQWLRQHGꢁEHORZꢁ
DQGꢁOHVVꢁWKDQꢁꢉꢈꢅꢁ0+]ꢁRIꢁ'RWꢁ&ORFNꢀ
When selecting these modes, PC adjustment can be limited.
ON-SCREEN
DISPLAY
VGA 1
H-Freq.
(KHz)
ꢆꢉꢀꢈꢔ
V-Freq.
(Hz)
ꢍꢌꢀꢊꢊ
ON-SCREEN
DISPLAY
SXGA 5
H-Freq.
(KHz)
ꢋꢆꢀꢔꢈ
V-Freq.
(Hz)
ꢋꢅꢀꢅꢉ
RESOLUTION
RESOLUTION
ꢋꢈꢅꢁ[ꢁꢈꢊꢅ
ꢔꢇꢅꢁ[ꢁꢈꢅꢅ
ꢋꢈꢅꢁ[ꢁꢈꢅꢅ
ꢋꢈꢅꢁ[ꢁꢈꢊꢅ
ꢋꢈꢅꢁ[ꢁꢈꢊꢅ
ꢋꢈꢅꢁ[ꢁꢈꢊꢅ
ꢋꢈꢅꢁ[ꢁꢈꢊꢅ
ꢋꢈꢅꢁ[ꢁꢈꢊꢅ
ꢋꢈꢅꢁ[ꢁꢈꢊꢅ
ꢋꢈꢅꢁ[ꢁꢈꢊꢅ
ꢔꢋꢊꢁ[ꢁꢍꢔꢋ
ꢋꢈꢅꢁ[ꢁꢈꢊꢅ
ꢔꢋꢊꢁ[ꢁꢍꢔꢋ
ꢊꢅꢅꢁ[ꢁꢋꢅꢅ
ꢊꢅꢅꢁ[ꢁꢋꢅꢅ
ꢊꢅꢅꢁ[ꢁꢋꢅꢅ
ꢊꢅꢅꢁ[ꢁꢋꢅꢅ
ꢊꢅꢅꢁ[ꢁꢋꢅꢅ
ꢊꢅꢅꢁ[ꢁꢋꢅꢅ
ꢊꢅꢅꢁ[ꢁꢋꢅꢅ
ꢊꢅꢅꢁ[ꢁꢋꢅꢅ
ꢊꢅꢅꢁ[ꢁꢋꢅꢅ
ꢊꢅꢅꢁ[ꢁꢋꢅꢅ
ꢊꢅꢅꢁ[ꢁꢋꢅꢅ
ꢊꢆꢇꢁ[ꢁꢋꢇꢈ
ꢉꢇꢊꢅꢁ[ꢁꢉꢅꢇꢈ
ꢉꢇꢊꢅꢁ[ꢁꢉꢅꢇꢈ
ꢉꢇꢊꢅꢁ[ꢁꢉꢅꢇꢈ
ꢉꢇꢊꢅꢁ[ꢁꢉꢅꢇꢈ
ꢉꢇꢊꢅꢁ[ꢁꢉꢅꢇꢈ
ꢉꢇꢊꢅꢁ[ꢁꢌꢋꢅ
ꢉꢉꢍꢇꢁ[ꢁꢌꢅꢅ
ꢉꢉꢍꢇꢁ[ꢁꢌꢅꢅ
ꢉꢇꢊꢅꢁ[ꢁꢉꢅꢇꢈ
ꢉꢇꢊꢅꢁ[ꢁꢉꢅꢇꢈ
ꢉꢇꢊꢅꢁ[ꢁꢉꢅꢇꢈ
ꢉꢇꢊꢅꢁ[ꢁꢉꢅꢇꢈ
ꢉꢉꢍꢇꢁ[ꢁꢌꢅꢅ
ꢉꢇꢊꢅꢁ[ꢁꢉꢅꢇꢈ
ꢉꢇꢊꢅꢁ[ꢁꢉꢅꢇꢈ
ꢉꢇꢊꢅꢁ[ꢁꢉꢅꢇꢈ
ꢉꢈꢅꢅꢁ[ꢁꢉꢅꢍꢅ
ꢉꢈꢅꢅꢁ[ꢁꢉꢅꢍꢅ
ꢉꢈꢅꢅꢁ[ꢁꢉꢅꢍꢅ
ꢉꢉꢍꢇꢁ[ꢁꢊꢔꢅ
ꢉꢇꢊꢅꢁ[ꢁꢌꢋꢅ
ꢉꢇꢊꢅꢁ[ꢁꢉꢅꢇꢈ
ꢉꢆꢋꢋꢁ[ꢁꢔꢋꢊ
ꢉꢆꢋꢅꢁ[ꢁꢔꢋꢊ
ꢉꢆꢔꢋꢁ[ꢁꢔꢋꢊ
ꢉꢆꢋꢅꢁ[ꢁꢔꢋꢊ
ꢉꢇꢊꢅꢁ[ꢁꢔꢋꢊ
ꢉꢇꢊꢅꢁ[ꢁꢔꢋꢊ
ꢉꢇꢊꢅꢁ[ꢁꢔꢋꢊ
ꢉꢇꢊꢅꢁ[ꢁꢊꢅꢅ
ꢉꢇꢊꢅꢁ[ꢁꢊꢅꢅ
ꢉꢇꢊꢅꢁ[ꢁꢊꢅꢅ
ꢉꢇꢊꢅꢁ[ꢁꢊꢅꢅ
ꢉꢌꢇꢅꢁ[ꢁꢉꢇꢅꢅ
ꢉꢌꢇꢅꢁ[ꢁꢉꢇꢅꢅ
ꢉꢋꢊꢅꢁ[ꢁꢉꢅꢍꢅ
ꢉꢈꢈꢅꢁ[ꢁꢌꢅꢅ
ꢉꢈꢈꢅꢁ[ꢁꢌꢅꢅ
ꢉꢋꢅꢅꢁ[ꢁꢉꢇꢅꢅ
ꢉꢋꢅꢅꢁ[ꢁꢉꢇꢅꢅ
ꢉꢋꢅꢅꢁ[ꢁꢉꢇꢅꢅ
ꢉꢋꢅꢅꢁ[ꢁꢉꢇꢅꢅ
ꢉꢇꢊꢅꢁ[ꢁꢔꢇꢅ
ꢉꢇꢊꢅꢁ[ꢁꢔꢇꢅ
ꢉꢌꢇꢅꢁ[ꢁꢉꢅꢆꢍ
ꢉꢌꢇꢅꢁ[ꢁꢉꢅꢊꢅ
ꢉꢌꢇꢅꢁ[ꢁꢉꢅꢊꢅ
VGA 2
9*$ꢁꢆ
9*$ꢁꢈ
VGA 5
9*$ꢁꢋ
ꢆꢉꢀꢈꢔ
ꢆꢉꢀꢈꢔ
ꢆꢔꢀꢊꢋ
ꢆꢔꢀꢊꢋ
ꢆꢔꢀꢍꢅ
ꢈꢆꢀꢇꢋꢌ
ꢆꢈꢀꢌꢔ
ꢆꢍꢀꢅꢅ
ꢆꢉꢀꢈꢔ
ꢆꢉꢀꢇꢍ
ꢉꢍꢀꢔꢆꢈ
ꢉꢍꢀꢋꢇꢍ
ꢆꢍꢀꢉꢍꢋ
ꢆꢔꢀꢊꢊ
ꢈꢋꢀꢊꢔꢍ
ꢍꢆꢀꢋꢔꢈ
ꢈꢊꢀꢅꢊ
ꢆꢔꢀꢌꢅ
ꢆꢈꢀꢍꢅ
ꢆꢊꢀꢅꢅ
ꢆꢊꢀꢋꢅ
ꢆꢇꢀꢔꢅ
ꢆꢊꢀꢅꢅ
ꢈꢌꢀꢔꢇ
ꢔꢅꢀꢅꢌ
ꢔꢅꢀꢅꢌ
ꢔꢈꢀꢆꢊ
ꢔꢇꢀꢊꢉ
ꢔꢍꢀꢅꢅ
ꢊꢍꢀꢅꢅ
ꢋꢋꢀꢋꢅ
ꢋꢋꢀꢋꢔ
ꢍꢌꢀꢊꢊ
ꢍꢅꢀꢅꢅ
6;*$ꢁꢋ
SXGA 7
6;*$ꢁꢊ
6;*$ꢁꢌ
6;*$ꢁꢉꢅ
SXGA 11
SXGA 12
6;*$ꢁꢉꢆ
6;*$ꢁꢉꢈ
SXGA 15
6;*$ꢁꢉꢋ
SXGA 17
6;*$ꢁꢉꢊ
6;*$ꢁꢉꢌ
6;*$ꢁꢇꢅ
6;*$ꢓꢁꢉ
6;*$ꢓꢁꢇ
6;*$ꢓꢁꢆ
MAC21
ꢔꢉꢀꢋꢌ
ꢊꢉꢀꢉꢆ
ꢋꢆꢀꢌꢊ
ꢔꢌꢀꢌꢔꢋ
ꢋꢅꢀꢅꢅ
ꢋꢉꢀꢇꢅ
ꢔꢉꢀꢈꢅ
ꢍꢅꢀꢅꢅ
ꢍꢅꢀꢅꢅ
ꢋꢆꢀꢆꢔ
ꢔꢋꢀꢌꢔ
ꢋꢉꢀꢊꢍ
ꢈꢋꢀꢈꢆ
ꢋꢆꢀꢔꢌ
ꢌꢉꢀꢉꢈꢋ
ꢋꢆꢀꢌꢔ
ꢋꢍꢀꢆꢍ
ꢋꢍꢀꢉꢇ
ꢋꢊꢀꢋꢊ
ꢔꢍꢀꢅꢅ
ꢊꢅꢀꢅꢅ
ꢈꢊꢀꢆꢋ
ꢈꢔꢀꢔꢅ
ꢈꢊꢀꢆꢋ
ꢍꢋꢀꢉꢋ
ꢈꢔꢀꢔꢔꢋ
ꢋꢅꢀꢇꢊꢌ
ꢋꢊꢀꢋꢆꢆ
ꢈꢌꢀꢋꢅꢅ
ꢈꢉꢀꢇꢅꢅ
ꢈꢌꢀꢔꢅꢇ
ꢋꢆꢀꢌꢊ
ꢔꢈꢀꢍꢍꢋ
ꢔꢈꢀꢅꢆꢊ
ꢋꢍꢀꢇꢌꢅ
ꢍꢍꢀꢌꢆꢍ
ꢔꢈꢀꢌꢉꢊ
ꢔꢍꢀꢅꢅ
ꢊꢉꢀꢇꢍ
ꢊꢔꢀꢍ
ꢋꢔꢀꢉꢌ
ꢔꢋꢀꢉꢅꢔ
ꢋꢅꢀꢅꢇ
ꢔꢍꢀꢅꢇꢍ
ꢋꢅꢀꢅꢅ
ꢋꢍꢀꢇꢅ
ꢔꢍꢀꢋꢅ
VGA 7
0$&ꢁ/&ꢉꢆ
0$&ꢁꢉꢆ
ꢈꢊꢅS
ꢍꢔꢋS
ꢈꢊꢅL
ꢊꢋꢀꢅꢅ
(Interlace)
ꢌꢈꢀꢅꢅ
(Interlace)
ꢋꢅꢀꢅꢉ
ꢔꢇꢀꢅꢅ
ꢋꢋꢀꢅꢅ
ꢋꢅꢀꢅꢅ
(Interlace)
ꢍꢅꢀꢅꢅ
ꢍꢔꢋL
(Interlace)
ꢊꢋꢀꢔꢅ
SVGA 1
SVGA 2
69*$ꢁꢆ
69*$ꢁꢈ
SVGA 5
69*$ꢁꢋ
SVGA 7
69*$ꢁꢊ
69*$ꢁꢌ
69*$ꢁꢉꢅ
SVGA 11
0$&ꢁꢉꢋ
0$&ꢁꢉꢌ
XGA 1
XGA 2
;*$ꢁꢆ
;*$ꢁꢈ
ꢍꢋꢀꢇꢍ
ꢋꢅꢀꢆꢇ
ꢔꢍꢀꢅꢅ
ꢊꢍꢀꢅꢋ
ꢔꢇꢀꢉꢌ
ꢋꢉꢀꢅꢆ
ꢍꢍꢀꢆꢊ
ꢋꢅꢀꢍꢉ
ꢋꢅꢀꢆꢉ
ꢍꢉꢀꢅꢌ
ꢋꢅꢀꢍꢉ
ꢔꢈꢀꢍꢍ
(Interlace)
ꢋꢅꢀꢉꢊ
ꢊꢍꢀꢅꢇꢈ
ꢋꢅꢀꢉꢌ
ꢋꢅꢀꢉꢇ
ꢍꢌꢀꢌꢅ
ꢔꢍꢀꢅꢋ
ꢔꢍꢀꢅꢊ
ꢔꢍꢀꢅꢊ
ꢋꢅꢀꢅꢅ
ꢋꢅꢀꢅꢅ
ꢋꢅꢀꢅꢅ
ꢔꢇꢀꢅꢅ
ꢍꢌꢀꢊꢔ
ꢔꢈꢀꢊꢌꢆ
ꢊꢈꢀꢊꢆꢔ
ꢋꢅꢀꢅꢍꢅ
ꢍꢅꢀꢅꢅꢅ
ꢍꢌꢀꢊꢉꢅ
ꢋꢅꢀꢅꢇ
ꢍꢌꢀꢊꢊꢍ
ꢍꢌꢀꢌꢍꢅ
ꢍꢌꢀꢌꢍꢈ
ꢍꢌꢀꢊꢊꢔ
ꢋꢅꢀꢅꢅꢅ
ꢋꢅꢀꢅꢅ
ꢋꢍꢀꢅꢅ
ꢔꢅꢀꢅꢅ
ꢔꢍꢀꢅꢅ
ꢋꢅꢀꢅꢅ
ꢍꢅꢀꢅꢅ
MAC
MAC
WXGA 1
WXGA 2
:;*$ꢁꢆ
:;*$ꢁꢈ
:;*$ꢁꢋ
WXGA 7
:;*$ꢁꢊ
:;*$ꢁꢌ
:;*$ꢁꢉꢅ
WXGA 11
WXGA 12
WUXGA 1
WUXGA 2
:6;*$ꢓꢁꢉ
:;*$ꢓꢁꢉ
:;*$ꢓꢁꢇ
UXGA 1
UXGA 2
8;*$ꢁꢆ
8;*$ꢁꢈ
ꢔꢇꢅS
ꢉꢅꢇꢈꢁ[ꢁꢔꢋꢊ
ꢉꢅꢇꢈꢁ[ꢁꢔꢋꢊ
ꢋꢅꢀꢇꢈ
ꢈꢊꢀꢆꢋ
ꢔꢍꢀꢅꢊ
ꢋꢅꢀꢅꢅ
ꢉꢅꢇꢈꢁ[ꢁꢔꢋꢊ
ꢉꢅꢇꢈꢁ[ꢁꢔꢋꢊ
ꢉꢅꢇꢈꢁ[ꢁꢔꢋꢊ
ꢉꢅꢇꢈꢁ[ꢁꢔꢋꢊ
ꢉꢅꢇꢈꢁ[ꢁꢔꢋꢊ
ꢉꢅꢇꢈꢁ[ꢁꢔꢋꢊ
ꢉꢅꢇꢈꢁ[ꢁꢔꢋꢊ
ꢉꢅꢇꢈꢁ[ꢁꢔꢋꢊ
ꢉꢅꢇꢈꢁ[ꢁꢔꢋꢊ
ꢉꢅꢇꢈꢁ[ꢁꢔꢋꢊ
ꢉꢅꢇꢈꢁ[ꢁꢔꢋꢊ
ꢉꢅꢇꢈꢁ[ꢁꢔꢋꢊ
ꢉꢅꢇꢈꢁ[ꢁꢔꢋꢊ
ꢉꢅꢇꢈꢁ[ꢁꢔꢋꢊ
ꢉꢉꢍꢇꢁ[ꢁꢊꢋꢈ
ꢉꢇꢊꢅꢁ[ꢁꢉꢅꢇꢈ
ꢉꢇꢊꢅꢁ[ꢁꢉꢅꢇꢈ
ꢉꢇꢊꢅꢁ[ꢁꢉꢅꢇꢈ
ꢋꢊꢀꢋꢔꢔ
ꢋꢅꢀꢅꢇꢆ
ꢍꢋꢀꢈꢔꢋ
ꢋꢅꢀꢆꢉ
ꢈꢊꢀꢍꢅ
ꢈꢈꢀꢅꢅ
ꢋꢆꢀꢈꢊ
ꢆꢋꢀꢅꢅ
ꢋꢇꢀꢅꢈ
ꢋꢉꢀꢅꢅ
ꢆꢍꢀꢍꢇꢇ
ꢈꢋꢀꢌꢅ
ꢈꢔꢀꢅꢅ
ꢍꢊꢀꢅꢆ
ꢋꢈꢀꢇꢅ
ꢋꢇꢀꢍꢅ
ꢋꢆꢀꢌꢅ
ꢋꢆꢀꢆꢈ
ꢊꢈꢀꢌꢌꢔ
ꢔꢍꢀꢅꢆ
ꢔꢅꢀꢅꢔ
ꢔꢈꢀꢌꢇ
ꢋꢅꢀꢅꢇ
ꢍꢈꢀꢍꢊ
ꢔꢌꢀꢆꢍ
XGA 5
;*$ꢁꢋ
XGA 7
;*$ꢁꢊ
ꢊꢔꢀꢉꢔ
;*$ꢁꢌ
(Interlace)
;*$ꢁꢉꢅ
XGA 11
XGA 12
;*$ꢁꢉꢆ
;*$ꢁꢉꢈ
XGA 15
SXGA 1
SXGA 2
6;*$ꢁꢆ
6;*$ꢁꢈ
ꢔꢔꢀꢅꢔ
ꢔꢍꢀꢔꢅ
ꢊꢋꢀꢌꢋ
(Interlace)
ꢍꢊꢀꢇꢅ
ꢍꢊꢀꢆꢅ
ꢔꢇꢀꢅꢅ
ꢔꢅꢀꢈꢅ
ꢍꢊꢀꢋꢅ
ꢋꢅꢀꢅꢅ
ꢍꢌꢀꢌꢊ
ꢌꢆꢀꢔꢍ
ꢈꢍꢀꢅꢅ
ꢆꢔꢀꢍꢅ
ꢆꢆꢀꢔꢍ
ꢆꢆꢀꢔꢍ
ꢇꢊꢀꢉꢇꢍ
ꢔꢇꢅS
ꢉꢅꢆꢍL
ꢉꢅꢊꢅL
ꢉꢅꢊꢅL
ꢋꢅꢀꢅꢅ
(Interlace)
ꢋꢅꢀꢅꢅ
(Interlace)
ꢍꢅꢀꢅꢅ
(Interlace)
3Note:
The specifications are subject to change without notice.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢔꢅ
Appendix
Technical Specifications
Mechanical Information
ꢁ 'LPHQVLRQVꢁꢎ:ꢁ[ꢁ+ꢁ[ꢁ'ꢏꢁ
ꢁ 1HWꢁ:HLJKWꢁ
ꢉꢆꢀꢈꢉꢘꢁ[ꢁꢁꢈꢀꢉꢔꢘꢁ[ꢁꢁꢌꢀꢊꢋꢘꢁꢎꢆꢈꢅꢀꢍPPꢁ[ꢁꢉꢅꢍꢀꢌPPꢁ[ꢁꢇꢍꢅꢀꢍPPꢏꢁꢁ(Not including protrusions)
ꢍꢀꢔꢁOEVꢁꢎꢇꢀꢋꢁNJꢏ
ꢁ )RRWꢁ$GMXVWPHQWꢁ
ꢅÛꢁWRꢁꢉꢅÛꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
Panel Resolution
ꢁ /&'ꢁ3DQHOꢁ6\VWHPꢁ
ꢁ 3DQHOꢁ5HVROXWLRQꢁ
ꢁ 1XPEHUꢁRIꢁ3L[HOVꢁ
ꢅꢀꢍꢍꢘꢁ7)7ꢁ$FWLYHꢁ0DWUL[ꢁW\SHꢂꢁꢆꢁSDQHOVꢁ
ꢉꢂꢅꢇꢈꢁ[ꢁꢔꢋꢊꢁGRWV
ꢇꢂꢆꢍꢌꢂꢇꢌꢋꢁꢎꢉꢂꢅꢇꢈꢁ[ꢁꢔꢋꢊꢁ[ꢁꢆꢁSDQHOVꢏꢁꢁꢁꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
Signal Compatibility
Color System
ꢁ 6'ꢃ+'ꢁ79ꢁ6LJQDOꢁ
ꢁ 6FDQQLQJꢁ)UHTXHQF\ꢁ
3$/ꢂꢁ6(&$0ꢂꢁ176&ꢂꢁ176&ꢈꢀꢈꢆꢂꢁ3$/ꢄ0ꢂꢁDQGꢁ3$/ꢄ1
ꢈꢊꢅLꢂꢁꢈꢊꢅSꢂꢁꢍꢔꢋLꢂꢁꢍꢔꢋSꢂꢁꢔꢇꢅSꢂꢁꢉꢅꢆꢍLꢂꢁDQGꢁꢉꢅꢊꢅL
+ꢄV\QFꢀꢁꢉꢍꢁN+]±ꢉꢅꢅꢁN+]ꢂꢁ9ꢄV\QFꢀꢁꢍꢅ±ꢉꢅꢅꢁ+]
Optical Information
ꢁ 3URMHFWLRQꢁ,PDJHꢁ6L]Hꢁꢎ'LDJRQDOꢏꢁ
ꢁ 7KURZꢁ'LVWDQFHꢁ
$GMXVWDEOHꢁIURPꢁꢈꢅ´ꢁWRꢁꢆꢅꢅ´
ꢈꢀꢆꢗꢁꢄꢁꢆꢊꢀꢔꢗꢁꢎꢉꢀꢆꢅPꢁꢄꢁꢉꢉꢀꢊꢅPꢏꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ 3URMHFWLRQꢁ/HQVꢁ
ꢁ 3URMHFWLRQꢁ/DPSꢁ
)ꢁꢇꢀꢅꢁaꢁꢇꢀꢉꢍꢁOHQVꢁZLWKꢁIꢁꢉꢊꢀꢆꢊꢁPPꢁaꢁꢇꢇꢀꢅꢋꢁPPꢁZLWKꢁPDQXDOꢁ]RRPꢁDQGꢁIRFXV
ꢇꢉꢍꢁ:ꢁ
Interface
ꢁ 9LGHRꢁ,QSXWꢁ-DFNꢁ
5&$ꢁ7\SHꢁ[ꢁꢉꢁ
ꢁ $XGLRꢁ,QSXWꢁ-DFNꢁ
5&$ꢁ7\SHꢁ[ꢁꢇ
ꢁ &RPSXWHUꢁ,Qꢁꢉꢃ6ꢄYLGHRꢁ,Qꢃ&RPSRQHQWꢁ,Qꢁ
/Computer In 2/Monitor Out Audio Input Jack
ꢁ &RPSXWHUꢁ,Qꢁꢉꢃ6ꢄYLGHRꢁ,Qꢁ
/Component Input Jack
0LQLꢁ-DFNꢁꢎVWHUHRꢏꢁ[ꢁꢉ
0LQLꢁ'ꢄVXEꢁꢉꢍꢁSLQꢁ[ꢁꢉ
ꢁ &RPSXWHUꢁ,Qꢁꢇꢁꢃꢁ0RQLWRUꢁ2XWꢁ7HUPLQDOꢁ
ꢁ &RQWUROꢁSRUWꢁꢁꢁ
0LQLꢁ'ꢄVXEꢁꢉꢍꢁSLQꢁ[ꢁꢉ
'ꢄVXEꢁꢌꢁSLQꢁ[ꢁꢉ
ꢁ $XGLRꢁ2XWSXWꢁ-DFNꢁ
ꢁ /$1ꢁ&RQQHFWLRQꢁ7HUPLQDOꢁ
0LQLꢁ-DFNꢁꢎVWHUHRꢏꢁ[ꢁꢉꢁꢎYDULDEOHꢏꢁ
5-ꢄꢈꢍ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
Audio
ꢁ ,QWHUQDOꢁ$XGLRꢁ$PSꢁ
ꢁ %XLOWꢄLQꢁ6SHDNHUꢁ
ꢉꢀꢅꢁ:ꢁ506
ꢉꢁVSHDNHUꢂꢁ¡ꢉꢀꢉꢘꢁꢎꢇꢊPPꢏꢁ
Power
ꢁ 9ROWDJHꢁDQGꢁ3RZHUꢁ&RQVXPSWLRQꢁ
ꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁ
$&ꢁꢉꢅꢅ±ꢉꢇꢅꢁ9ꢁꢎꢆꢀꢍ$ꢁ0D[ꢀꢁ$PSHUHꢏꢂꢁꢍꢅꢃꢋꢅꢁ+]ꢁꢎ7KHꢁ8ꢀ6ꢀ$ꢁDQGꢁ&DQDGDꢏ
$&ꢁꢉꢅꢅ±ꢇꢈꢅꢁ9ꢁꢎꢆꢀꢍ$ꢁꢄꢉꢀꢌ$ꢁ0D[ꢀꢁ$PSHUHꢏꢂꢁꢍꢅꢃꢋꢅꢁ+]ꢁꢎ)RUꢁRWKHUꢁFRXQWULHVꢏ
Operating Environment
ꢁ 2SHUDWLQJꢁ7HPSHUDWXUHꢁ
ꢁ 6WRUDJHꢁ7HPSHUDWXUHꢁ
ꢈꢉÛ)±ꢌꢍÛ)ꢁꢎꢍꢁÛ&±ꢆꢍꢁÛ&ꢏ
ꢉꢈÛ)±ꢉꢈꢅÛ)ꢁꢎꢄꢉꢅÛ&±ꢋꢅꢁÛ&ꢏ
Remote Control
%DWWHU\ꢁ
2SHUDWLQJꢁ5DQJHꢁ
'LPHQVLRQVꢁ
$$$ꢁRUꢁ/5ꢅꢆꢁꢉꢀꢍ9ꢁ$/.$/,1(ꢁꢁ7<3(ꢁ[ꢁꢇ
ꢉꢋꢀꢈꢗꢁꢎꢍꢁPꢏꢃ“ꢆꢅÛ
ꢇꢀꢅꢘꢁꢎ:ꢏꢁ[ꢁꢅꢀꢔꢘꢁꢎ+ꢏꢁ[ꢁꢈꢀꢆꢘꢁꢎ'ꢏꢁꢎꢍꢇꢁPPꢁ[ꢁꢉꢊꢁPPꢁ[ꢁꢉꢉꢅꢁPPꢏ
ꢇꢀꢆꢔꢁR]ꢁꢎꢋꢔꢁJꢏꢁꢎLQFOXGLQJꢁEDWWHULHVꢏ
1HWꢁ:HLJKWꢁ
Ɣ The specifications are subject to change without notice.
Ɣꢁ /&'ꢁSDQHOVꢁDUHꢁPDQXIDFWXUHGꢁWRꢁWKHꢁKLJKHVWꢁSRVVLEOHꢁVWDQGDUGVꢀꢁ(YHQꢁWKRXJKꢁꢌꢌꢀꢌꢌꢐꢁRIꢁWKHꢁSL[HOVꢁDUHꢁ
ꢁ HIIHFWLYHꢂꢁDꢁWLQ\ꢁIUDFWLRQꢁRIꢁWKHꢁSL[HOVꢁꢎꢅꢀꢅꢉꢐꢁRUꢁOHVVꢏꢁPD\ꢁEHꢁLQHIIHFWLYHꢁE\ꢁWKHꢁFKDUDFWHULVWLFVꢁRIꢁWKHꢁ/&'ꢁ
panels.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
71
Appendix
PJ Link Notice
7KLVꢁSURMHFWRUꢁLVꢁFRPSOLDQWꢁZLWKꢁ3-/LQNꢁ6WDQGDUGꢁ&ODVVꢁꢉꢁRIꢁ-%0,$ꢁꢎ-DSDQꢁ%XVLQHVVꢁ0DFKLQHꢁDQGꢁ,QIRUPDWLRQꢁ
6\VWHPꢁ,QGXVWULHVꢁ$VVRFLDWLRQꢏꢀꢁ7KLVꢁSURMHFWRUꢁVXSSRUWVꢁDOOꢁFRPPDQGVꢁGHILQHGꢁE\ꢁ3-/LQNꢁ&ODVVꢁꢉꢁDQGꢁLVꢁYHULILHGꢁ
FRQIRUPDQFHꢁZLWKꢁ3-/LQNꢁ6WDQGDUGꢁ&ODVVꢁꢉꢀ
)RUꢁ3-ꢁ/LQNꢁSDVVZRUGꢂꢁVHHꢁWKHꢁ8VHUꢁ*XLGHꢁRIꢁ³1HWZRUNꢁ6HWꢄXSꢁDQGꢁ2SHUDWLRQꢀ´
Projector Input
Computer 1
3-/LQNꢁ,QSXW
RGB 2
Parameter
RGB
12
ꢉꢆ
15
Component
RGB (Scart)
5*%ꢁꢆ
RGB 5
6ꢄYLGHR
RGB
5*%ꢁꢈ
ꢉꢈ
11
22
Computer 2
Video
RGB 1
Video
VIDEO 2
3-/LQNꢁLVꢁDꢁUHJLVWHUHGꢁWUDGHPDUNꢁRIꢁ-%0,$ꢁDQGꢁSHQGLQJꢁWUDGHPDUNꢁLQꢁVRPHꢁFRXQWULHVꢀ
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
72
Appendix
Configurations of Terminals
COMPUTER IN 1 / S-VIDEO IN/ COMPONENT IN
Terminal: Analog RGB (Mini D-sub 15 pin)
5HGꢃ&Uꢃ6ꢄ&ꢁ,QSXWꢁ ꢁ
*UHHQꢃ<ꢃ6ꢄ<ꢁ,QSXW
%OXHꢃ&Eꢃꢄꢄꢄꢁ,QSXW
ꢄꢄꢄꢄꢄ
*URXQGꢁꢎ+RUL]ꢀV\QFꢀꢏ
Ground (Red)
1
9
10
11
ꢓꢍ9ꢁ3RZHU
Ground (Vert.sync.)
Ground
2
1
5
4
3
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
9
8
7
6
15
12
11
14
13
12 DDC Data
13
14
+RUL]ꢀꢁV\QFꢀꢁ,QSXWꢃ2XWSXWꢁꢎ&RPSRVLWHꢁ+ꢃ9ꢁV\QFꢀꢏ
Vert. sync.
Ground (Green)
Ground (Blue)
15 DDC Clock
COMPUTER IN 2/MONITOR OUT (ANALOG)
Terminal: Analog RGB (Mini D-sub 15 pin)
Red Input/Output
Green Input/Output
Blue Input/Output
ꢄꢄꢄꢄꢄ
*URXQGꢁꢎ+RUL]ꢀV\QFꢀꢏ
Ground (Red)
1
9
ꢄꢄꢄꢄꢄ
2
1
5
4
3
Ground (Vert.sync.)
ꢄꢄꢄꢄꢄ
ꢄꢄꢄꢄꢄ
+RUL]ꢀꢁV\QFꢀꢁ,QSXWꢃ2XWSXWꢁ
Vert. sync.
ꢄꢄꢄꢄꢄ
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
11
12
13
14
15
10
9
8
7
6
15
12
11
14
13
Ground (Green)
Ground (Blue)
CONTROL PORT CONNECTOR (D-sub 9 pin)
Serial
ꢄꢄꢄꢄꢄ
R X D
T X D
ꢄꢄꢄꢄꢄ
SG
ꢄꢄꢄꢄꢄ
RTS
CTS
ꢄꢄꢄꢄꢄ
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
LAN TERMINAL
1
2
3
4
7;ꢁꢓ
5
6
7
8
ꢄꢄꢄꢄꢄ
5;ꢁ±
ꢄꢄꢄꢄꢄ
7;ꢁ±
5;ꢁꢓ
ꢄꢄꢄꢄꢄ
ꢄꢄꢄꢄꢄ
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢔꢆ
Appendix
Dimensions
Unit: mm(inch)
Screw Holes for Ceiling Mount
6FUHZꢑꢁ0ꢈ
'HSWKꢑꢁꢉꢅꢀꢅꢎꢅꢀꢆꢌꢏ
86.5(3.41)
250.5(9.86)
20.0
(0.79)
141.5(5.57)
80.5(3.17)
4.3(0.17)
19.0(0.75)
80.5(3.17)
90.0(3.54)
86.5(3.41)
109.0(4.30)
118.0(4.65)
133.8(5.27)
48.7(1.92)
54.2(2.13)
89.3(3.51)
37.3(1.47)
241.4(9.50)
57.6(2.27)
178.7(7.04)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢔꢈ
Appendix
Serial Control Interface
7KLVꢁSURMHFWRUꢁSURYLGHVꢁDꢁIXQFWLRQꢁWRꢁFRQWUROꢁDQGꢁPRQLWRUꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRU¶VꢁRSHUDWLRQVꢁE\ꢁXVLQJꢁWKHꢁ56ꢄꢇꢆꢇ&ꢁVHULDOꢁ
port.
Operation
&RQQHFWꢁDꢁ56ꢄꢇꢆꢇ&ꢁVHULDOꢁFURVVꢁFDEOHꢁWRꢁ&21752/
1
%DXGꢁUDWHꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢑꢁꢌꢋꢅꢅꢁꢃꢁꢉꢌꢇꢅꢅꢁESV
PORT on the projector and serial port on the PC.
Parity check
Stop bit
: none
: 1
ꢎ6HHꢁSꢀꢌꢏ
/DXQFKꢁDꢁFRPPXQLFDWLRQꢁVRIWZDUHꢁSURYLGHGꢁZLWKꢁ3&
and setup the communication condition as follows:
2
3
Flow control
Data bit
: none
ꢑꢁꢊ
Type the command for controlling the projector and
then enter the “Enter” key.
3Note:
‡ꢁ7KHꢁGHIDXOWꢁRIꢁWKHꢁEDXGꢁUDWHꢁLVꢁVHWꢁWRꢁꢉꢌꢇꢅꢅꢁ
bps. If an error occurs in the communication,
change the serial port and the
communication speed (baud rate).
‡ꢁ(QWHUꢁZLWKꢁ$6&,,ꢁꢋꢈꢄE\WHꢁFDSLWDOꢁFKDUDFWHUVꢁ
and onebyte characters.
Example
When you want to change the input to COMPUTER 2,
7\SHꢁµ&¶ꢁµꢅ¶ꢁµꢋ¶ꢁµ(QWHU¶ꢀ
Functional Execution Command
Format
The command is sent from PC to the projector with the
format below;
‘C’ [Command] ‘CR’
Command
C1C
C1D
C1E
Function
Command: two characters (refer to the command
table below.
MENU ON
MENU OFF
ꢄꢁ7KHꢁSURMHFWRUꢁGHFRGHVꢁWKHꢁFRPPDQGꢁDQGꢁUHWXUQVꢁWKHꢁ
‘ACK’ with the format below;
‘ACK’ ‘CR’
',63/$<ꢁ&/($5
%5,*+71(66ꢁꢓ
%5,*+71(66ꢁꢄ
IMAGE (Toggle)
Direct on Enable
Direct on Disable
Power Management Ready
Power Management OFF
Power Management Shut
down
&ꢇꢅ
C21
ꢄꢁ:KHQꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢁFDQQRWꢁGHFRGHꢁWKHꢁFRPPDQGꢂꢁLWꢁ
returns with format below.
C27
‘?’ ‘CR’
&ꢇꢊ
&ꢇꢌ
Command
Function
C2A
&ꢅꢅ
Turn the projector ON
Turn the projector OFF
(immediately OFF)
Turn the projector OFF
Computer 1
C2B
&ꢅꢉ
C2E
&ꢅꢇ
&ꢅꢍ
&ꢅꢋ
&ꢅꢔ
&ꢅꢌ
&ꢅ$
&ꢅ%
&ꢅ&
&ꢅ'
&ꢅ(
&ꢅ)
&ꢉꢅ
C11
C12
&ꢉꢆ
&ꢉꢈ
C15
&ꢉꢋ
C17
&ꢉꢊ
&ꢉꢌ
&ꢆꢅ
&ꢆꢉ
&ꢆꢈ
&ꢆꢌ
&ꢆ$
&ꢆ%
&ꢆ&
&ꢆ'
&ꢆ)
&ꢈꢆ
&ꢈꢈ
&ꢍꢅ
C51
&ꢍꢈ
&ꢊꢌ
&ꢊ$
&ꢊ%
&ꢊ(
&ꢊ)
'ꢀ=220ꢁꢓ
'ꢀ=220ꢁꢄ
Computer 2
&RPSXWHUꢁꢉꢁ6ꢄ9LGHR
Image Colorboard
POINTER RIGHT
32,17(5ꢁ/()7
POINTER UP
POINTER DOWN
ENTER
FREEZE ON
FREEZE OFF
Computer 1 Analog RGB
Computer 1 Scart
Computer 1 Component
Auto PC ADJ.
Video
92/80(ꢁꢓ
92/80(ꢁꢄ
AUDIO MUTE ON
AUDIO MUTE OFF
VIDEO MUTE ON
VIDEO MUTE OFF
6FUHHQꢁ1RUPDOꢁVL]Hꢎꢈꢁꢑꢁꢆꢏ
6FUHHQꢁ:LGHꢁVL]Hꢎꢉꢋꢁꢑꢁꢌꢏ
Image Standard
Image Real
Image Cinema
Image 1
PRESENTATION TIMER
35(6(17$7,21ꢁ7,0(5ꢁꢎ([LWꢏ
.(<6721(ꢁĹ
Image 2
,PDJHꢁꢆ
,PDJHꢁꢈ
.(<6721(ꢁĻ
Blackboard
Dynamic
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
75
Appendix
Status Read Command
Format
The command is sent from PC to the projector with
the format below;
‘CR’ [Command] ‘CR’
Command: one character (refer to the command
table below.
The projector decodes the command and returns the
‘Character string’ with the format below;
Command
Function
Projector Return
Projector status
Power On
6WDQGꢄE\ꢁPRGH
Countdown
Cooling down
Power Malfunction
ꢅꢅ
ꢊꢅ
ꢈꢅ
ꢇꢅ
ꢉꢅ
ꢇꢊ
Cooling down at the temperature anomaly
6WDQGꢄE\ꢁPRGHꢁDIWHUꢁ&RROLQJꢁGRZQꢁDWꢁWKHꢁWHPSHUDWXUH
anomaly.
&5ꢅ
Status Read
ꢊꢊ
Cooling down at Power Management mode
Power Management mode after Cooling down
Cooling down after the projector is turned off when
the lamps are out.
ꢇꢈ
ꢅꢈ
21
6WDQGꢄE\ꢁPRGHꢁDIWHUꢁ&RROLQJꢁGRZQꢁZKHQꢁWKHꢁODPSVꢁ
are out.
ꢊꢉ
ꢐꢉꢁ ꢁ7HPSHUDWXUHꢁDWꢁ6HQVRUꢁꢉꢁꢎÛ&ꢏ
ꢐꢇꢁ ꢁ7HPSHUDWXUHꢁDWꢁ6HQVRUꢁꢇꢁꢎÛ&ꢏ
ꢐꢆꢁ ꢁ7HPSHUDWXUHꢁDWꢁ6HQVRUꢁꢆꢁꢎÛ&ꢏ
ꢎH[ꢀꢏꢁꢐꢉꢁ ꢁꢉꢇꢀꢆÛ&ꢂꢁꢐꢇꢁ ꢁꢇꢆꢀꢈÛ&ꢂꢁꢐꢆꢁ ꢁꢆꢈꢀꢍÛ&
ꢄꢄ!ꢁ7KHꢁSURMHFWRUꢁGLVSOD\Vꢁ³ꢉꢇꢀꢆꢁꢇꢆꢀꢈꢁꢆꢈꢀꢍ´
( For each sensor, two digit and the tenth place
numbers are displayed with a space between each
temperature.)
Temperature
Read
&5ꢋ
ꢐꢉꢁꢐꢇꢁꢐꢆ
Communication failure
?
7KHꢁWDEOHVꢁRQꢁSDJHVꢁꢔꢍꢁDQGꢁꢔꢋꢁVKRZꢁWKHꢁW\SLFDOꢁFRPPDQGꢁOLVWVꢁIRUꢁFRQWUROOLQJꢁWKHꢁSURMHFWRUꢀꢁ3OHDVHꢁFRQVXOWꢁ\RXU
local dealer for further information of other commands.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢔꢋ
Customer Support
For technical support or product service, see the table below or contact your reseller.
Note : You will need the product serial number.
T = Telephone
F = FAX
Country/Region
Website
Email
$86 ꢁꢉꢊꢅꢅꢁꢊꢊꢅꢁꢊꢉꢊ
1= ꢁꢅꢊꢅꢅꢁꢅꢅꢊꢁꢊꢇꢇ
7ꢁꢎ7ROOꢄ)UHHꢏ ꢁꢉꢄꢊꢋꢋꢄꢈꢋꢆꢄꢈꢔꢔꢍ
7ꢁꢎ7ROOꢏ ꢁꢉꢄꢈꢇꢈꢄꢇꢆꢆꢄꢇꢍꢆꢆ
) ꢁꢉꢄꢌꢅꢌꢄꢈꢋꢊꢄꢆꢔꢍꢔ
ZZZꢀYLHZVRQLFHXURSHꢀFRPꢃXNꢃVXSSRUWꢃFDOOꢄGHVNꢃ
7 ꢁꢊꢍꢇꢁꢆꢉꢅꢇꢁꢇꢌꢅꢅ
7 ꢁꢉꢊꢅꢅꢁꢉꢉꢁꢌꢌꢌꢌ
www.viewsoniceurope.com/uk/
VXSSRUWꢃFDOOꢄGHVNꢃ
Australia/New Zealand
www.viewsonic.com.au
Canada
www.viewsonic.com
Europe
Hong Kong
India
www.viewsoniceurope.com
www.hk.viewsonic.com
www.in.viewsonic.com
VHUYLFHBLH#YLHZVRQLFHXURSHꢀ
com
Ireland (Eire)
www.viewsoniceurope.com/uk/
www.kr.viewsonic.com
www.viewsonic.com/la/
www.viewsonic.com/la/
www.viewsonic.com/la/
www.viewsonic.com/la/
Korea
/DWLQꢁ$PHULFD
(Argentina)
/DWLQꢁ$PHULFDꢁꢎ&KLOHꢏ
/DWLQꢁ$PHULFD
(Columbia)
7 ꢁꢅꢊꢅꢁꢆꢆꢆꢁꢇꢉꢆꢉ
7 ꢁꢅꢊꢅꢅꢄꢈꢈꢈꢉꢉꢊꢍ
7 ꢁꢉꢇꢆꢅꢄꢅꢇꢅꢄꢔꢌꢔꢍ
7 ꢁꢅꢉꢊꢅꢅꢄꢌꢄꢉꢍꢔꢇꢆꢍ
7 ꢁꢅꢅꢉꢄꢊꢊꢊꢇꢆꢇꢊꢔꢇꢇ
/DWLQꢁ$PHULFDꢁꢎ0H[LFRꢏ
5HQWDꢁ\ꢁ'DWRVꢂꢁꢇꢌꢁ685ꢁꢔꢇꢉꢂꢁ&2/ꢀꢁ/$ꢁ3$=ꢂꢁꢔꢇꢉꢋꢅꢁ38(%/$ꢂꢁ38(ꢀꢁ7HOꢑꢁꢅꢉꢀꢇꢇꢇꢀꢊꢌꢉꢀꢍꢍꢀꢔꢔꢁ&21ꢁꢉꢅꢁ/,1($6
(OHFWURVHUꢂꢁ$Yꢁ5HIRUPDꢁ1Rꢀꢁꢈꢅꢆ*[ꢆꢌꢁ\ꢁꢈꢉꢂꢁꢌꢔꢅꢅꢅꢁ0pULGDꢂꢁ<XFDWiQꢀꢁ7HOꢑꢁꢅꢉꢀꢌꢌꢌꢀꢌꢇꢍꢀꢉꢌꢀꢉꢋ
2WKHUꢁSODFHVꢁSOHDVHꢁUHIHUꢁWRꢁKWWSꢑꢃꢃZZZꢀYLHZVRQLFꢀFRPꢃODꢃVRSRUWHꢃLQGH[ꢀKWPꢙ0H[LFR
/DWLQꢁ$PHULFDꢁꢎ3HUXꢏ
Macau
Middle East
www.viewsonic.com/la/
www.hk.viewsonic.com
ap.viewsonic.com/me/
7 ꢁꢅꢊꢅꢅꢄꢍꢈꢍꢋꢍ
7 ꢁꢊꢍꢆꢁꢇꢊꢔꢅꢁꢅꢆꢅꢆ
Contact your reseller
7 ꢁꢉꢄꢊꢅꢅꢄꢋꢊꢊꢄꢋꢋꢊꢊꢁꢎ(QJOLVKꢏ
7 ꢁꢉꢄꢊꢋꢋꢄꢆꢔꢌꢄꢉꢆꢅꢈꢁꢎ6SDQLVKꢏ
) ꢁꢉꢄꢌꢅꢌꢄꢈꢋꢊꢄꢆꢔꢍꢔ
7 ꢁꢋꢍꢁꢋꢈꢋꢉꢁꢋꢅꢈꢈ
Puerto Rico & Virgin Islands
www.viewsonic.com
Singapore/Malaysia/Thailand
South Africa
www.ap.viewsonic.com
DSꢀYLHZVRQLFꢀFRPꢃ]Dꢃ
Contact your reseller
www.viewsoniceurope.com/uk/
VXSSRUWꢃFDOOꢄGHVNꢃ
VHUYLFHBJE#YLHZVRQLFHXURSHꢀ
com
United Kingdom
www.viewsoniceurope.com/uk/
www.viewsonic.com
7ꢁꢎ7ROOꢄ)UHHꢏ ꢁꢉꢄꢊꢅꢅꢄꢋꢊꢊꢄꢋꢋꢊꢊ
7ꢁꢎ7ROOꢏ ꢁꢉꢄꢈꢇꢈꢄꢇꢆꢆꢄꢇꢍꢆꢅ
) ꢁꢉꢄꢌꢅꢌꢄꢈꢋꢊꢄꢆꢔꢍꢔ
United States
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
77
Limited Warranty
®
VIEWSONIC PROJECTOR
What the warranty covers:
ViewSonic warrants its products to be free from defects in material and workmanship, under normal
use, during the warranty period. If a product proves to be defective in material or workmanship
during the warranty period, ViewSonic will, at its sole option, repair or replace the product with a
like product. Replacement product or parts may include remanufactured or refurbished parts or
components.
Limited Three (3) year General Warranty
Subject to the more limited one (1) year warranty set out below, North and South America: Three
ꢎꢆꢏꢁ\HDUVꢁZDUUDQW\ꢁIRUꢁDOOꢁSDUWVꢁH[FOXGLQJꢁWKHꢁODPSꢂꢁWKUHHꢁꢎꢆꢏꢁ\HDUVꢁIRUꢁODERUꢂꢁDQGꢁRQHꢁꢎꢉꢏꢁ\HDUꢁIRUꢁWKHꢁ
RULJLQDOꢁODPSꢁIURPꢁWKHꢁGDWHꢁRIꢁWKHꢁ¿UVWꢁFRQVXPHUꢁSXUFKDVHꢖꢁ(XURSHꢁH[FHSWꢁ3RODQGꢑꢁ7KUHHꢁꢎꢆꢏꢁ\HDUVꢁ
ZDUUDQW\ꢁIRUꢁDOOꢁSDUWVꢁH[FOXGLQJꢁWKHꢁODPSꢂꢁWKUHHꢁꢎꢆꢏꢁ\HDUVꢁIRUꢁODERUꢂꢁDQGꢁQLQHW\ꢁꢎꢌꢅꢏꢁGD\VꢁIRUꢁWKHꢁ
RULJLQDOꢁODPSꢁIURPꢁWKHꢁGDWHꢁRIꢁWKHꢁ¿UVWꢁFRQVXPHUꢁSXUFKDVHꢖꢁ3RODQGꢑꢁ7ZRꢁꢎꢇꢏꢁ\HDUVꢁZDUUDQW\ꢁIRUꢁDOOꢁ
SDUWVꢁH[FOXGLQJꢁWKHꢁODPSꢂꢁWZRꢁꢎꢇꢏꢁ\HDUVꢁIRUꢁODERUꢂꢁDQGꢁQLQHW\ꢁꢎꢌꢅꢏꢁGD\VꢁIRUꢁWKHꢁRULJLQDOꢁODPSꢁIURPꢁWKHꢁ
GDWHꢁRIꢁWKHꢁ¿UVWꢁFRQVXPHUꢁSXUFKDVHꢀꢁ
Limited One (1) year Heavy Usage Warranty:
8QGHUꢁKHDY\ꢁXVDJHꢁVHWWLQJVꢂꢁZKHUHꢁDꢁSURMHFWRU¶VꢁXVHꢁLQFOXGHVꢁPRUHꢁWKDQꢁIRXUWHHQꢁꢎꢉꢈꢏꢁKRXUVꢁ
DYHUDJHꢁGDLO\ꢁXVDJHꢂꢁ1RUWKꢁDQGꢁ6RXWKꢁ$PHULFDꢑꢁ2QHꢁꢎꢉꢏꢁ\HDUꢁZDUUDQW\ꢁIRUꢁDOOꢁSDUWVꢁH[FOXGLQJꢁWKHꢁ
ODPSꢂꢁRQHꢁꢎꢉꢏꢁ\HDUꢁIRUꢁODERUꢂꢁDQGꢁQLQHW\ꢁꢎꢌꢅꢏꢁGD\VꢁIRUꢁWKHꢁRULJLQDOꢁODPSꢁIURPꢁWKHꢁGDWHꢁRIꢁWKHꢁ¿UVWꢁ
FRQVXPHUꢁSXUFKDVHꢖꢁ(XURSHꢑꢁ2QHꢁꢎꢉꢏꢁ\HDUꢁZDUUDQW\ꢁIRUꢁDOOꢁSDUWVꢁH[FOXGLQJꢁWKHꢁODPSꢂꢁRQHꢁꢎꢉꢏꢁ\HDUꢁ
IRUꢁODERUꢂꢁDQGꢁQLQHW\ꢁꢎꢌꢅꢏꢁGD\VꢁIRUꢁWKHꢁRULJLQDOꢁODPSꢁIURPꢁWKHꢁGDWHꢁRIꢁWKHꢁ¿UVWꢁFRQVXPHUꢁSXUFKDVHꢀꢁ
2WKHUꢁUHJLRQVꢁRUꢁFRXQWULHVꢑꢁ3OHDVHꢁFKHFNꢁZLWKꢁ\RXUꢁORFDOꢁGHDOHUꢁRUꢁORFDOꢁ9LHZ6RQLFꢁRI¿FHꢁIRUꢁWKHꢁ
warranty information.
/DPSꢁZDUUDQW\ꢁVXEMHFWꢁWRꢁWHUPVꢁDQGꢁFRQGLWLRQVꢂꢁYHUL¿FDWLRQꢁDQGꢁDSSURYDOꢀꢁ$SSOLHVꢁWRꢁPDQXIDFWXUHU¶Vꢁ
LQVWDOOHGꢁODPSꢁRQO\ꢀꢁꢁ$OOꢁDFFHVVRU\ꢁODPSVꢁSXUFKDVHGꢁVHSDUDWHO\ꢁDUHꢁZDUUDQWHGꢁIRUꢁꢌꢅꢁGD\Vꢀ
Who the warranty protects:
7KLVꢁZDUUDQW\ꢁLVꢁYDOLGꢁRQO\ꢁIRUꢁWKHꢁ¿UVWꢁFRQVXPHUꢁSXUFKDVHUꢀ
What the warranty does not cover:
1.ꢁ$Q\ꢁSURGXFWꢁRQꢁZKLFKꢁWKHꢁVHULDOꢁQXPEHUꢁKDVꢁEHHQꢁGHIDFHGꢂꢁPRGL¿HGꢁRUꢁUHPRYHGꢀ
2. Damage, deterioration, failure, or malfunction resulting from:
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
Dꢀꢁꢁ$FFLGHQWꢂꢁDEXVHꢂꢁPLVXVHꢂꢁQHJOHFWꢂꢁ¿UHꢂꢁZDWHUꢂꢁOLJKWQLQJꢂꢁRUꢁRWKHUꢁDFWVꢁRIꢁQDWXUHꢂꢁLPSURSHUꢁ
PDLQWHQDQFHꢂꢁXQDXWKRUL]HGꢁSURGXFWꢁPRGL¿FDWLRQꢂꢁRUꢁIDLOXUHꢁWRꢁIROORZꢁLQVWUXFWLRQVꢁVXSSOLHGꢁ
with the product.
Eꢀꢁ2SHUDWLRQꢁRXWVLGHꢁRIꢁSURGXFWꢁVSHFL¿FDWLRQVꢀ
c. Operation of the product for other than the normal intended use or not under normal
conditions.
Gꢀꢁ5HSDLUꢁRUꢁDWWHPSWHGꢁUHSDLUꢁE\ꢁDQ\RQHꢁQRWꢁDXWKRUL]HGꢁE\ꢁ9LHZ6RQLFꢀ
e. Any damage of the product due to shipment.
f. Removal or installation of the product.
ꢁ
ꢁ
Jꢀꢁ&DXVHVꢁH[WHUQDOꢁWRꢁWKHꢁSURGXFWꢂꢁVXFKꢁDVꢁHOHFWULFꢁSRZHUꢁÀXFWXDWLRQVꢁRUꢁIDLOXUHꢀ
Kꢀꢁ8VHꢁRIꢁVXSSOLHVꢁRUꢁSDUWVꢁQRWꢁPHHWLQJꢁ9LHZ6RQLF¶VꢁVSHFL¿FDWLRQVꢀ
i. Normal wear and tear.
j. Any other cause which does not relate to a product defect.
3. 5HPRYDOꢂꢁLQVWDOODWLRQꢂꢁDQGꢁVHWꢄXSꢁVHUYLFHꢁFKDUJHVꢀ
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢔꢊ
How to get service:
1. For information about receiving service under warranty, contact ViewSonic Customer Support
(please refer to “Customer Support” page). You will need to provide your product’s serial number.
2. To obtain warranted service, you will be required to provide (a) the original dated sales slip, (b)
your name, (c) your address, (d) a description of the problem, and (e) the serial number of the
product.
3.ꢁꢁ7DNHꢁRUꢁVKLSꢁWKHꢁSURGXFWꢁIUHLJKWꢁSUHSDLGꢁLQꢁWKHꢁRULJLQDOꢁFRQWDLQHUꢁWRꢁDQꢁDXWKRUL]HGꢁ9LHZ6RQLFꢁ
service center or ViewSonic.
4. For additional information or the name of the nearest ViewSonic service center, contact
ViewSonic.
Limitation of implied warranties:
7KHUHꢁDUHꢁQRꢁZDUUDQWLHVꢂꢁH[SUHVVꢁRUꢁLPSOLHGꢂꢁZKLFKꢁH[WHQGꢁEH\RQGꢁWKHꢁGHVFULSWLRQꢁFRQWDLQHGꢁKHUHLQꢁ
LQFOXGLQJꢁWKHꢁLPSOLHGꢁZDUUDQW\ꢁRIꢁPHUFKDQWDELOLW\ꢁDQGꢁ¿WQHVVꢁIRUꢁDꢁSDUWLFXODUꢁSXUSRVHꢀꢁ
Exclusion of damages:
ViewSonic’s liability is limited to the cost of repair or replacement of the product. ViewSonic shall
not be liable for:
1. Damage to other property caused by any defects in the product, damages based upon
LQFRQYHQLHQFHꢂꢁORVVꢁRIꢁXVHꢁRIꢁWKHꢁSURGXFWꢂꢁORVVꢁRIꢁWLPHꢂꢁORVVꢁRIꢁSUR¿WVꢂꢁORVVꢁRIꢁEXVLQHVVꢁ
opportunity, loss of goodwill, interference with business relationships, or other commercial loss,
even if advised of the possibility of such damages.
2. Any other damages, whether incidental, consequential or otherwise.
3. Any claim against the customer by any other party.
Effect of state law:
7KLVꢁZDUUDQW\ꢁJLYHVꢁ\RXꢁVSHFL¿FꢁOHJDOꢁULJKWVꢂꢁDQGꢁ\RXꢁPD\ꢁDOVRꢁKDYHꢁRWKHUꢁULJKWVꢁZKLFKꢁYDU\ꢁIURPꢁ
state to state. Some states do not allow limitations on implied warranties and/or do not allow the
H[FOXVLRQꢁRIꢁLQFLGHQWDOꢁRUꢁFRQVHTXHQWLDOꢁGDPDJHVꢂꢁVRꢁWKHꢁDERYHꢁOLPLWDWLRQVꢁDQGꢁH[FOXVLRQVꢁPD\ꢁQRWꢁ
apply to you.
Sales outside the U.S.A. and Canada:
For warranty information and service on ViewSonic products sold outside of the U.S.A. and
Canada, contact ViewSonic or your local ViewSonic dealer.
7KHꢁZDUUDQW\ꢁSHULRGꢁIRUꢁWKLVꢁSURGXFWꢁLQꢁPDLQODQGꢁ&KLQDꢁꢎ+RQJꢁ.RQJꢂꢁ0DFDRꢁDQGꢁ7DLZDQꢁ([FOXGHGꢏꢁ
is subject to the terms and conditions of the Maintenance Guarantee Card.
For users in Europe and Russia, full details of warranty provided can be found in www.
viewsoniceurope.com under Support/Warranty Information.
ꢈꢀꢆꢑꢁ3URMHFWRUꢁ:DUUDQW\ꢁ
ꢁꢁ35-B/:ꢅꢉꢁ5HYꢀꢁꢉKꢁꢅꢋꢄꢇꢍꢄꢅꢔ
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢔꢌ
Mexico Limited Warranty
®
VIEWSONIC PROJECTOR
What the warranty covers:
ViewSonic warrants its products to be free from defects in material and workmanship, under normal use, during the
warranty period. If a product proves to be defective in material or workmanship during the warranty period, ViewSonic
will, at its sole option, repair or replace the product with a like product. Replacement product or parts may include
remanufactured or refurbished parts or components & accessories.
How long the warranty is effective:
ꢆꢁ\HDUVꢁIRUꢁDOOꢁSDUWVꢁH[FOXGLQJꢁWKHꢁODPSꢂꢁꢆꢁ\HDUVꢁIRUꢁODERUꢂꢁꢉꢁ\HDUꢁIRUꢁWKHꢁRULJLQDOꢁODPSꢁIURPꢁWKHꢁGDWHꢁRIꢁWKHꢁ¿UVWꢁFRQVXPHUꢁ
purchase.
/DPSꢁZDUUDQW\ꢁVXEMHFWꢁWRꢁWHUPVꢁDQGꢁFRQGLWLRQVꢂꢁYHUL¿FDWLRQꢁDQGꢁDSSURYDOꢀꢁ$SSOLHVꢁWRꢁPDQXIDFWXUHU¶VꢁLQVWDOOHGꢁODPSꢁRQO\ꢀ
$OOꢁDFFHVVRU\ꢁODPSVꢁSXUFKDVHGꢁVHSDUDWHO\ꢁDUHꢁZDUUDQWHGꢁIRUꢁꢌꢅꢁGD\Vꢀ
Who the warranty protects:
7KLVꢁZDUUDQW\ꢁLVꢁYDOLGꢁRQO\ꢁIRUꢁWKHꢁ¿UVWꢁFRQVXPHUꢁSXUFKDVHUꢀ
What the warranty does not cover:
ꢉꢀꢁ $Q\ꢁSURGXFWꢁRQꢁZKLFKꢁWKHꢁVHULDOꢁQXPEHUꢁKDVꢁEHHQꢁGHIDFHGꢂꢁPRGL¿HGꢁRUꢁUHPRYHGꢀ
2. Damage, deterioration or malfunction resulting from:
ꢁ
Dꢀꢁ$FFLGHQWꢂꢁPLVXVHꢂꢁQHJOHFWꢂꢁ¿UHꢂꢁZDWHUꢂꢁOLJKWQLQJꢂꢁRUꢁRWKHUꢁDFWVꢁRIꢁQDWXUHꢂꢁXQDXWKRUL]HGꢁSURGXFWꢁPRGL¿FDWLRQꢂꢁ
XQDXWKRUL]HGꢁDWWHPSWHGꢁUHSDLUꢂꢁRUꢁIDLOXUHꢁWRꢁIROORZꢁLQVWUXFWLRQVꢁVXSSOLHGꢁZLWKꢁWKHꢁSURGXFWꢀ
b.Any damage of the product due to shipment.
ꢁ
ꢁ
Fꢀꢁ&DXVHVꢁH[WHUQDOꢁWRꢁWKHꢁSURGXFWꢂꢁVXFKꢁDVꢁHOHFWULFDOꢁSRZHUꢁÀXFWXDWLRQVꢁRUꢁIDLOXUHꢀ
Gꢀꢁ8VHꢁRIꢁVXSSOLHVꢁRUꢁSDUWVꢁQRWꢁPHHWLQJꢁ9LHZ6RQLF¶VꢁVSHFL¿FDWLRQVꢀ
e.Normal wear and tear.
f. Any other cause which does not relate to a product defect.
ꢆꢀꢁ ꢁ$Q\ꢁSURGXFWꢁH[KLELWLQJꢁDꢁFRQGLWLRQꢁFRPPRQO\ꢁNQRZQꢁDVꢁ³LPDJHꢁEXUQꢄLQ´ꢁZKLFKꢁUHVXOWVꢁZKHQꢁDꢁVWDWLFꢁLPDJHꢁLVꢁ
GLVSOD\HGꢁRQꢁWKHꢁSURGXFWꢁIRUꢁDQꢁH[WHQGHGꢁSHULRGꢁRIꢁWLPHꢀ
ꢈꢀꢁ ꢁ5HPRYDOꢂꢁLQVWDOODWLRQꢂꢁLQVXUDQFHꢂꢁDQGꢁVHWꢄXSꢁVHUYLFHꢁFKDUJHVꢀ
How to get service:
For information about receiving service under warranty, contact ViewSonic Customer Support (Please refer to the
attached Customer Support page). You will need to provide your product’s serial number, so please record the product
information in the space provided below on your purchase for your future use. Please retain your receipt of proof of
purchase to support your warranty claim.
For Your Records
3URGXFWꢁ1DPHꢑꢁBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBꢁ 0RGHOꢁ1XPEHUꢑꢁBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB
'RFXPHQWꢁ1XPEHUꢑꢁBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBꢁ 6HULDOꢁ1XPEHUꢑꢁBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB
3XUFKDVHꢁ'DWHꢑꢁBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBꢁ ([WHQGHGꢁ:DUUDQW\ꢁ3XUFKDVH"ꢁBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBꢎ<ꢃ1ꢏ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢁ
,IꢁVRꢂꢁZKDWꢁGDWHꢁGRHVꢁZDUUDQW\ꢁH[SLUH"ꢁBBBBBBBBB
1. To obtain warranty service, you will be required to provide (a) the original dated sales slip, (b) your name, (c) your
address, (d) a description of the problem, and (e) the serial number of the product.
ꢇꢀꢁ ꢁ7DNHꢁRUꢁVKLSꢁWKHꢁSURGXFWꢁLQꢁWKHꢁRULJLQDOꢁFRQWDLQHUꢁSDFNDJLQJꢁWRꢁDQꢁDXWKRUL]HGꢁ9LHZ6RQLFꢁVHUYLFHꢁFHQWHUꢀ
ꢆꢀꢁ 5RXQGꢁWULSꢁWUDQVSRUWDWLRQꢁFRVWVꢁIRUꢁLQꢄZDUUDQW\ꢁSURGXFWVꢁZLOOꢁEHꢁSDLGꢁE\ꢁ9LHZ6RQLFꢀ
Limitation of implied warranties:
7KHUHꢁDUHꢁQRꢁZDUUDQWLHVꢂꢁH[SUHVVꢁRUꢁLPSOLHGꢂꢁZKLFKꢁH[WHQGꢁEH\RQGꢁWKHꢁGHVFULSWLRQꢁFRQWDLQHGꢁKHUHLQꢁLQFOXGLQJꢁWKHꢁ
LPSOLHGꢁZDUUDQW\ꢁRIꢁPHUFKDQWDELOLW\ꢁDQGꢁ¿WQHVVꢁIRUꢁDꢁSDUWLFXODUꢁSXUSRVHꢀ
Exclusion of damages:
ViewSonic’s liability is limited to the cost of repair or replacement of the product. ViewSonic shall not be liable for:
1. Damage to other property caused by any defects in the product, damages based upon inconvenience, loss of use
RIꢁWKHꢁSURGXFWꢂꢁORVVꢁRIꢁWLPHꢂꢁORVVꢁRIꢁSUR¿WVꢂꢁORVVꢁRIꢁEXVLQHVVꢁRSSRUWXQLW\ꢂꢁORVVꢁRIꢁJRRGZLOOꢂꢁLQWHUIHUHQFHꢁZLWKꢁEXVLQHVVꢁ
relationships, or other commercial loss, even if advised of the possibility of such damages.
2. Any other damages, whether incidental, consequential or otherwise.
ꢆꢀꢁ $Q\ꢁFODLPꢁDJDLQVWꢁWKHꢁFXVWRPHUꢁE\ꢁDQ\ꢁRWKHUꢁSDUW\ꢀ
ꢈꢀꢁ 5HSDLUꢁRUꢁDWWHPSWHGꢁUHSDLUꢁE\ꢁDQ\RQHꢁQRWꢁDXWKRUL]HGꢁE\ꢁ9LHZ6RQLFꢀ
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢊꢅ
Contact Information for Sales & Authorized Service (Centro Autorizado de Servicio) within Mexico:
Name, address, of manufacturer and importers:
0p[LFRꢂꢁ$YꢀꢁGHꢁODꢁ3DOPDꢁꢙꢊꢁ3LVRꢁꢇꢁ'HVSDFKRꢁꢇꢅꢆꢂꢁ&RUSRUDWLYRꢁ,QWHUSDOPDVꢂ
&ROꢀꢁ6DQꢁ)HUQDQGRꢁ+XL[TXLOXFDQꢂꢁ(VWDGRꢁGHꢁ0p[LFR
7HOꢑꢁꢎꢍꢍꢏꢁꢆꢋꢅꢍꢄꢉꢅꢌꢌꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁKWWSꢑꢃꢃZZZꢀYLHZVRQLFꢀFRPꢃODꢃVRSRUWHꢃLQGH[ꢀKWP
NÚMERO GRATIS DE ASISTENCIA TÉCNICA PARA TODO MÉXICO: 001.866.823.2004
Hermosillo:
Villahermosa:
Distribuciones y Servicios Computacionales SA de CV.
&DOOHꢁ-XDUH]ꢁꢇꢊꢈꢁORFDOꢁꢇ
&RPSXPDQWHQLPLHWQRVꢁ*DUDQWL]DGRVꢂꢁ6ꢀ$ꢀꢁGHꢁ&ꢀ9ꢀ
$9ꢀꢁ*5(*25,2ꢁ0(1'(=ꢁꢙꢉꢍꢅꢈ
&2/ꢂꢁ)/25,'$ꢁ&ꢀ3ꢀꢁꢊꢋꢅꢈꢅ
&ROꢀꢁ%XJDPELOLDVꢁ&ꢀ3ꢑꢁꢊꢆꢉꢈꢅ
7HOꢑꢁꢅꢉꢄꢋꢋꢄꢇꢇꢄꢉꢈꢄꢌꢅꢅꢍ
(ꢄ0DLOꢑꢁGLVFꢇ#KPRꢀPHJDUHGꢀQHWꢀP[
Puebla, Pue. (Matriz):
7HOꢑꢁꢅꢉꢁꢎꢌꢌꢆꢏꢁꢆꢁꢍꢇꢁꢅꢅꢁꢈꢔꢁꢃꢁꢆꢍꢇꢇꢅꢔꢈꢁꢃꢁꢆꢁꢍꢇꢁꢇꢅꢁꢅꢌ
(ꢄ0DLOꢑꢁFRPSXPDQWHQLPLHQWRV#SURGLJ\ꢀQHWꢀP[
Veracruz, Ver.:
RENTA Y DATOS, S.A. DE C.V. Domicilio:
ꢇꢌꢁ685ꢁꢔꢇꢉꢁ&2/ꢀꢁ/$ꢁ3$=
ꢔꢇꢉꢋꢅꢁ38(%/$ꢂꢁ38(ꢀ
7HOꢑꢁꢅꢉꢎꢍꢇꢏꢀꢇꢇꢇꢀꢊꢌꢉꢀꢍꢍꢀꢔꢔꢁ&21ꢁꢉꢅꢁ/,1($6
(ꢄ0DLOꢑꢁGDWRV#SXHEODꢀPHJDUHGꢀQHWꢀP[
Chihuahua
&21(;,21ꢁ<ꢁ'(6$552//2ꢂꢁ6ꢀ$ꢁ'(ꢁ&ꢀ9ꢀꢁꢁ$Yꢀꢁ$PHULFDVꢁꢙꢁꢈꢉꢌ
(175(ꢁ3,1=Ï1ꢁ<ꢁ$/9$5$'2
)UDFFꢀꢁ5HIRUPDꢁ&ꢀ3ꢀꢁꢌꢉꢌꢉꢌ
7HOꢑꢁꢅꢉꢄꢇꢇꢄꢌꢉꢄꢅꢅꢄꢆꢉꢄꢋꢔ
(ꢄ0DLOꢑꢁJDFRVWD#TSOXVꢀFRPꢀP[
Cuernavaca
Soluciones Globales en Computación
&ꢀꢁ0DJLVWHULRꢁꢙꢁꢆꢆꢇꢉꢁ&ROꢀꢁ0DJLVWHULDO
Chihuahua, Chih.
Compusupport de Cuernavaca SA de CV
)UDQFLVFRꢁ/H\YDꢁꢙꢁꢉꢔꢊꢁ&ROꢀꢁ0LJXHOꢁ+LGDOJR
&ꢀ3ꢀꢁꢋꢇꢅꢈꢅꢂꢁ&XHUQDYDFDꢁ0RUHORV
7HOꢑꢁꢅꢉꢁꢔꢔꢔꢁꢆꢉꢊꢅꢍꢔꢌꢁꢃꢁꢅꢉꢁꢔꢔꢔꢁꢆꢉꢇꢈꢅꢉꢈ
(ꢄ0DLOꢑꢁDTXHYHGR#FRPSXVXSSRUWFYDꢀFRP
Guadalajara, Jal.:
7HOꢑꢁꢈꢉꢆꢋꢌꢍꢈ
(ꢄ0DLOꢑꢁ&HIHR#VROXJOREDOHVꢀFRP
Distrito Federal:
43/86ꢂꢁ6ꢀ$ꢀꢁGHꢁ&ꢀ9ꢀ
$Yꢀꢁ&R\RDFiQꢁꢌꢆꢉ
SERVICRECE, S.A. de C.V.
$Yꢀꢁ1LxRVꢁ+pURHVꢁꢙꢁꢇꢇꢊꢉ
&ROꢀꢁ'HOꢁ9DOOHꢁꢅꢆꢉꢅꢅꢂꢁ0p[LFRꢂꢁ'ꢀ)ꢀ
7HOꢑꢁꢅꢉꢎꢍꢇꢏꢍꢍꢄꢍꢅꢄꢅꢅꢄꢇꢔꢄꢆꢍ
(ꢄ0DLOꢁꢑꢁJDFRVWD#TSOXVꢀFRPꢀP[
&ROꢀꢁ$UFRVꢁ6XUꢂꢁ6HFWRUꢁ-XiUH]
ꢈꢈꢉꢔꢅꢂꢁ*XDGDODMDUDꢂꢁ-DOLVFR
7HOꢑꢁꢅꢉꢎꢍꢇꢏꢆꢆꢄꢆꢋꢄꢉꢍꢄꢉꢍꢄꢈꢆ
(ꢄ0DLOꢑꢁPPLUDQGD#VHUYLFUHFHꢀFRP
Monterrey:
Global Product Services
Guerrero Acapulco
GS Computación (Grupo Sesicomp)
3URJUHVRꢁꢙꢋꢄ$ꢂꢁ&RORꢁ&HQWUR
ꢆꢌꢆꢅꢅꢁ$FDSXOFRꢂꢁ*XHUUHUR
7HOꢑꢁꢔꢈꢈꢄꢈꢊꢄꢆꢇꢋꢇꢔ
0DUꢁ&DULEHꢁꢙꢁꢉꢌꢊꢔꢂꢁ(VTXLQDꢁFRQꢁ*ROIRꢁ3pUVLFR
)UDFFꢀꢁ%HUQDUGRꢁ5H\HVꢂꢁ&3ꢁꢋꢈꢇꢊꢅ
0RQWHUUH\ꢁ1ꢀ/ꢀꢁ0p[LFR
7HOꢑꢁꢊꢉꢇꢌꢄꢍꢉꢅꢆ
(ꢄ0DLOꢑꢁD\GHHP#JSVꢉꢀFRPꢀP[
Oaxaca, Oax.:
MERIDA:
(/(&7526(5
CENTRO DE DISTRIBUCION Y
SERVICIO, S.A. de C.V.
$Yꢁ5HIRUPDꢁ1Rꢀꢁꢈꢅꢆ*[ꢆꢌꢁ\ꢁꢈꢉ
0pULGDꢂꢁ<XFDWiQꢂꢁ0p[LFRꢁꢁ&3ꢌꢔꢅꢅꢅ
7HOꢑꢁꢎꢍꢇꢏꢁꢌꢌꢌꢄꢌꢇꢍꢄꢉꢌꢉꢋ
(ꢄ0DLOꢑꢁUUUE#VXUHVWHꢀFRP
0XUJXtDꢁꢙꢁꢔꢅꢊꢁ3ꢀ$ꢀꢂꢁ&ROꢀꢁ&HQWURꢂꢁꢋꢊꢅꢅꢅꢂꢁ2D[DFD
7HOꢑꢁꢅꢉꢎꢍꢇꢏꢌꢍꢄꢉꢍꢄꢉꢍꢄꢇꢇꢄꢇꢇ
)D[ꢑꢁꢅꢉꢎꢍꢇꢏꢌꢍꢄꢉꢍꢄꢉꢆꢄꢋꢔꢄꢅꢅꢁ
(ꢄ0DLOꢀꢁJSRWDLꢇꢅꢅꢉ#KRWPDLOꢀFRP
FOR USA SUPPORT:
ViewSonic Corporation
Tijuana:
STD
$Yꢁ)HUURFDUULOꢁ6RQRUDꢁꢙꢆꢔꢊꢅꢁ/ꢄ&ꢁ
&ROꢁꢇꢅꢁGHꢁ1RYLHPEUH
7LMXDQDꢂꢁ0H[LFR
ꢆꢊꢉꢁ%UHDꢁ&DQ\RQꢁ5RDGꢂꢁ:DOQXWꢂꢁ&$ꢀꢁꢌꢉꢔꢊꢌꢁ86$
7HOꢑꢁꢊꢅꢅꢄꢋꢊꢊꢄꢋꢋꢊꢊꢁꢎ(QJOLVKꢏꢖꢁꢁꢊꢋꢋꢄꢆꢇꢆꢄꢊꢅꢍꢋꢁꢎ6SDQLVKꢏꢖ
)D[ꢑꢁꢉꢄꢊꢅꢅꢄꢋꢊꢍꢄꢔꢇꢔꢋ
(ꢄ0DLOꢑꢁKWWSꢑꢃꢃZZZꢀYLHZVRQLFꢀFRP
ꢈꢀꢆꢑꢁ9LHZ6RQLFꢁ0H[LFRꢁ/LPLWHGꢁ:DUUDQW\ꢁ
35-B/:ꢅꢆꢁ5HYꢀꢁꢉ$ꢁꢅꢋꢄꢇꢍꢄꢅꢔ
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢊꢉ
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2
CAUTION IN USING THE PROJECTOR VIA NETWORKS
Ɣ When you find a problem with the projector, remove the power cable
immediately and inspect the unit. Using the projector with failure may cause
fire or other accidents.
Ɣ If you remotely use the projector via networks, carry out a safety check regularly
and take particular care to its environment. Incorrect installation may cause fire
or other accidents.
CAUTION IN USING NETWORK FUNCTION
Ɣ We assume no responsibility for the loss or damage of data, or damage of the
computer caused by using this projector. Making back-up copies of valuable
data in your computer is recommended.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢆ
Table of contents
Safety instructions ...........................................................................................................................................................3
Table of contents ..............................................................................................................................................................4
Chapter 1 Preparation ................................................................................................5
Features...................................................................................................................................................................................6
Required operating environment for computers........................................................................................7
Network specifications of the projector............................................................................................................7
Flow of installation...........................................................................................................................................................9
Notice about installing Software CD-ROM.............................................................................................9
Chapter 2 Setup Procedures.................................................................................. 11
Connecting to the LAN line.................................................................................................................................... 12
Network configuration............................................................................................................................................... 12
Network PIN code.........................................................................................................................................................14
Network information...................................................................................................................................................14
Network factory default............................................................................................................................................ 15
Wired LAN factory default settings....................................................................................................................16
Chapter 3 Basic Setting and Operation............................................................. 17
Login the setting page of the projector.........................................................................................................18
[1] Enter the IP address......................................................................................................................................18
[2] Login .....................................................................................................................................................................18
[3] Display of main setting page................................................................................................................. 19
How to use the setting page .................................................................................................................................20
Initial setting.....................................................................................................................................................................22
Network PIN code setting..............................................................................................................................23
PJLink and password setting.........................................................................................................................23
Network configuration...............................................................................................................................................24
E-mail setting ...................................................................................................................................................................25
Examples: Type and contents of alert mail..........................................................................................28
SNMP setting....................................................................................................................................................................29
Chapter 4 Controlling the Projector ................................................................... 31
Power control and status check...........................................................................................................................32
Control..................................................................................................................................................................................34
Input.............................................................................................................................................................................34
System.........................................................................................................................................................................35
Sound .........................................................................................................................................................................36
Image adjustment..............................................................................................................................................37
PC adjustment.................................................................................................................................................................38
Setting up the projector...........................................................................................................................................39
Screen setting .......................................................................................................................................................39
Setting 1.....................................................................................................................................................................40
Setting 2.....................................................................................................................................................................40
Setting 3..................................................................................................................................................................... 41
Information........................................................................................................................................................................42
Chapter 5 Appendix ................................................................................................ 43
Examples of connection...........................................................................................................................................44
Use of telnet......................................................................................................................................................................46
Web browser setting...................................................................................................................................................48
Examples: OS/Browsers .............................................................................................................................................49
Q&A........................................................................................................................................................................................53
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢈ
Chapter 1
1
Preparation
Describes features and operating environment of this projector.
5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 1 Preparation
Features
Web Management function (ꢓp.31)
With this function, you can
monitor projector functions
such as power status, lamp
status, input mode, signal
condition, lamp-use time, etc.
through the network by using
the web browser installed on
your computer.
PJ2
PJ1
PC1
PC2
PC4
PC3
PC6
PC5
Turn ON PJ2
E-Mail Alert function (ꢓp.25)
The projec tor sends mes-
sages to the registered e-mail
addresses when a lamp abnor-
mality or power failure occurs
with the projector. This mes-
PJ2
PJ1
PC1
PC2
PC4
sage describes how to solve the
PC3
PC6
PC5
cause of the problems. You can
take efficient action for quick
recovery.
You’ve got
Mail.
SNMP Agent function (ꢓp.29)
To send the information of the projector to the SNMP manager. Enables you to manage
the projector condition with the supplied SNMP manager software.
SNMP Manager function
A function to manage the
condition of projectors in
PJ1
PJ2
PJ3
PJ4
the network by using the
SNMP protocol. The man-
aging computer needs to
provide an SNMP manag-
ing software. Refer to the
owner's manual of the "PJ
Network Manager" sup-
plied separately for further
details.
Trap
PC6
PC5
PC4
You received
a Trap.
Trap
SNMP Manager
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢋ
Features
Required operating environment for computers
When operating the projector via networks, computers should meet the operating envi-
ronment below.
Windows 2000, Windows XP (32bit version),
Windows Vista (32bit version), Windows 7 (32bit version)
Mac OS X v 10.4 or 10.5
Operating System
Windows: Pentium III 900MHz or more
Recommended CPU
Macintosh : 800 MHz PowerPC G4 or faster, or 1.8 GHz Intel Core
Processor or faster
Windows : 64MB (Minimum)/ 128MB or more (Recommended)
128MB or more for Windows XP
Memory
1GB or more for Windows Vista or Windows 7
Macintosh : 256MB or more (512MB is recommended)
100MB or more
Free disk space
CD-ROM drive
Drive equipment
Support one of following resolutions;
VGA (640 x 480), SVGA(800 x 600), XGA(1,024 x 768) Number of col-
ors: Either of 16 bit (65,536 color 24/32 bit (16.77 million colors))
Display settings
Network card
The computer must provide a 10Base-T or 100Base-TX network
card.
Internet Explorer version 6.0, 7.0 or 8.0
Netscape Navigator version 7.1 or 9.0
Safari 3.1
* Used to control and set up the projector. The layout of pages in
the browser may slightly differ from each type of application or
operating system you use.
Web Browser*
- Microsoft Outlook
- Netscape Mail
* Required the internet e-mail application software to receive an
e-mail alert sent from this projector. If you do not use the function
E-mail Alert, this application is not required.
- Microsoft Outlook Express
Recommended Internet
Mailer*
Network specifications of the projector
LAN Terminal
Data communication standards
Protocol
10Base-T (10Mbps) / 100Base-TX compatible
TCP/IP
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
7
Chapter 1 Preparation
*1
Cabling Between the Projector and a Hub or computer
Use an appropriate cable when connecting the projector and a hub or computer.
Connection
Ethernet cable type
Max. cable length
100m (328feet)
100m (328feet)
2
Projector - Hub
Projector - Computer
STP straight-through category 5 * cable
2
STP crossover category 5* cable
*1 There may be other limitations depending on your network environment or LAN specification.
Please consult your network administrator for further details.
*2 Cable category indicates cable quality.
Notice
Expression/Abbreviation
The OS of the computer and the Web browser described in this manual are Windows XP
Professional and Internet Explorer 6.0. In case of another OS or Web browser, some instruc-
tion procedures may differ from the actual operation depending on your computer envi-
ronment.
Use of this manual
This manual does not provide the detailed description of basic operation and functions
for computer, web browser, projector and network. For instructions about each piece of
equipment or application software, please refer to the respective manual.
Trademarks
Ethernet is a registered trademark of Xerox Corporation. Microsoft, Windows, Windows
2000, Windows XP, Windows Vista and Windows 7 are registered trademarks of Microsoft
Corporation in the United States and other countries. Internet Explorer is a registered
trademark of Microsoft Corporation. Netscape Navigator and Netscape Communicator are
trademarks or registered trademarks of Netscape Communications Corporation. JavaScript
is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems, Inc.
Macintosh is a registered trademark of Apple, Inc. in the USA and other countries. PowerPC
is a registered trademark of IBM Corporation. Intel Core is a registered trademark of Intel
Corporation in the USA and other countries.
Other product or brand names in this manual are registered trademarks or trademarks of
their respective owners.
* Unauthorized use of a part or whole of the contents in this manual is prohibited.
* The contents of this manual are subject to change without notice.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢊ
Flow of installation
Flow of installation
To use the projector via the networks, follow the setup procedures below.
STEP 1
Connect the LAN and set the configuration.
Decide depending on the LAN environment.
ꢕ“2. Setup Procedures”(pp.11–16).
ꢁ
Detailed LAN configurations need to be done with a browser later.
First, complete the Wired LAN connection between computers and projec-
tors, then start browser configurations.
ꢁ
ꢕ“3. Basic setting and operation”(pp.17–30).
STEP 2
Network Configuration has completed.
Follow each chapter to operate the projector.
ŶꢁOperate and manage the projector ꢕꢁ“4. Controlling the projector”(pp.31-42)
ꢕꢁ“Power Control and status check”(p.32)
ꢕꢁ“Control”(p.34)
ꢕꢁ“PC adjustment”(p.38)
ꢕꢁ“Setting up the projector”(p.39)
ꢕ
ꢁ“Projector information”(p.42)
STEP 3
Install the Software on computers.
Install the software recorded in CD-ROM on each computer which will be
operated. Refer to the owner's manual of PJ Network Manager.
Notice about installing Software CD-ROM
It is available for controlling and setting of the projector by using the web browser without
installing any software. So it is not required to install the software into your computer.
For PJ Network Manager function, it is required to install the software. Please see the own-
er's manual of "PJ Network Manager Function".
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢌ
Chapter 1 Preparation
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢉꢅ
Chapter 2
2
Setup Procedures
Describes how to configure the network.
11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 2 Setup Procedures
Setting procedures and contents differ depending on the LAN installation location.
When installing, consult your system administrator to set up the LAN appropriately.
Connecting to the LAN line
Connect the LAN cable to the LAN connection terminal of the projector.
LAN Connection
Terminal
ACT Lamp (Orange)
Blink orange when the
projector is sending or
receiving the data.
LINK Lamp (Green)
Light green when the
projector is connected to
the network correctly.
LAN Cable
* Please use a shielded LAN cable.
Network configuration
Set the Wired LAN network through the projector menu. Detailed network settings will be
made with browser. Refer to “3. Basic setting and operation” (p.17-30). First, complete the
settings described in this chapter before performing steps in “3. Basic setting and opera-
tion.”
Setting Procedure
1. Select “LAN mode select” in the Network menu, and press Point ꢊ or SELECT button.
2. Select similar LAN environment among LAN1, LAN2 and LAN3 with the Point ed but-
tons, and press SELECT button. Then the Menu will disappear, the “Please wait...” mes-
sage will appear, and switching operation will start. Switching will take a while and the
projector’s LINK/ACT Lamp will be on or blink, and after completing the operation, the
“Please wait...” message will disappear.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
12
Network configuration
3. Select "Network setting" in the Network menu and press SELECT button, and then the
LAN setting screen will appear and selected LAN settings will be displayed. Adjust each
item to the setting environment. Consult your system administrator about the detailed
settings.
Press SELECT button in a row where you want to adjust, and adjust the figures with the
Point ed buttons and move among the items with the Point ꢔꢁꢊ buttons, and then press
SELECT button to fix. Move to the next row with the Point ed buttons to adjust.
4. After completing all the settings, select “Set” and press SELECT button. Now, all
procedures have been done. To cancel the adjusted settings, select "Cancel" and press
SELECT button.
You can confirm the LAN settings you have made from “Network information” (p.14). In
such cases that the LAN cannot be connected, see this screen.
Network setting
DHCP: On
DHCP: Off
* The numerical value is a setting example.
Item
Description
DHCP....................Sets DHCP function On or Off. When you setup the network setting manually, select
"Off". When it is set On, IP address, Subnet, Gateway and DNS are automatically set
1
according to your network environment * .
IP address .............Sets IP address of the projector
Subnet ....................Sets Subnet mask according to your network environment.
2
Gateway* .............Sets IP address of the default gateway (Router)
3
DNS* .......................Sets IP address of the DNS server.
*1 Set "On" only when the DHCP server is available on your network environment.
*2 Set [255.255.255.255] if the network does not provide the gateway (router).
*3 Set [255.255.255.255] if you do not use the function E-mail alert.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢉꢆ
Chapter 2 Setup Procedures
Network PIN code
The Network PIN code is to restrict the access to the projector through the network.
After setting the Network PIN code, you need to enter it to operate the projector via the
networks.
1. Select "Network PIN code" in the Network menu, and press SELECT button.
The Network PIN code screen will appear.
2. Set the Network PIN code.
Set the figures with the Point ed buttons and move to the next items with the Point ꢔꢁꢊꢁ
buttons. Select “Set” and press SELECT button to set. To cancel the preset Network PIN
code, select“Cancel”. When you do not want to set the Network PIN code, set "0000".
It is recommended to set the Network PIN code if you use the projector via the networks.
The Network PIN code can be set also through the networks. See “3. Basic setting and
operation” “Initial setting” “Network PIN code setting”(p.23).
Network PIN code
Network PIN code screen
Network information
Select "Network information" in the Network menu and press Point ꢁꢊ or SELECT button
to show LAN setting environment of the currently selected projector. (The description
below is an example and different from what will be shown.)
* The numerical value is a setting example.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢉꢈ
Network factory default
Network factory default
1. Select “Network factory default” in the Network menu and press SELECT button.
2. A confirmation box appears and select "Yes" and then press SELECT button.
3. Another confirmation box appears and select "Yes" and then press SELECT button.
4. All the wired LAN settings will go back to the factory default settings. For details, refer to
“Wired LAN factory default settings” (p.16).
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
15
Chapter 2 Setup Procedures
Wired LAN factory default settings
SELECTED LAN
Parameter
LAN 1
OFF
LAN 2
ON
LAN 3
OFF
DHCP
IP ADDRESS
169.254.100.100
255.255.0.0
192.168.100.100
255.255.255.0
192.168.100.100
255.255.255.0
SUBNET MASK
GATEWAY ADDRESS
DNS ADDRESS
255.255.255.255
255.255.255.255
255.255.255.255
255.255.255.255
255.255.255.255
255.255.255.255
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢉꢋ
Chapter 3
3
Basic Setting and Operation
Describes basic operations and settings for controlling the projec-
tor by using the web browser. It is required that computer and
projector is connected to the network and the network address is
properly configured.
17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 3 Basic Setting and Operation
Login the setting page of the projector
[1] Enter the IP address
Launch the web browser installed in your
computer, enter the IP address into the
"Address" on the browser and then press
"Enter" key.
Enter the address that you configured in
item "Network configuration" ( p.12).
* The numerical value is a setting example.
[2] Login
If the setting page has set the password, the authentication window will appear. In this
case type "user" onto the User Name text area and the login Network PIN code onto
the Password text area and then click OK (Log in) button.
* The entering User Name must be "user" and it can not be changed.
[Note]
When accessing the projector for the first time or the Network
PIN code "0000" is set, the auto-login will be performed and
the next main setting page is displayed.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢉꢊ
Login the setting page of the projector
[3] Display of main setting page
The following main setting page will be displayed according to your display mode
selection. Perform various kinds of settings through this page. Click on the menus to dis-
play the control and setting pages.
Main setting page in the display
Sub menu tab
Switches the sub
menu tab.
Setting page
Main menu
Displays the control and
For selection of control and
setting items according to
setting items of the projector.
the selected menu.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢉꢌ
Chapter 3 Basic Setting and Operation
How to use the setting page
To control and set up the projector, use the setting menus on the web browser. Describes the
basic operation and procedures commonly used on this manual.
Example of the setting page
The setting menu appears when
clicking the sub menu tab.
* Each item has a valid setting range
respectively.
Types of setting
Text box setting
Enter a number or text and then click
Set button.
or
Change a value with – or + button.
Pull-down menu setting
Select an item with pull-down menu
button and then click Set button.
ꢕꢁꢁThe value in the text box indicates current value.
ꢕ Each item has a valid setting range. The setting value exceeding this becomes invalid. Some control
items can not be used depending on the selecting input mode or functions of the projector you
use. In this case, the values of those items are indicated with "---".
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢇꢅ
How to use the setting page
Radio button setting
Select an item by selecting a radio
button.
Check box setting
Select items by ticking on check
boxes.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
21
Chapter 3 Basic Setting and Operation
Initial setting
After installing the projector, perform the following basic initial setting.
Click Initial Setting on the main menu to display the initial setting page.
Item
Description
Language..............Switches display language on the setting page. (Japanese, English)
Model name .......Indicates the model name of the projector
Network PIN code ......Sets the Network PIN code to login the setting page (ꢓp.23)
PJLink.......................Switches PJLink password authentication. (ON, OFF) (ꢓp.23)
Password...............Password for PJLink function (ꢓp.23)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
22
Initial setting
Network PIN code setting
This is to set the Network PIN code to restrict
the access from an unauthorized person
through the network.
Enter a 4-digit number as the Network PIN
code onto the text box and click Set button.
The projector begins restarting and it takes
about 10 seconds. Close (Quit) the web
browser and access to the login page again in 10 seconds. This is to perform the login
authentication firmly.
The default Network PIN code [0000] means no Network PIN code is set.
ꢕ When you connect the projector to the network, it is recommended to set a new Network PIN
code. Only a four-digit number is valid for the Network PIN code.
PJLink and password setting
This is to set the PJLink password authentica-
tion on or off. If set "ON" with the PJLink pull-
down menu, the password must be required.
Enter a password* onto the text box and click
Set button.
ꢕ 1 to 32 alphanumeric characters can be used for the password.
What's PJLink?
The projectors equipped with PJLink function can be used together on the same network,
regardless of model or brand, for centralized control and monitoring. This standard was
established by the Japan Business Machine and Information System Industries Association
(JBMIA). Please visit the Website at http://pjlink.jbmia.or.jp/english/.
PJLink Notice
The projector is compliant with PJLink Standard Class 1 of JBMIA, and it supports all com-
mands defined by PJLink Class 1 and is verified conformance with PJLink Standard Class 1.
Projector Input
Computer 2
Computer 1
PJLink Input
RGB 1
RGB 2
RGB 3
RGB 4
Parameter
RGB
RGB
Component
S-video
RGB (Scart)
Video
11
12
13
14
15
22
RGB 5
VIDEO 2
Video
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢇꢆ
Chapter 3 Basic Setting and Operation
Network configuration
Click Network on the main menu. The following setting page is displayed.
The IP Address, Subnet Mask, Default Gateway, DNS (Domain Name Server)
and projector name are set up on this menu.
The IP address and Subnet Mask have been configured already in chapter "Installation".
If you want to change them or configure default gateway or DNS, perform them in this
page. If you change them, the projector begins restarting and it takes about 10 seconds.
Close (Quit) the web browser and access to the login page again in 10 seconds.
Item
Description
LAN mode............Displays the selected LAN mode
DHCP.........................Sets DHCP configuration (ON/OFF).
IP address .............Sets IP address of the projector
Subnet mask.......Sets Subnet mask according to your network environment.
1
Default gateway* .....Sets IP address of the default gateway (Router)
2
DNS* .......................Sets IP address of the DNS server. Must be set when using the e-mail function
3
Projector name* .Sets name of the projector. (64 characters maximum)
ꢕ You must use the number specified by your administrator. The address must be entered as a group
with four numbers split by a dot like [192.168.001.101].
*1 Set [0.0.0.0] if the network does not provide the gateway (router).
*2 Set [0.0.0.0] if you do not use the function E-Mail alert.
*3 If you use the DNS server, register the host name registered to the DNS server as a projector
name. You can access with this projector name from any computers in your network. If you do not
use the DNS server, access with the assigned IP address to the projector.
* All the network setting will reset to the default when setting [0.0.0.0] of the IP Address.
* If you make incorrect settings, you cannot find out the new network settings. Be careful to set up
them correctly, otherwise you cannot connect to the projector. It is recommended to make a note
of them.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢇꢈ
E-mail setting
E-mail setting
This projector has an E-mail function which can send an alert message
to users or an administrator if it detects an abnormality on the projector
or run out of the life span of the lamp. Click E-mail Setting on the main
menu and follow the below steps.
Item.................................Description
SMTP server ...........................Enter server name or IP address of the SMTP server. (up to 60 characters)
SMTP server port ...............Enter Port number of the SMTP server. (from 1 to 65535)
Administrator address....Enter e-mail address of administrator.
Add address...........................Enter e-mail address of the user to send mail when the projector has an
abnormality.
SMTP Authentication setting
Auth ............................................Sets authentication setting option. (Off, SMTP Auth, POP before SMTP)
SMTP Auth ..............................Sets user authentication setting option when selecting "SMTP Auth" in above
column. (CRAM-MD5, LOGIN, PLAIN)
User ID .......................................Enter SMTP user ID. (up to 63 characters)
Password .................................Enter SMTP password. (up to 63 characters)
POP server...............................Enter server name or IP address of the POP server. (up to 60 characters)
POP server port ..................Enter Port number of the POP server. (from 1 to 65535)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
25
Chapter 3 Basic Setting and Operation
1 Setting SMTP server and administrator address
Enter the server name or IP address of the
1
SMTP server* , the port number of the
SMTP server and administrator address and
click Set button. The administrator address
is set to "Reply-To" address of the message
sent from the projector.
*1 The SMTP server is a server for sending e-mail. Please contact your network administrator to
have this SMTP server address.
2 Registering and deleting E-mail addresses
Enter the e-mail address onto "Add e-mail
address" and click Set button.
Check / Delete
To check the registered addresses, click
Check/Delete sub menu tab. The address-
es are listed as the figure on the right.
ꢕ Up to 10 E-mail addresses can be registered.
To delete the registered addresses, check the
address you want to delete and click Delete
button.
3 Setting SMTP authentication
Set the SMTP authentication concerned
and click Set button. Please contact your
network administrator in details.
ꢕ If the projector sends an alert message due to the abnormality on the projector but the SMTP serv-
er is down in some other reason, the message will not be sent. In this case, the message "Unable to
connect to server." will be displayed on the setting page. To clear this message, set up SMTP server
address again.
ꢕ To use the E-Mail function, it must be set the DNS address on the Network setting page correctly.
ꢕ You cannot use this E-mail function if the DNS server and SMTP server cannot be used in your net-
work environment.
ꢕ The projector does not send message to the address set in "Administrator address" text box. If you
want to send e-mails to the administrator address, enter the administrator address into "Add address"
text box.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢇꢋ
E-mail setting
4 Setting POP server
When "POP before SMTP" is selected at
"Auth" of "SMTP Authentication setting",
2
enter "POP server* " and "POP server port"
and click Set button.
*2 The POP server is a server for receiving e-mail.
Please contact your network administrator to have this POP server address.
Error message for sending alert mail
When the projector has an abnormality, an
alert message will be sent to the registered
E-mail address.
Error message for missing SMTP server
If the SMTP server is missing or the authen-
tication is not completed because of input
error in E-mail address setting or SMTP
authentication setting when sending alert
e-mail, the error message will be displayed.
Please check the respective settings.
Error information
Error message for authentication problem
Error information
Option
5 Option selection for sending alert mail
Click Option sub menu tab. Check the con-
dition items under which alert mail will be
sent and click Set button.
Please refer to item "Examples :Type and
contents of alert mail" described on the next
page.
ꢕꢁꢁ"When PJ lamp is off" signifies the lamp goes out without user operation. "When PJ is turned into
Standby in proper user operation" signifies that the projector is turned on by using the web browser and
then it is turned into standby with ON/STANDBY button on the top control or the remote control.
ꢕꢁUp to 99,999 hours can be set for use time.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
27
Chapter 3 Basic Setting and Operation
Examples: Type and contents of alert mail
When the projector has an abnormality, the following alert messages are sent to the reg-
istered E-mail address according to your selected condition. Administrator or user can take
an efficient action quickly by receiving this message. This is very useful to maintain and
service the projector.
The following are examples of received messages.
Ɣ When internal PJ temperature is too high:
TITLE: Message from projector
Projector Model Name: model name
TCP/IP: 192.168.1.201 Projector Name: Proj05
It sends you following message.
*The Projector lamp is turned off, because internal projector temperature is too high.
Wait for the completion of the cooling process and make sure the projector has been
turned into Standby. Then turn the projector on again.
If the Indicator continues flashing, check the air filter for dust accumulation.
Ɣ When PJ needs service:
TITLE: Message from projector
Projector Model Name: model name
TCP/IP: 192.168.1.201 Projector Name: Proj05
It sends you following message.
*Maintenance requirement from Projector is detected.
Check up LED status of projector and consult with the dealer.
MCI
MAIN
3.3V
ALL
OK
NG
Error information
ꢕ The projector lamp was turned off, because the projector power circuit failed.
Unplug the AC power cord and plug it, and then turn on the projector once again to verify
operation. If the problem still persists, unplug the AC power cord and ask servicing to a
qualified service personnel with the error information.
Ɣ When PJ lamp replacement time is reached:
TITLE: Message from projector
Projector Model Name: model name
TCP/IP: 192.168.1.201 Projector Name: Proj05
It sends you following message.
*The projector lamp has reached replacement time.
Lamp ON 3000 h
ꢕ Replace it with a new lamp immediately and reset the lamp counter. If the projector is
used without resetting the lamp counter, the alert mail is sent to users in every power-on
of the projector. This alert mail will not be sent when unchecking the mail sending condi-
tion "When PJ lamp replacement time is reached".
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢇꢊ
SNMP setting
SNMP setting
This projector provides a SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol)
agent function. The SNMP consists of a manager and agents. The group
which communicates information each other with SNMP is called
"Community". There are two access modes in a community, Refer (read only) and Set (read-
write). This projector allows to use Refer (read only) only. The SNMP message informs the pro-
jector status called "Trap" to an administrator. Click SNMP Setting on the main menu and
set up each item.
PJ information
Item
Description
Contact...............................................Enter user name of the projector etc. (optional)
Place .....................................................Enter place of the projector (optional)
Community name(refer).......Enter community name (read only). Default name is "public".
Trap
Item
Description
Community name......................Enter community name to send "Trap". Default name is "public".
Trap address...................................Enter IP address of the SNMP manager computer to receive "Trap".
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢇꢌ
Chapter 3 Basic Setting and Operation
Trap check/delete
Check and delete the trap address
Checking the registered trap address and
deleting the address.
To delete the address, tick check box in front
of the IP address and click Delete button.
ꢕ Up to 10 trap addresses can be registered.
Trap option
Trap option setting
Tick check boxes in front of the condition item
to send the trap.
ꢕ Click Set button if you tick or un-tick the check
box on a page.
ꢕꢁꢁ"When PJ lamp is off" signifies the lamp goes out without user operation. "When PJ is turned into
Standby in proper user operation" signifies that the projector is turned on by using the web browser and
then it is turned into standby with ON/STANDBY button on the top control or the remote control.
ꢕꢁUp to 99,999 hours can be set for the time setting.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢆꢅ
Chapter 4
4
Controlling the Projector
Describes controlling and setting of the projector by using the web
browser.
ꢆꢉ
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 4 Controlling the Projector
Power control and status check
Click Power & Status on the main menu. The control page will be dis-
played.
By clicking ON or Standby button on the page, the power of the projector can be con-
trolled.
Confirmation window as
shown in the below appears
when the Standby button is
pressed.
Popup confirmation window
Item
Description
PJ status
Power .........................Displays the status of the lamp. (ON, OFF, On starting up, On cooling down)
Status ..........................Displays the status of the projector's power. (Refer to next page.)
Power control ........Controls the projector power by clicking the "ON" or "Standby" button.
ꢕ The projector cannot be turned on while the projector is on cooling down.
ꢕ The web browser checks and updates the projector's condition every 30 seconds automatically.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢆꢇ
Power control and status check
About projector condition
Status
Description
Normal............................................................... Projector is operating normally.
Power management in operation........... Power management is operating
Lamp failure................................................... Lamp failure is occurring
Abnormal Temperature......................... The temperature of the projector became too high
Standby after Abnormal Temp......... Projector detects abnormal temp. and sets into standby mode.
Power failure ................................................ Power failure has occurred inside the projector. Projector is turned
off. Unplug the AC cord and ask servicing to a qualified service
personnel.
When a security (PIN code lock) has been set on the projector, you also cannot
control it through the network. To control the projector through the network,
unlock the security on the projector using with the projector's menu control.
Caution about turning on/off the projector via the networks
When turning on/off the projector via the networks, preset the projector as fol-
lows:
1. Select “Setting” from the Projector menu.
2. Select “Standby mode” from the Setting menu and set it as “Network”.
If you set this function as "Network", the network part of the projector is con-
stantly provided with power even if the projector is turned off. If you set this as
Eco, then the network part will be turned off when you turn off the projector.
Consequently, you cannot turn on/off the projector via the networks.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢆꢆ
Chapter 4 Controlling the Projector
Control
Click Control on the main menu. The setting method differs depending
on the contents of the page. Click on the page number to change pages
and select desired setting items.
ꢕ Please see the owner's manual of the projector to have the further information of
each control item.
Input
This function is to select the input mode and source mode of the projector. Click Set but-
ton after selecting the input and source mode.
Item
Description
Input.........................Selects input mode of the projector.
Source.....................Selects signal source of the input.
Computer1 : RGB
Component
RGB(Scart)
S-video
Computer2 : RGB
Video
ꢕ The control page displays valid control items depending on the selected input mode, signal
or functions of the projector you use, therefore, there may be different controls between the
described items and actual control items on the page display. For further information , refer to the
projector's owner's manual.
ꢕ
When the projector is in standby, all the controlling items are inactive.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢆꢈ
Control
System
This function is to select the system of signal
input to the projector. The available system
mode are listed on the pull-down menu but-
ton according to the input signal. Select a
system and then click Set button.
Available selection at the RGB input
Item
Description
XGA1........................It automatically switches to the proper computer
system of the input signal.
* The computer system modes (VGA, SVGA, XGA.
SXGA, UXGA, WXGA...) which meet the input sig-
nal are listed.
Available selection at the Video/S-video/Scart input
Item
Description
AUTO........................It automatically switches to the proper color sys-
tem of the input signal.
* The selectable color systems are PAL, SECAM,
NTSC, NTSC4.43, PAL-M and PAL-N.
* AUTO is fixed at the Scart input.
Available selection at the Component input
Item
Description
AUTO........................It automatically switches to the proper scanning
system of the input signal.
* The selectable scanning systems are 480i, 576i,
480p, 576p, 720p, 1035i and 1080i.
If the mode (Mode1 to Mode10) which is stored in the item "PC Adjustment" ( p.38) is available,
they are also listed together with the above mode.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢆꢍ
Chapter 4 Controlling the Projector
Sound
This function is to adjust the sound of the
projector. The values in the text box repre-
sent the current control value or status.
Item
Description
Volume...................Adjusts the sound volume from the speaker. (0 ~ 31)
Mute.........................Suppresses the sound. (ON, OFF)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢆꢋ
Control
Image adjustment
This function is to adjust the projected picture image and save the image mode. To store
the adjusted value, click Store button, and to load the adjusted value, click Load button.
Item
Description
Contrast.............................. Adjusts picture con-
trast (0~ 63)
Brightness ......................... Adjusts picture bright-
ness (0~ 63)
Color...................................... Adjusts picture color
saturation (0~ 63)
Tint ......................................... Adjusts picture hue
(0~ 63)
Color temp........................ Sets a color temperature
mode. (High, Mid, Low,
XLow, User)
White balance
Red, Green, Blue..... Adjusts each white
balance respectively.
(0~ 63)
* When changing the value of the
white balance, the color temp.
indicates "User".
Sharpness................................Adjusts picture
sharpness. (0~ 15)
Gamma.......................................... Adjusts brightness of darker part of the picture. (0~ 15)
Noise reduction ................Switches noise reduction mode (OFF, L1, L2)
Progressive............................Switches progressive mode (OFF, L1, L2, Film)
Reset............................................Resets the Image adjustment to previous levels.
Store............................................Stores the Image adjustment values. Select an item [Image1 - Image4] from
the pull-down menu and click Store button.
Load image mode.............Loads the Image mode. Select an image mode from the pull-down menu
and click Load button. There may not be available mode depending on the
input mode as shown in the table left.
Input source
Image mode Video Computer
Dynamic
Standard
Cinema
ꢈꢁ
ꢈ
ꢈ
ꢈ
*
ꢈ
ꢈ
ꢈ
ꢈ
ꢈ
Real
*
Blackboard(Green)
Colorboard
Image1 - 4
ꢈꢁ
The mark "ꢈ" means that the available image mode in the
selected input source. The error message appears when
selecting the disabled image mode indicated with "*".
ꢈ
ꢈ
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢆꢔ
Chapter 4 Controlling the Projector
PC adjustment
Click PC Adj. on the main menu. This function is to adjust the signal from
the computer connected to the projector to obtain the proper picture
image on the screen.
Item
Description
Current mode......Displays a current mode like VGA, SVGA, XGA. SXGA, UXGA, WXGA, etc. or Mode1 - Mode10
which are the customized mode created by using the "Mode Store" function described
below.
Auto PC adj..........Performs automatic adjustment.
Fine sync ..............Performs Fine Sync adjustment. (0 ~ 31)
Total dots..............Adjust the number of total dots in the horizontal period.
Clamp......................Adjusts the phase of the clamp.
Display area
Horizontal..........Adjusts the image area horizontally.
Vertical..............Adjusts the image area vertically.
Position
Horizontal.......Adjusts the horizontal position of the screen.
Vertical..............Adjusts the vertical position of the screen.
Reset.........................Resets the PC adjustments to the previous levels.
Mode Store..........Stores the PC adjustment values. Select a mode no. [Mode1 - Mode10] from the
pull-down menu.
Mode Free............Clear the PC adjustment values. Select a mode no. [Mode1 - Mode10] from the pull-
down menu.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢆꢊ
Setting up the projector
Setting up the projector
Click Setting on the main menu. This function is to set up the projector.
Select the sub menu [Screen setting] or [Setting] and then set up each set-
ting.
Screen setting
This function is to adjust the screen mode of
the projector. The values in the text box rep-
resent the current screen status.
Item
Description
Screen .....................Switches the screen mode. (Normal, True, Wide, Full, Custom) There may not be avail-
able mode depending on the input mode as shown in the table below.
Input source
Screen mode Video Computer
Normal
True
Wide
Full
ꢈ
*
ꢈ
*
ꢈ
ꢈ
ꢈ
ꢈ
ꢈ
The mark "ꢈ" means that the available screen mode in
the selected input source system. The error message
appears when selecting the disabled screen mode indi-
cated with "*".
Custom
ꢈ
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢆꢌ
Chapter 4 Controlling the Projector
Setting 1
Item
Description
Language..............Sets the language display of projector's
on-screen display menu.
Auto setup...........Executes the Auto PC Adj, Input Search
and Auto keystone function below
according to the each setting after click-
ing Start button.
Auto PC Adj......Sets Auto PC Adjustment mode. (ON,
OFF)
Input search.....Sets the auto-input signal detection
mode. (ON1, ON2, OFF)
Auto keystone....Sets Auto Keystone mode. (Auto, Manual, OFF)
Background.........Sets the screen background when no signal input. (Blue, User, Black)
Display....................Switches on or off the on-screen menu display on the screen. (ON, OFF)
Logo .........................Sets on or off the logo display on the screen during the startup. (OFF, Default, User)
Setting 2
Item
Description
Ceiling.....................Sets the image top/bottom and left/
right reversed. (ON, OFF)
Rear...........................Sets the image left/right reversed. (ON,
OFF)
Terminal.................Sets the COMPUTER IN 2/MONITOR
OUT terminal. (Computer2, Monitor
out)
Power
management.....Sets into the selected power manage-
ment mode (Ready, Shutdown, OFF) if
the input signal is interrupted and no control key is pressed for the specified period
of time.
*The specified time can be set 1 to 30 min.
Direct on................Sets the power-on mode when the AC cord is connected to the outlet. (ON, OFF)
Lamp control......Selects lamp control mode. (High, Normal, Eco)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢈꢅ
Setting up the projector
Setting 3
Item
Description
Key lock..................Sets the prohibition of controls either
Projector or Remote control. (OFF,
Projector keys, Remote control)
Fan control.............Sets the fan control speed.
OFF
ON1
ON2
Normal mode
Highland mode 1
Highland mode 2
Lamp Corres.
Value(h)..................Displays the lamp use time
(Corresponding value) . Reset the time
after lamp replacement. Click "Reset", a
confirmation display appears, and then
click "OK", the time will be reset.
Filter counter......Displays the filter counter. Reset the time
after filter clean-up. Click "Reset", a confirmation display appears, and then click "OK",
the time will be reset.
Filter warning.....Sets the time to indicate the filter warning message on the screen. (OFF, 100H, 200H,
300H)
Factory default...Sets all of the projector control items to the factory default setting except the fol-
lowing items.
User Logo, Logo PIN code lock, PIN code lock, Lamp Corres. Value, Filter counter, PJ
time
* This function is effective for all the Network settings.
No show.................Sets the black out image temporarily. (ON, OFF)
Freeze......................Sets the image to freeze mode. (ON, OFF)
Closed caption..Sets the closed caption function.
Closed caption...Sets the closed caption mode. (OFF, CC1, CC2, CC3, CC4)
Color .....................Sets the color of the contents. (Color, White)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢈꢉ
Chapter 4 Controlling the Projector
Information
This page is to display the basic information of the projector status. Click
Information on the main menu.
Click this button to
update the information.
Items
Description
Input
System
Signal
Displays selected input and source.
Displays selected signal system.
Input signal status (Yes, No)
Displays screen mode.
Screen
Lamp status
Security
PJ time(h)
Displays lamp status with an icon. Refer to the table as shown below.
Displays the security (PIN code lock) status (Yes, No)
Displays the accumulated use time of the projector.
Lamp Corres. Value(h) Displays the use time (Corresponding value) of the lamp.
Filter time(h) Displays the accumulated use time of the filter.
Indication of the lamp status
Icon display/background Status
Lamp on (Normal)
White/Blue
Lamp on (Lamp is being used over a specified use time, replace lamp
immediately)
White/Red
Lamp off (Normal)
Gray/Blue
Lamp off (Lamp is being used over a specified use time, replace lamp
immediately)
Gray/Red
Lamp failure (Lamp failure, check lamp condition)
Red/Blue with X
Red/Red with X
Lamp failure (Lamp failure and lamp is being used over a specified use
time, replace lamp immediately)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢈꢇ
Chapter 5
Appendix
5
Connection examples
Use of telnet
Web browser setting
Q & A
ꢈꢆ
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 5 Appendix
Examples of connection
Peer-To-Peer connection
Connecting the projector (PJ01) to the control computer (PC05) directly.
* STP cross cable
Computer Name: PC05
Projector Name: PJ01
IP Address
Subnet Mask
Default Gateway
DNS
: 192.168.0.5
IP Address
: 192.168.0.2
: 255.255.255.0
:
:
Subnet Mask
: 255.255.255.0
Default Gateway : 0.0.0.0
DNS
: 0.0.0.0
Connecting the projector (PJ01) to the control computer (PC05) via the hub.
Hub
To another network
Computer Name: PC05
IP Address
Subnet Mask
Default Gateway
DNS
: 192.168.0.5
Projector Name: PJ01
: 255.255.255.0
:
:
IP Address
: 192.168.0.2
Subnet Mask
: 255.255.255.0
Default Gateway : 0.0.0.0
DNS
: 0.0.0.0
Computer Name: PC10
IP Address
Subnet Mask
Default Gateway
DNS
: 192.168.0.10
: 255.255.255.0
:
:
When the projector is connected to the computer directly without hub, the STP cross cable
should be used.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢈꢈ
Examples of connection
The gateway (Router) installed in the network
Connecting the projector (PJ01) to the control computer (PC05) via the gateway.
Entrance hall
Computer Name
: PC205
: 192.168.200.5
: 255.255.255.0
IP Address
Subnet Mask
Default Gateway : 192.168.200.1
DNS
: 192.168.201.1
Projector Name: PJ01
IP Address
: 192.168.200.15
: 255.255.255.0
Subnet Mask
Default Gateway : 192.168.200.1
DNS
: 192.168.201.1
Hub
Network Group: 192.168.200.x
IP Address : 192.168.200.1
Gateway (Router)
To another network
IP Address : 192.168.100.1
IP Address : 192.168.10.1
Office
Hub
Hub
Computer Name: PC05
Computer Name
IP Address
: PC10
: 192.168.10.10
: 255.255.255.0
Computer Name
: PC51
: 192.168.10.51
: 255.255.255.0
Computer Name
IP Address
: PC61
: 192.168.10.61
: 255.255.255.0
IP Address
IP Address
: 192.168.10.5
Subnet Mask
Subnet Mask
Subnet Mask
Subnet Mask
: 255.255.255.0
Default Gateway : 192.168.10.1
DNS
Default Gateway : 192.168.10.1
Default Gateway : 192.168.10.1
DNS
Default Gateway : 192.168.10.1
: 192.168.201.1
DNS
: 192.168.201.1
: 192.168.201.1
DNS
: 192.168.201.1
Network Group: 192.168.10.x
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢈꢍ
Chapter 5 Appendix
Use of telnet
*1
You can control the projector by using the telnet application installed on your computer.
Normally, the telnet application is available on your computer.
* The telnet 10000 port is used to control the projector.
Control
(For example, in case of using the telnet
application of Mac OS X v 10.4)
(For example, in case of using the telnet
application of Windows XP Professional.)
1. Select Terminal from Applications
-->Utilities.
1. Select Run... submenu from Start menu
on the computer. Type "telnet" onto the
Open text area on the displayed window
and press OK button.
Type as below on the displayed window.
> telnet [return]
2. The telnet application will start and the following window will be displayed. Type as
below to connect the projector.
> open 192.168.1.201 10000 [return]
* Use the IP address assigned to the projector.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢈꢋ
Use of telnet
3. When communication is established correctly, the word "PASSWORD:" appears on the
*2
window. Type the login password (Network PIN code ) for the projector and then press
"Enter" key on the keyboard. If you do not set up the Network PIN code, just press "Enter"
key.
When the word "Hello" is replied, login has been succeeded.
* The password "1234" is used for the example.
4. Type the commands, refer to below table, to control the projector and then press "Enter"
key for termination. For example, type "C00" which is a command to turn on the projec-
tor, and press "Enter" key. Confirm the projector is turning on.
* Enter with ASCII 64-byte capital characters and one-byte characters.
To disconnect the communication, press "Ctrl" key and "]" key at the same time, type
"close" and then press "Enter" key on the Keyboard.
> close [return]
The table below shows the typical command lists for controlling this projector and please
consult your local dealer for further information of another commands.
Command list table
Command Function
C00
C01
C02
C09
C0A
C0B
C0C
C1C
C1D
Turns the projector on
Shutdowns the projector directly
Turns the projector off
Volume up
Volume down
Audio Mute on
Audio Mute off
Menu display on
Menu display off
*1 Further instructions about the telnet application, please see the on-line guide on your computer.
*2 The password is a Network PIN code decided item "Network PIN code setting" (pp.14, 23). If the
authentication of the entered password is failed 4 times continuously, the communication will be
disconnected automatically. Please try again for the connection.
If the password or any command is not entered for more than 30 seconds, the communication will
be disconnected automatically. Please try again for the connection.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢈꢔ
Chapter 5 Appendix
Web browser setting
This projector is designed to be set up and controlled from an Internet web browser.
Depending on the preference settings of the web browser, some control functions may
not be available. Please make sure that the following functions are set up properly in the
web browser.
Active Script/JavaScript enable
There are some control items used with the JavaScript function in the setting pages. If
the web browser is set not to use this JavaScript function, it may not control the projector
properly. In this case, the warning message "Make sure JavaScript is ON." will be displayed
on the top of the page. To enable the JavaScript, please see further instructions on the
next page.
Proxy setting
In some cases, your web browser is set up to use the proxy server for the internet or
intranet connection. In this case, when you install this projector into the local network, you
should set up the proxy setting of web browser preference correctly. Especially when con-
necting the projector and computer with a STP cross cable directly, or when the network
does not provide the proxy server, make sure that "not use proxy server" is set up in your
web browser preference. Please see item "Examples: OS/Browsers" in the next page for
further setting up procedure.
There are various ways to change your browser preferences depending on the version or applica-
tions. Please see the setting instructions on next page for example and also refer to on-line help of
your web browser.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢈꢊ
Web browser setting
Examples: OS/Browsers
Windows XP Professional
Internet Explorer v.6.0
ActiveScript setting
Select Internet Options from Tools menu on the web browser and then select Security
tab and click Customize Level… button. On the security setting window, scroll down and
find the Scripting item, make sure that "Enable" is selected in item Active Scripting.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢈꢌ
Chapter 5 Appendix
Proxy setting
Select Internet Options from Tools menu on the web browser and then select
Connection tab and click LAN Settings button. Properly set up your web browser's the
proxy server settings according to the local area network environment to which the pro-
jector is connected.
- Using proxy server
To use an external internet connection from the local area network, check the item Use a
proxy server and enter the proxy server address and port correctly in the proxy settings
window. For further instruction please consult your network administrator.
- Not using proxy server
Uncheck the item Use a proxy server.
If you connect the projector to the computer directly with STP cross cable, this must be
unchecked.
To designate proxy settings that will not use the
proxy server when accessing the projector installed
in the local area network, enter the IP address or
domain name here.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢍꢅ
Web browser setting
Netscape Navigator v.7.1
JavaScript Setting
Select Preference from Edit
menu on the web browser
and th en s ele c t th e item
Advanced/Scripts & Plugins
in the Category column. Make
sure that the Enable JavaScript
for Navigator is checked.
Proxy setting
Select Preference from Edit menu on the web browser and then select the item Advanced/
Proxies in the Category column. Properly set up your web browser's the proxy server set-
tings according to the local area network environment to which the projector is connected.
- Using proxy server
When you use an external internet connection from the local area network, select the item
Manual proxy configuration. Enter the proxy server address and port number correctly on
HTTP Proxy item. For further instruction please consult your network administrator.
- Not using proxy server
Select the item Direct con-
nection to the Internet in the
proxy setting window.
If you connect the projector
to the computer directly with
STP cross cable, this must be
selected.
To designate proxy settings that
will not use the proxy server
when accessing the projector
installed in the local area net-
work, enter the IP address or
domain name here.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
51
Chapter 5 Appendix
MAC OS X v 10.4
Safari v.3.2.1
JavaScript enable setting
Select Preferences... from Safari
on the web browser and then select
Securit y tab and check Enable
JavaScript.
Proxy setting
1 Open Preferences... from Safari menu on the web browser Safari. The preference
2mSeelneuctaApdpveaarnsc. ed icon and then click Proxies: Change Settings ....
3 Select Proxies tab and properly set up your web browser Safari's the proxy server
settings according to the local area network environment to which the projector is con-
nected.
- Using proxy server
To use an external internet connection from the local area network, check the items Web
Proxy (HTTP) and Secure Web Proxy (HTTPS) of Select a proxy server to configure
window and enter the proxy server address and port correctly in Web Proxy Server win-
dow. For further instruction please consult your network administrator.
- Not using proxy server
Uncheck the items Web Proxy (HTTP) and Secure Web Proxy (HTTPS) of Select a
proxy server to configure.
If you connect the projector to the computer directly with STP cross cable, they must be
unchecked.
To designate proxy settings that will not use the
proxy server when accessing the projector installed
in the local area network, enter the IP address or
domain name here.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
52
Q&A
Q&A
Installation/Access
Q
A
Why doesn’t the setting page appear in my web browser?
Following causes are possible. Please check them.
1. The projector does not connect to the network.
Check LED indicators status ( p.12).
- Check the connection of LAN cable if the LINK Lamp does not light green.
- Check the network configuration of the projector if the ACT Lamp does not
blink orange.
2. Wrong network configuration of the computer.
Check the network configuration of the computer.
3. The proxy setting of the web browser is not set correctly ( p.50).
4. The computer does not provide TCP/IP protocol.
Q
A
How can I restrict access from the computer.
1. Please use the password authentication function on the login page ( p.23).
2. Please use the IP filtering function provided with the gateway (router) to
restrict the accessing from the computer. For further information please consult
your network administrator.
Q
Can I access the projector installed on the company’s local area network
from a remote location?
A
There are some ways to access to the projector in the LAN, but you must consult
your network administrator for security reason.
ꢕ Use of modem
(Connect to the company’s network from your home or some other places by
using modem.)
ꢕ Use of private line
(Connect to the company’s network from the branch office or maintenance
office by using private line.)
ꢕ Use of internet
(Connect to the company’s network from your home, branch office or some
other places by using the internet.)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢍꢆ
Chapter 5 Appendix
Q
A
We use the DHCP/BOOTP server to assign the IP address. Is it possible to
use the projector in this network environment?
Possible. This projector supports the DHCP/BOOTP server. To use this projector in
this network environment, set it up so that the DHCP/BOOTP server does not assign
the IP address configured to this projector for another device on the network. Please
consult your network administrator ( pp.13, 24).
Q
A
How can I install several projectors?
Install and configure network one by one to avoid the IP address collision each
other. To configure the IP address please see item "Network configuration" ( pp.12-13,
24).
Password/Login
Q
A
Q
A
What should I do when I forget the IP address of the projector?
You can check the IP address in the "Network information" menu.
What should I do when I forget the password (Network PIN code)?
Please set the new network PIN code in the "Network PIN code" menu.
Q
A
Can I register the setting page as a web browser "Favorites" or
"Bookmarks"?
Please add "Login" page to your "Favorites" or "Bookmarks". Do not add the speci-
fied setting page because it will not be able to perform the password authentica-
tion correctly.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢍꢈ
Q&A
Operation
Q
A
Why can't be turned on/off with web browser?
Please make sure the settings of the projector are correct to use the projector.
Please set the Standby mode of the projector's Setting menu to "Network". Refer to
"4. Controlling the Projector" "Power control and status check" ( pp.32 - 33).
Q
A
Why can't I change the controls in the setting page with web browser?
Please make sure the projector is turned on. If it is in the standby mode, the setting
is not effective to the projector. To control the projector with a web browser, the
projector must be in the powered-on condition.
Q
A
Why does it sometimes take a lot of time to complete the page display?
The display speed of the page depends on the network environment in which both
the projector and computer are placed. It may take much time to complete the
page display if network traffic is heavy. Please consult your network administrator.
Q
A
How many numbers of the E-mail address can I register in the E-mail set-
ting page.
You can register up to 10 addresses.
Q
A
Why am I not receiving E-mail alert messages?
Make sure that the registered E-mail address and SMTP server address are correct. If
the SMTP server is located in your LAN (Local Area Network), the address should be
set to the SMTP server in your LAN. The SMTP server located outside of your LAN
may not be available for security reason. For further information please contact your
network administrator ( p.25).
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
55
Chapter 5 Appendix
Others
Q
A
What are the rules for IP address assignment?
If the network is constructed with TCP/IP protocol, a unique IP address is required
for each piece of network equipment. The following are basic rules of the assign-
ment.
Rule1
Do not configure the same IP address to the network equipment in the
same network group. Each piece of equipment must be assigned a unique IP
address.
If the IP address is set [192.168.x.x], the Subnet Mask should be set
[255.255.255.0] for example.
Rule2
The start address [xxx.xxx.xxx.0] and the last address [xxx.xxx.xxx.255] of
the IP address must not be assigned to any other equipment. These address
numbers are reserved.
Rule3
The IP address must correlate to a network number. If network numbers are
different between the equipment, they cannot establish communications
each other. In this case, the router is placed in the networks to make the rout-
ing.
Q
A
Can I control the projector by using the telnet application?
Possible. Please refer to the item "Use of telnet" ( p.46 - 47).
Q
A
What is the MAC address assigned to the projector?
The MAC address is displayed in "Network information" menu ( p.14).
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢍꢋ
Q&A
Q
A
Can I update the firmware of the projector.
It is possible to update the firmware through the network. It is required to have a
special tool for the updating. For further information please consult your local dealer.
The version number of the firmware is indicated on the lower part of the "Initial set-
ting" page.
Version of the
firmware
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
57
Contents
Contents..................................................................................2
Chapter 1 Introducing ..........................................................3
Introducing......................................................................................................................................................3
SNMP...................................................................................................................................................................3
Trademarks.......................................................................................................................................................3
Operating Environment...........................................................................................................................4
Chapter 2 Set up ....................................................................5
PJ Network Manager installation........................................................................................................6
PJ Network Manager un-installation................................................................................................6
Chapter 3 Basic Operation...................................................7
Launching and quitting PJ Network Manager...........................................................................8
Name of status window...........................................................................................................................8
Quitting PJ Network Manager..............................................................................................................9
Menu tree.........................................................................................................................................................9
What's Target ..................................................................................................................................................9
Name of the button on the tool bar.............................................................................................10
Icon display for the target....................................................................................................................10
Addition of the target ............................................................................................................................11
Editing the target......................................................................................................................................11
Deletion of the target.............................................................................................................................11
Setting up the warning value ...........................................................................................................12
Starting target monitoring..................................................................................................................12
When happens the alert on the target .......................................................................................13
When happens the trap event on the target..........................................................................13
What's Trap....................................................................................................................................................13
Stopping monitoring the target......................................................................................................14
Displaying all the status information of the target..............................................................14
Setting the target group ......................................................................................................................14
Setting up the password of Telnet.................................................................................................15
Setting commands batch processing for multiple targets.............................................15
Setting timer for targets........................................................................................................................16
Setting up default setting....................................................................................................................17
Customizing the status list..................................................................................................................19
Viewing the alert information...........................................................................................................22
Viewing the event log............................................................................................................................23
Description of Event, Type, Warning column, Warning value ......................................24
About event treatment.........................................................................................................................26
Viewing the command history.........................................................................................................27
Storing the management file............................................................................................................28
Information saved to the registry ..................................................................................................28
Registering the target information from the defined file at once..............................29
Format of the defined file....................................................................................................................30
Example of the defined file.................................................................................................................30
Login to the target equipment........................................................................................................31
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2
Chapter 1 Introducing
Introducing
This PJ Network Manager is a SNMP manager software for the network equipment which
supports the private MIB (Management Information Base).
By installing the PJ Network Manager to the computer, you can monitor the equipment
simply such as the projector, the projection monitor and the flat display monitor connect-
ed to the network.
* The PJ Network Manager can handle our products which has a SNMP agent function.
SNMP
SNMP is an abbreviation for Simple Network Management Protocol.
On the TCP/IP network, it is the protocol to monitor and control the equipment connected
to the network.
SNMP realizes the management function by reading and changing the management infor-
mation called MIB with SNMP protocol between the manager (management equipment)
and agent (controlled equipment) which are connected with TCP/IP network.
PJ1
PJ2
PJ3
PJ4
Trap
PC6
PC5
PC4
You received
a trap.
Trap
SNMP Manager
Trademarks
Microsoft, Windows, Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows Vista, and Windows 7 are regis-
tered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. Macintosh is a registered trademark of Apple,
Inc. in the USA and other countries. Other products or brand names in this manual are reg-
istered trademarks or trademarks of their respective owners.
* Unauthorized use of a part or whole of the contents in this manual is prohibited.
* The contents of this manual are subject to change without notice.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢆ
Chapter 1 Introducing
Operating Environment
Item
Minimum
Recommended
Pentium 4 2.0GHz or higher for Windows XP
Pentium 4 3.0GHz or higher for Windows Vista
and Windows 7
CPU
Pentium III 400MHz or higher
128MB or higher
256MB or higher for Windows XP
1GB or higher for Windows Vista and Windows 7
Memory
HDD
More than 20MB of free disk space
Screen
resolution
SVGA (16 colors or more)
10Mbps or more
XGA True color or more
100Mbps or more
LAN
Windows 2000
Windows XP
Windows Vista
Windows 7
Windows XP Professional
Windows Vista (32bit version)
Windows 7 (32bit version)
OS
Limited condition
The number of agents monitored is up to 200.
Expression/Abbreviation
The OS of the computer and the Web browser described in this manual is Windows XP
Professional and Internet Explorer 6.0. In case of another OS or Web browser, some instruc-
tion procedures may differ from the actual operation depending on your computer envi-
ronment.
Use of this manual
This manual does not provide the description of basic operation and functions for comput-
er, web browser, projector and network. For instructions about each piece of equipment or
application software, please refer to the respective manual.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢈ
2
Chapter 2
Set up
5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 2 Set up
PJ Network Manager installation
1Set the supplied CD-ROM into the CD-ROM
drive of your computer. Double click SetupTool.
exe icon in the "PJ Network Manager" folder in
2tSheeleCcDt-"R[OEnMg.lish [United States]" from the pull-
down menu on the "Choose Setup Language"
window and click OK button to start installing
and then follow the installation wizards.
As the "Software License Agreement" will
appear, read contents carefully and click Yes
button if you agree with the license agree-
ment to proceed with installing.
Note:
To install the software into the computer with Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows
Vista, or Windows 7 you should login as administrator. Before installation, make sure
that the other applications are closed, otherwise proper installation cannot be made.
PJ Network Manager un-installation
To remove the PJ Network Manager software from your computer, perform it with "Add
& Remove Programs" on the control panel. (In case of Windows Vista or Windows 7, use
"Programs and Features" from the control panel.)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢋ
3
Chapter 3
Basic Operation
7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 3 Basic Operation
Launching and quitting PJ Network Manager
To launch PJ Network Manager, take one of the following.
- Select "PJ Network Manager" from the menu "Start" - "All programs".
1
- Double click a management file* .
Name of status window
Menu
Tool bar
Status column
Target
Polling times indication
Event indication
Status bar
Status list
* With double clicking the target name, the web browser is launching and
displays login window of the target.(ꢓp.31)
Items
Description
Menu..................................... Executes a command with menu selection
Tool bar ............................... Executes a command assigned to a button.
Target ................................... Network equipment for monitoring.
Status bar........................... Indicates the status of PJ Network Manager and explaining the command selected
with cursor.
Status list............................ Indicates the status of targets monitoring.
When some errors are detected, the target name, icon and error items are indicated
with red.
Status column ................ Column of status list.
Polling times indication......... Indicates the times of polling during the monitoring.
Event indication............ Indicates the event (ALERT, TRAP, SYSERR) when the event happened.
*1 The file in which the Monitor target information and event log information are stored. Refer to item
"Storing the management file" (ꢓp.28) for further details.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢊ
Quitting PJ Network Manager
[Note]
* The PJ Network Manager cannot open multiple status windows at the same time.
Quitting PJ Network Manager
To quit the PJ Network Manager, click the close box on top right of the status window, or
select "Exit" from the "File" menu
Menu tree
Menu
Sub menu
Operation
File
New
Creates a new management file.
Open
Save
Save As
Exit
Opens an existing management file.
Saves the active management file.
Saves the active management file with a new file name.
Quits the application.
Target
Target monitoring
Target addition
Target editing
Target deletion
Group setting
Starts or stops target monitoring.
Adds a new target. Target information window will appear.
Edits selected target information.
Deletes the selected target.
Groups the selected targets.
Warning value setting Sets up the warning value of the selected target.
Telnet setting Sets up the password of telnet.
Commands batch processing Sets commands batch processing for multiple selected targets.
Timer setting
Sets up the timer for the selected target.
System
Display
Target batch registration
System default setting
Imports target information defined with the external file.
Sets up the default setting (monitoring information, e-mail informa-
tion).
Selects display items on the status list.
Sets up display font type and size on the status list.
Column selection
Font setting
Update
Updates the information on the status list display.
Displays selected target information.
Displays all of alert information on the status list.
Displays all the event logs.
Target display
Alert display
Event log display
Command history display Displays all of command history.
Tool bar
Switches tool bar on or off.
Displays version of software.
Help
Version information
What's Target
Target indicates the network equipment which provides an SNMP agent function .
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢌ
Chapter 3 Basic Operation
Name of the button on the tool bar
The following commands are assigned to the buttons on the tool bar.
New
Save
Target display
Event log display
Alert display
Open
Target monitoring
Start/Stop
Command history display
Button
Operation
New.................................................. Creates a new management file.
Open............................................... Opens an existing management file.
Save ................................................. Saves the active management file.
Target monitoring................. Starts or stops target monitoring.
Target display ........................... Displays selected target information.
Alert display............................... Displays all of alert information on the status list.
Event log display.................... Displays all the event logs.
Command history display .. Displays all of the command history.
ꢅꢁTo switch the tool bar display on or off, select "Tool bar" from "Display" menu.
Icon display for the target
Displays icon according to the target condition.
Icon
Condition
Flat display type Projector type
Normal
Abnormal condition (One of the abnormalities, Alert, Trap or System
error is happening on the target.)
Connection error (Target has been disconnected from the network)
Acquisition error (Target has been disconnected from the network, or
does not provide SNMP function.)
Unknown (Target monitoring is not operating)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢉꢅ
Addition of the target
Addition of the target
1Select Target Addition from Target menu. The target
information registering window appears.
Items
Description
Name ......................... Enter a management name of the target
equipment.
IP address ............... Enter IP address of the target equipment.
Community........... Enter a community name in the network.
Default name is "public".
System information..... Displays information set on the network
equipment
2Enter target setup information and click Update button.
The information set on the target equipment are dis-
played on the system information items.
ꢅ When the target equipment is not operating, or it is not the
monitoring equipment, the error dialog "Cannot obtain infor-
mation" will appear.
3Click OK to close the window. Repeat the above steps to register for other equipment
which is to be managed.
Editing the target
1Select a target name to edit on the status list with right click.
2Select Target editing on the popup menu. The target information window will appear
and edit the contents, then click OK button.
ꢅꢁThe system information cannot be edited.
ꢅꢁTarget editing can be executed by selecting Target editing from Target menu.
Deletion of the target
1Select a target name to delete on the status list with right click.
2Select Target deletion on the popup menu. The confirmation dialog will appear and
click Yes button to execute deleting.
ꢅꢁTarget deletion can be executed by selecting Target deletion from Target menu.
ꢅꢁꢁIt cannot perform the target addition, editing and deletion during the target monitoring.
ꢅꢁUp to 200 targets can be registered.
ꢅꢁꢁUp to 255 characters can be used for target name and community.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
11
Chapter 3 Basic Operation
Setting up the warning value
PJ Network Manager provides a function to
display the alert when the use time of the set-
ting item reaches a specified setting time. The
available setting items (use time) are depend-
ing on the target equipment.
1
Select a target on the status list with right click.
ꢅ When setting multiple targets together, select
targets with pressing "Shift" or "Control" key.
2Select Warning value setting on the popup
menu. The setting window will appear as the
3rCighhetcfkigWuraer.ning time check box. The setting
(Example of the set up window)
items are activated. Select a setting item and click
4EEdnittebrutthtoent.hArneoshthoeldr sveattliunegowfinsedloewctaepdpieteamrs. and
then click OK button. The setting window will dis-
5aSpepteuapr. warning value for remaining items if avail-
able and then click OK button. The setting win-
dow will disappear.
ꢅꢁTo disable the warning value, clear Warning time check box.
ꢅ When selecting multiple targets, the value set to the lowest target on the status list is displayed as
the current setting time. Up to 99,999 hours can be set for the use time. The warning value is stored
in the management file.
Starting target monitoring
1Click
button on the tool bar to start monitoring the target.
2PJ Network Manager starts polling the target in a sequential from the top of the status
list and displays the results on the status list.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
12
When happens the alert on the target
When happens the alert on the target
If the abnormality or connection error happens on the target, PJ Network Manager indi-
cates target name, icon and status column item with red color to let you know the abnor-
mality.
ꢅ When PJ Network Manager cannot acquire the MIB information of the target equipment, it indicates
as Connection Error.
ꢅ The interval of target monitoring is according to the setting of Monitoring interval on System
default setting from System menu. (ꢓp.17)
ꢅ For the way to give notice of the alert information, refer to Event reception process on System
default setting from System menu. (ꢓp.17)
When happens the trap event on the target
During the target monitoring, if the predefined event (trap) happens on the target equip-
ment, the target sends the trap information to PJ Network Manager. This trap information is
displayed on the status list.
The trap information is set up in the SNMP setting items of the target equipment. Projector
has items such as "When PJ lamp is off", "When the life span of lamp is reached", "When
internal PJ power circuit is failed" etc. For further trap information, refer to "SNMP setting" in
the separated network owner's manual.
ꢅ For the way to give notice of the trap information, refer to Event reception process on System
default setting from System menu. (ꢓp.17)
What's Trap
Trap is the event predefined by the SNMP agent. If the predefined event ( "When PJ lamp is
off", "When internal PJ power circuit is failed" etc. ) happens, target sends trap information
to the SNMP manager.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢉꢆ
Chapter 3 Basic Operation
Stopping monitoring the target
To stop monitoring the target, click
button again on the tool bar.
Displaying all the status information of the target
Select a target and click
button on the tool bar. The following status window appears
and displays all the available status information of the target.
ꢅ The target name and item which have an
abnormality or connection error happen-
ing are indicated with red.
ꢅ When PJ Network Manager cannot
acquire the value of column information,
"---" is displayed.
ꢅ The above procedure can perform by selecting Target display from Display menu.
Setting the target group
The target group can be set up by the procedure below. When you set a command in the
same group, you set it.
1Select targets which you want to set from the status list. Select Group setting from
2TSaerlegcettamgeronuup, t,haendditahloegnbcloicxkwOilKl abpuptetoanr .as the below figure.
ꢅ "---" will not set the group.
ꢅ The projectors setting different network passwords cannot be set to the same group. It is nec-
essary for the projectors in the same group to set to the same password.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢉꢈ
Setting up the password of Telnet
Setting up the password of Telnet
The password of telnet can be set up by the procedure below. It is necessary to make a
password, same as the network password.
1Select a target which you want to set up the password of telnet from the status list. You
can select multiple targets.
2Select Telnet setting from Target menu, Telnet setting dialog box will appear as the
below figure. Set a password and click OK button. When multiple targets are selected, all
the selected targets are set as the same password.
ꢅ The initial setting is "0000".
Setting commands batch processing for multiple targets
The commands batch processing for multiple targets can be set up by the procedure
below.
1Select a target belonging to the batch processing group which you want to set, and
select Commands batch processing from Target menu. Commands batch processing
2Sdeialleocgt baocxowmilml aapnpdeawrhaiscthheyobuelwowanfitgtuores.et, click Edit button. Parameter editing dia-
log box will appear. Select a parameter, and then click OK button. The check box of
3CColicmkmOKanbdusttboant.cThhpercoocmesmsianngddsiaalroegcabrorixedwiollubtetochaellctkheedt.argets of the same group.
ꢅꢁThe commands also work for the target which is not set to a group.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
15
Chapter 3 Basic Operation
Commands batch processing : Available Command
Items
Description
Power ON/OFF .........................Sets up the Power ON or Power OFF.
Input,Source..............................Sets up the Input and Source. Selects Input and Source.
Screen.......................................Sets up the screen size. Resizes the picture screen.
Background ...............................Sets up the background. Selects the background screen for when no input signal is
detected.
Display........................................Sets up the Display. Decides whether to display On-Screen Displays or not.
Shutter(No show) ....................Sets up the Shutter (No show). Sets black out the image.
Lamp control.............................Sets up the Lamp control. Changes brightness of the screen.
Fan control.................................Sets up the Fan control. Chooses the running speed of cooling fans.
Setting timer for targets
The timer information for targets can be set up by the procedure below.
1Choose a target which you want to set the timer.
2 Select Timer setting from Target menu. Timer selection dialog box will appear as the
below figure. Check in a check box of an event to carry out.
3When you want to add events, click Add button. Input timer informations in Timer set-
4tCinlicgkdOiaKlogbubtotox,nanodf TcilmickeOr Ksebleuctttoionn. dialog box, timers are set to the selected target.
When selecting multiple targets, timers are set to all the selected targets.
Timer
Items
Description
Execution date.........................Sets up the Timer execution date. (everyday or a day)
Execution time..........................Sets up the Timer execution time. (hh:mm:ss)
Action.......................................Sets up the events.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢉꢋ
Setting up default setting
Setting up default setting
The monitoring information and e-mail information can be set up by the procedure below.
1Select System default setting from System menu. The setting window will appear.
2Switch by clicking Monitoring information or E-mail information tab for each setting.
Monitoring information
Monitoring information
Items
Description
Monitoring interval ................Sets up the interval of the polling in minute unit. (1 to 99 minutes can be set)
Temperature unit .....................Sets up the display temperature unit Centigrade or Fahrenheit.
Event reception process..........Sets up the treatment when the event (ALERT, TRAP, SYSERR) happens on the target.
For further information, refer to the item "About event treatment" (ꢓp.26).
p Sound warning alarm
p Send e-mail
p Display warning dialog
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
17
Chapter 3 Basic Operation
E-mail information
E-mail information
Items
Description
SMTP server .....................Sets up the IP address of SMTP mail server or server host name.
Administrator's
mail address......................Sets up the e-mail address of administrator
Destination mail
address................................Sets up the destination mail address when the event (ALERT, TRAP, SYSERR) happens
on the target. The mail address entering window appears when clicking Add button.
ꢅ If Send e-mail check box of Event reception process on Monitoring information is un-checked,
the alert e-mail will not be sent even if you set up the e-mail address.
ꢅꢁꢁUp to 10 addresses can be set up for the destination mail address.
ꢅꢁꢁFor the contents of the mail, refer to item "About event treatment" (ꢓp.26).
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢉꢊ
Customizing the status list
Customizing the status list
Changing the status column indication
1Select Column selection from System menu. The col-
2uOmn nthseelwecintidoonww,inchdeocwk wthilel acpopluemarn. name to be indi-
cated on the status list.
3ꢅToThcehmanargke[*t]hneexot trodethreocfotluhmendnisapmleayincdoiclautems naleortnittehme.
status list, select a column you intend to change the
4oCrldicekr OanKdtoclicclkosTeosuepttionrgT.o down button.
Specifies col-
umn width
ꢅꢁ
Wꢁ hen specifying the column width by numeric value, enter
number (0 to 9999) onto "Column width" text box.
Column
Description
*Target name............................Name of the network equipment
*Group...........................................Group name
*Connect......................................Status of connection to the network (Connected, Un-connected)
*Drive time .................................Accumulated use time of the equipment
*Power status............................Power status of the equipment (Normal(Power-on), Normal(Standby), Power
Management, Power failure, lamp failure, etc.)
*Input status..............................Input signal status (Signal, No signal, Signal interrupted)
*Inside Temperature
A status....................................Status of inside temperature A (Normal, Warning, Error)
*Inside Temperature
B status....................................Status of inside temperature B (Normal, Warning, Error)
*Inside Temperature
C status....................................Status of inside temperature C (Normal, Error)
*External Temperature
status.........................................Status of external temperature (Normal, Warning, Error)
*Lamp1 status..........................Status of Lamp1 (Off, On, Error, Replace)
*Lamp2 status..........................Status of Lamp2 (Off, On, Error, Replace)
*Lamp3 status..........................Status of Lamp3 (Off, On, Error, Replace)
*Lamp4 status..........................Status of Lamp4 (Off, On, Error, Replace)
*Lamp1 time..............................Used time of Lamp1
*Lamp2 time..............................Used time of Lamp2
*Lamp3 time..............................Used time of Lamp3
*Lamp4 time..............................Used time of Lamp4
*Filter status...............................Status of airfilter (Normal, Clogged)
*Option Box
filter status ............................Status of option box filter (Normal, Error, Clogged)
*Filter time..................................Use time of airfilter
*Option Box
filter time................................Use time of option box filter
ꢅ
The values in parentheses are typical value and they differ depending on the connected equipment.
ꢅ The [*] next to the column name indicates alert items.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢉꢌ
Chapter 3 Basic Operation
Column
Description
*Error info....................................Error information (Not available for the projector)
IP address ....................................IP address of the network equipment
Community................................Community name of the network equipment (public)
1
Introduction date* ...............Date of the network equipment installed
Timer...............................................Timer information
Product info...............................Name of the network equipment
System name ............................System name of the network equipment (Proj_05)
Contact..........................................Contact information of the network equipment
Location........................................Installed location of the network equipment
Input signal................................Information of the input mode (Input1, Input2, etc.)
Input select ................................Information of the input source (RGB, VIDEO, S-VIDEO, NETWORK, etc.)
Network status.........................Condition of the network mode (Off line, Network Viewer, Network Capture)
Audio system............................Displays audio system mode (NORMAL, PERSONAL, MUSIC, TALK)
Volume..........................................Sound Volume of the network equipment
Treble..............................................Sound treble of the network equipment
Bass..................................................Sound bass of the network equipment
Balance..........................................Sound balance of the network equipment
Mute................................................Sound mute status of the network equipment (ON, OFF)
Power management............Power management status of the network equipment (OFF, READY, SHUTDOWN)
Monitor out................................Monitor out status of the network equipment (ON, OFF)
Shutter (No show) .................Shutter status of the network equipment (OFF, High-Contrast, Normal)
Shutter management.........Shutter management status of the network equipment (Shutdown)
Fan control..................................Fan control status of the network equipment (Normal, Maximum, OFF, On1, etc. )
Inside Temperature A..........Displays inside temperature A of the equipment (in Centigrade or Fahrenheit)
Inside Temperature B..........Displays inside temperature B of the equipment (in Centigrade or Fahrenheit)
Inside Temperature C..........Displays inside temperature C of the equipment (in Centigrade or Fahrenheit)
External Temperature .........Displays external temperature of the equipment (in Centigrade or Fahrenheit)
Lamp mode................................Displays lamp mode (1: 1-lamp mode, 2: 2-lamp mode, 4: 4-lamp mode, etc.)
Lamp control.............................Displays lamp control mode (Auto, Normal, Eco, etc.)
Model name ..............................Model name of the network equipment
*1 Set up the installed date when the PJ Network Manager is newly introduced.
ꢅꢁꢁThere are some un-available columns depending on the products. The value of un-available col-
umn is displayed in blank or with "---".
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢇꢅ
Customizing the status list
To change order or width of the column
Drag the status column name you want to change the order and move it on a new place
and drop it. To change column width, set a mouse cursor onto the right edge of the col-
umn to change, drag the mouse on it and adjust the column width.
Sorting the status list
The order of the targets on the status list can be changed by clicking the column name
which you want to sort. It switches ascending or descending order by clicking the column
name each time.
Drag to move
column
Drag to change
column width
Sort by clicking
Changing font
Select Font setting from System menu. The font setup window will appear. Select your
desired type face, style and size on the window.
ꢅ Customized font property is applied to all the windows of the setting.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
21
Chapter 3 Basic Operation
Viewing the alert information
1Click
button on the tool bar. The alert display window appears and the alert informa-
tion of all the targets which are having an alert is listed on this window as the below.
2To export the alert information as text file (CSV file), click Export button.
ꢅꢁColumn width can be changed with dragging the right edge of the column. The column order can
be changed with drag and drop the column. Column can not be deleted.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
22
Viewing the event log
Viewing the event log
1Click
button on the tool bar. The event log display window appears and the events
which have been happened on the targets are listed on this window as the below.
2To export these events as text file (CSV file), click Export button.
3To delete the event log, select the accrual date item you intend to delete by clicking and
then click Delete button. On the confirmation dialog, click Yes to execute deletion.
Event log information items
Items
Description
Accrual date......... Accrual date of the event
Target name......... Name of the network equipment
IP address............... IP address of the network equipment
Event ......................... Type of the Event (ALERT, TRAP, SYSERR ) (See table on the next page)
Type ........................... Type of the Event (See table on the next page)
Warning column.......... Warning column of the Event (See table on the next page)
Warning value .... Warning value of the Event (See table on the next page)
Unit............................. Displays unit of the warning value.
ꢅꢁꢁThe listed items are fixed.
ꢅ
The order of the event log list can be changed temporarily by clicking the column name which you
want to sort. It switches ascending or descending order by clicking the column name each time.
ꢅ Column width can be changed by dragging the right edge of the column. The column order can be
changed with drag and drop the column. Column cannot be deleted.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢇꢆ
Chapter 3 Basic Operation
Description of Event, Type, Warning column, Warning value
Description
Event
Type
Warning Column
Warning Value
Un-connected
Connect
Connected
Acquisition error
PowerFailure
TemperatureError
Normal (AfterTempError)
RS232CFailure
Power management
Shutter management
LampFailure
Power status
Input status
Normal(Standby)
Normal(OnStartingUp)
Normal(OnCoolingDown)
Normal(PowerOn)
TemperatureError(OnCoolingDown)
Power management(OnCoolingDown)
Shutter management(OnCoolingDown)
LampFailure(OnCoolingDown)
ON : Abnormality has
happened
OFF : Abnormality has been
cleared
ALERT
SignalsInterrupted
SignalsInputted
Inside Temperature status (A to
C)
External Temperature status
Abnormal
Failure
Lamp status (1 to 4)
Lamp time (1 to 4)
Filter status
Replace
(setting time)
Clogged
Warning
* Refer to the
next page
Filter time
(setting time)
Failure
LampFailure
LampReplace
Lamp status (1 to 4)
Power status
Replace
Normal(Standby)
Normal(OnCoolingDown)
PowerFailure
PowerOFF
PowreFailure
Power management
PowerManagement
ShutterManagement
Power management(OnCoolingDown)
ShutterManagement
ShutterManagement(OnCoolingDown)
Inside Temperature status (A to
C)
External Temperature status
TemperatureError
Abnormal
TRAP
SignalIsInterrupted
Input status
Lamp time (1-4)
Filter time
SignalIsInterrupted
(lamp time)
LampReplacementTime
FilterReplacementTime
(filter time)
Clogged
Warning
CloggedFilterWarning
AutoPlayError
Filter status
n/a
Error
WarningOnConstantModeForBr
ightness
n/a
n/a
*Mail Transfer
*MemoryError
n/a *1
n/a *1
SYSERR
*1 When PJ Network Manager could not send mail or acquire the memory, no message is displayed in
"Warning column" and "Warning value".
ꢅꢁFor further details of each warning column and value, refer to the next page.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢇꢈ
Description of Event, Type, Warning column, Warning value
Description of warning value
Warning Column
Warning Value
Description
Projector has been disconnected from the network
Projector has been connected to the network
PJ Network Manager could not acquire the MIB information
from the equipment
Un-connected
Connect
Connected *
Acquisition error
Power failure
Projector turned off due to the power failure of the projector
The projector turned off due to temperature error occurred
Normal after temperature error occurred
TemperatureError
Normal (AfterTempError)
RS232CFailure
The RS-232C communication error occurred
Power status
Power management
Shutter management
LampFailure
The power management function turned projector lamp off
The shutter management function turned projector lamp off
The lamp failure occurred
Normal(Standby) *
Normal(OnCoolingDown) *
Projector turned into standby normally
On cooling down normally due to projector turned off
SignalsInterrupted
SignalsInputted *
The signal was interrupted
The signal was inputted again
Input signal status
Inside Temperature status (A to
C)
External Temperature status
The projector turned off when the temperature was
abnormally high
Abnormal
When the lamp is on
When the lamp failed to ignite.
It reached lamp replacing time.
ON *
Failure
Replace
Lamp status
Lamp time
Filter status
(lamp time)
Clogged
Warning
It reached user setting lamp replacing time
Filter has been clogged
Filter is close to clogging
Filter time
(Auto play error)
(filter time)
n/a
It reached user setting filter time
The error occurred during the auto image display
(WarningOnConstantModeFor
Brightness)
The brightness (Current value) continuously goes down a cer-
tain rate from the value in Constant mode.
n/a
ꢅ
The warning value with "*" in the above table shows the
event when the alert has cleared, alert type is "OFF".
ꢅꢁꢁThe column order and width of the event log window are saved to the registry of the computer.
ꢅꢁꢁUp to 1000 of events can be stored. If it exceeds 1000 events, the oldest event is deleted and the
latest event is added. The event log can be saved to the management file.
ꢅꢁꢁThis Warning column is not available for some projector's model types.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
25
Chapter 3 Basic Operation
About event treatment
If the PJ Network Manager receives an event, it executes following event treatment items
which are selected in the system default setting.
p Sound warning alarm
p Send e-mail
p Display warning dialog
Sound warning alarm
If the PJ Network Manager receives an event, the computer beeps an alarm sound. The
alarm sound is depending on your computer sound setting.
ꢅ The alarm sound is not made when your computer does not provide any speaker or the sound vol-
ume is muted.
Send e-mail
Following example message is sent to the e-mail address you set up as the destination
mail address.
From: Test1<[email protected]> (management
file name)
Date : 2004/10/29 21:30
To : [email protected]
Subject : Alert message
----------------------------------------------------------
Alert has occurred
* Accrual date : 2004/10/29 21:13:42
* Target name : Proj_10
* IP address : 192.168.1.101
* Event : ALERT
* Type : ON
* Warning column : Power status
* Warning value : Power failure
ꢅꢁꢁFor the further information of event, type, warning column and warning value, see the item
"Viewing the event log" (ꢓp.23).
ꢅ The setting of event treatment, refer to item "Setting up default setting" (ꢓp.17).
Notes on using Windows XP / Windows Vista / Windows 7
Windows Firewall is turned on by default in Windows XP, Windows Vista, and Windows 7. Due to this
Windows Firewall, the send e-mail function is not available. When using this mail function, you need
to cancel the block for PJ Network Manager application. For the further details of Windows Firewall,
see Windows help on your computer.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢇꢋ
About event treatment
Display warning dialog
Following dialog window appears on the screen if event occurs.
Viewing the command history
1Click
button on the tool bar. Command history window appears and the command
history is listed on the window as shown below.
2To export the command history as text file (CSV file), click Export button.
3To delete the command history, select the item of Executed date/time which you want
to delete, and then click Delete button. On the confirmation dialog box, click Yes button
to execute deletion.
Command history
Items
Description
Executed date/time .... Executed date and time of the command
Target name......... Name of the network equipment
IP address............... IP address of the network equipment
Command.............. Type of the Command
Detailed data....... Contents of the Command
Result........................ Results of the Command
ꢅꢁꢁThe listed items are fixed.
ꢅ Column width can be changed by dragging the right edge of the column. The column order can be
changed with drag and drop the column. Column cannot be deleted.
ꢅꢁꢁUp to 1000 of events can be stored. If it exceeds 1000 events, the oldest event is deleted and the
latest event is added.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
27
Chapter 3 Basic Operation
Storing the management file
When you monitor the network equipment with the PJ Network Manager, you can save
the registered target information, system setting and event log information into the man-
agement file with a free file name. It is useful if you manage multiple equipment in the net-
work.
Click
button on the tool bar and save it with free file name. The extension is ".pnm".
The management file contains following information.
Items
Description
Header.................................................Management file section, file version
System default setting.............Default value of the system setting
- Monitoring interval
- Event reception process
- Temperature unit
- E-mail information
Target information.....................Information of the registered target
-
Target information (target name, IP address, Community, Introduction date)
- target MIB information
- Warning value set up
Event log information...............Event log information (ALERT, TRAP, SYSERR)
ꢅ The maximum volume of a management file is required about 1MB. (Number of registrable targets
is 200, number of events is 1000)
Information saved to the registry
Following application setting information is saved to the registry of your computer. So the
setting condition is memorized even after quitting the application.
Items
Description
Status window information................. Display position and size of the status list window
Status list information ............ Display status column, column width and column order
Event log list information..... Column width and order of the event log list
Font set up...................................... Font setting value (Type face, size and style)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢇꢊ
Registering the target information from the defined file at once
Registering the target information from the defined file at once
The PJ Network Manager provides a function to import the target information from the
defined file at once. Prepare the defined file (CSV data format) in which the target informa-
tion is written along the format shown below.
1Select Target batch registration from System menu. The target batch registration win-
2dColicwk aRpepfeeraersn.ce button and select a defined file to import the target information. The
imported target information will be listed on the target batch registration window.
* If there is an error in the imported defined file, the error information will be indicated on the
Result column. Retry importing after correcting the defined file.
3Click OK button to execute the registration.
ꢅꢁTarget batch registration is not available during Target monitoring.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢇꢌ
Chapter 3 Basic Operation
Format of the defined file
The defined file is a CSV data file created by the spreadsheet application and is defined as
follows;
Column
Description (example)
Target name.......... Name of target equipment (Proj_01, Proj_03, PDP_01, etc.)
IP address ............... IP address (192.168.0.1, etc.)
Community........... Name of SNMP community. Default value of our network products is "public"
Example of the defined file
The table below shows the example of the defined file provided with the target informa-
tion. Save this file as the CSV file.
Target name
IP address
Community
Proj_01
Proj_02
Proj_03
Proj_04
Proj_05
PDP_01
FPD_10
192.168.0.1
192.168.0.2
192.168.0.3
192.168.0.6
192.168.0.7
192.168.0.8
192.168.0.9
public
public
public
public
public
public
public
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢆꢅ
Login to the target equipment
Login to the target equipment
After double clicking the target name on the status list, the computer launches web
browser and displays the login window of the target equipment.
You can control and set up the projector remotely by using the web browser. For the fur-
ther information of instruction, see the separated network owner's manual.
Login by dou-
ble clicking
ꢅꢁꢁAn example of the
login page.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ꢆꢉ
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
|
